r 


i 

REESE  LIBRARY 

OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA. 


Accession  No.    /^  %  6 


*fr 


**  ^m\M^^^ 

£  /?  .^sM^  v£ 

'&%»&&** 

*^^m  :*K* 


• 


'A 

<\  ^^3.  ^J'rfh 


.*       «>         33$ 

>•*» 

•6^    -s. 


SccLQ-  -^J/f    ^"^sr^ 

i"''  ^>         ^      ^r^JrV?    "^^^fc/"  '"-fl    ^^^^^^1  'C^" 

'i 

->^^ 

Jf; 


MECHANICAL  MOVEMENTS 

POWERS,  DEVICES 
AND  APPLIANCES 


Used  in  Constructive  and  Operative  Machinery 
and  the  Mechanical  Arts 


FOR   THE   USE   OF 


INVENTORS,  MECHANICS,  ENGINEERS,  DRAUGHTSMEN 

AND   ALL   OTHERS    INTERESTED    IN   ANY   WAY 
IN    MECHANICS 


BY 

GARDNER  D.  HISCOX,  M.E. 

// 

AUTHOR  OF 

"Gas,  Gasoline,  and  Oil  Vapor  Engines" 


Illustrated  by  Sixteen  Hundred  and  Forty=Nine  Engravings 

ESPECIALLY    MADE    FOR    THIS    BOOK 


NEW   YORK 

NORMAN   W.   HENLEY   &   COMPANY 

132  NASSAU  STREET 

1899 


COPYRIGHTED  1899 

BY 

NORMAN  W.  HENLKY  &  Co. 


78-6 


MACGOWAN  &  SLIPPER 
NEW  YORK,  N.  Y.,  U.  S.  A. 


PREFACE 

tr 

The  need  for  an  illustrated  and  condensed  work  of  reference  for 
the  inventor,  the  mechanical  student,  the  artisan,  and  the  workingman. 
with  the  ambition  of  an  inquiring  mind,  has  become  not  only 
apparent  to  teachers  of  mechanics,  but  a  real  want  among  all  who 
are  interested  in  mechanical  thought  and  work. 

It  is  an  interest  the  growth  of  which  has  been  greatly  encouraged 
by  the  rapid  development  of  the  inventive  and  mechanical  arts  during 
the  past  half  century. 

The  increasing  inquiries  from  inventors  and  mechanics  in  regard 
to  the  principles  and  facts  in  constructive  and  operative  mechanics  have 
induced  the  author  to  gather  such  illustrations  as  have  been  found 
available  on  the  subject  of  mechanical  motions,  devices,  and  appliances, 
and  to  place  them  in  a  form  for  ready  reference  with  only  sufficient  text 
to  explain  the  general  principles  of  construction  and  operation,  and  as 
a  partial  exhibit  of  the  mechanical  forms  in  general  use,  with  a  view- 
to  place  the  largest  amount  of  illustrated  information  within  the  limited 
means  of  the  humblest  seeker  after  mechanical  knowledge. 

The  field  of  illustrated  mechanics  seems  almost  unlimited,  and* 
with  the  present  effort  the  author  has  endeavored  partially  to  fill  a 
void  and  thus  to  help  the  inquirer  in  ideal  and  practical  mechanics> 
in  the  true  line  of  research. 

Mechanical  details  can  best  be  presented  to  the  mind  by  diagrams 
or  illustrated  forms,  and  this  has  been  generally  acknowledged  to  be 
the  quickest  and  most  satisfactory  method  of  conveying  the  exact  con- 
ditions of  mechanical  action  and  construction. 

Pictures  convey  to  the  inquiring  mind  by  instantaneous  compari- 
son what  detailed  description  by  its  successive  presentation  of  ideas. 


and  relational  facts  fails  to  do ;  hence  a  work  ftiaz  appeals  directly 
to  the  eye  with  illustrations  a?id  short  attached  descriptions,  it  is  hoped, 
will  become  the  means  of  an  acceptable  form  of  mechanical  education 
that  appeals  to  modern  wants  for  the  encouragement  of  inventive 
thought,  through  the  study  of  illustrations  and  descriptions  of  the 
leading  known  principles  and  facts  in  constructive  art. 

The  designing  of  the  details  of  mechanical  motion,  devices,  and 
appliances  for  specific  purposes  is  an  endless  theme  in  the  constructive 
mind,  and  if  we  may  be  allowed  to  judge  from  the  vast  number  of 
applications  for  patents,  of  which  there  have  been  over  a  million  in 
the  United  States  alom,  and  of  which  over  six  hundred  thousand  have 
been  granted  in  consideration  of  their  novelty  and  utility,  the  run  of 
mechanical  thought  seems  to  have  become  a  vast  river  in  the  progress 
cf  modern  civilization. 

To  bring  into  illustrated  detail  all  the  known  forms  and  elements 
of  construction  is  not  within  the  limit  of  a  human  life ;  but  to  explore 
the  borders  of  inventive  design  through  the  works  that  have  passed 
into  record  has  been  the  principal  aim  of  the  author  of  this  book. 

May,  1899.  GARDNER   D.  HISCOX. 


CONTENTS. 

SECTION  I. 
THE    MECHANICAL   POWERS. 

WEIGHT,  RESOLUTION  OF  FORCES,  PRESSURES,  LEVERS,  PULLEYS,  TACKLE.  • 
The  Resolution  of  Suspension — Lever  Paradox — The  Lever  and  Its  Power — 
The  Inclined  Plane — The  Wedge — The  Screw — Worm  Gear  or  Endless  Screw 
—Chinese  Wheel— Tackle  Blocks— Chinese  Windlass— Chinese  Shaft  Derrick- 
Compound  Weight  Motor — Rope  Twist  Lever — Spanish  Windlass — Rope  Grip 
Hook — Guy  Rope  Clip  and  Thimble — Rope  End — Hemp  Rope  End ...  1 5  to  26 

SECTION  II. 
TRANSMISSION    OF   POWER. 

ROPES,  BELTS,  FRICTION  GEAR,  SPUR,  BEVEL,  AND  SCREW  GEAR. 

Alternating  Circular  Motion — Circular  Motion — Eccentric  Crank — Capstan,  or 
Vertical  Windlass — Steering  Gear — Jumping  Motion — Rope  Sprocket  Wheel — 
V-Grooved  Rope  Pulley — Rope  Transmission— Vibratory  Motion — Transmission 
by  Rope — Transmission  by  Rope  to  a  Portable  Drill  or  Swing  Saw — Horizontal 
Rope  Transmission — Rope  Transmission — Rope  Transmission  to  a  Movable 
Shaft — Vertical  Tension  Carriage — Belt  Lacing — Novel  Belt  Lacing — Over- 
and  Over  Lacing — Interlocking  Belt  Lacing — Cross  Lacing — Sectional  Belt  Lac- 
ing— Quarter  Twist  Belt — Full  Twist  Belt — Full  Twist  or  Cross  Belt — Belting 
to  a  Shaft  at  any  Angle— Quarter  Twist  Return  Belt— Change  Speed  Step 
Pulleys — Cone  Pulleys — Curved  Cone  Pulleys — Shifting  Device  for  Cone  Pulleys 
— Belt  Transmission — Belt  Transmission  of  Power — Variable  Transmission  of 
Motion — Stop,  Driving,  and  Reversing  Motion — Two  Speed  Pulleys  and  Belts — 
Pulleys,  Combined  with  a  Differential  Gear — Transmission  of  Two  Speeds — 
Two-Speed  Gear — Variable  Speed  or  Cone  Gearing — Transmission  of  Power 
— Frictional  Rectilinear  Motion — Variable  Rotary  Motion — Variable  Motion 
— Friction  Gear — Transmission  of  Variable  Speed — Variable  Speed  Gear — 
Transmission  of  Rotary  Motion — Combination  of  Friction  Gear — Grooved  Fric- 
tion Gearing — Variable  Motion — Transmission  of  Circular  Motion — Three  Crank 
Link — Sprocket  Wheel  and  Chain — Link  Belt  and  Pulley — Toothed  Link  Chain 
and  Pulley— Step  Gear— V-Toothed  Gearing— Oblique  Tooth  Gear— V-Toothed 
Gear — Split  Spur  Gear — Star  Wheel  Gear — Elastic  Spur  Gear — Internal  Spur 
Gear  and  Pinion — Bevel  Gears — Crown  Wheel — Spiral  Gearing — Oblique,  Spur, 
and  Bevel  Gear — Oblique  Bevel  Gear — Gear  Train — Worm  Gear — Skew  Worm 
and  Wheel  Gear — Uniform  Intermittent  Motion — Variable  Speed  Bevel  Gear. 

27  to  43 


2  CONTENTS. 

SECTION     III. 
MEASUREMENT  OF  POWER. 

SPEED,  PRESSURE,  WEIGHT,  NUMBERS,  QUANTITIES,  AND  APPLIANCES. 

Prony  Brake — The  Prony  Brake  Rule — "Webber"  Dynamometer — Measure- 
ment of  Power — "Tatham's"  Dynamometer — Bell-Crank  Dynamometer — 
"  Neer's  "  Rotary  Transmitting  Dynamometer — "Van  Winkle's  "  Power  Meter — 
Traction  Recording  Dynamometer — Friction  Machine — Torsion  Dynamometer- 
Tensile  Testing  Machine — Bourdon  Pressure  Gauge — Corrugated  Tube-Pressure 
Gauge — Recording  Pressure  Gauge — Parallel  Motion  of  the  Indicator — Parallel 
Motion  for  the  Indicator — "Amsler  "  Planimeter — "  Lippincott "  Planimeter — 
Centrifugal  Speed  Indicator — Speed  Indicator — Meter  Dial — Automatic  Tipping 
Scale — Double  Link  Balanced  Scale — Differential  Weighing  Beam — Engine 
Counter — Operation  of  a  Counter — Intermittent  Rotary  Motion — Tire  Measure 
Counter 44  to  54 

SECTION  IV. 
STEAM    POWER. 

BOILERS  AND  ADJUNCTS,  ENGINES,  VALVES  AND  VALVE  GEAR,  PARALLEL 
MOTION  GEAR,  GOVERNORS  AND  ENGINE  DEVICES,  ROTARY  ENGINES, 
OSCILLATING  ENGINES. 

"Stevens"  Boiler — Plain  Cylindrical  Boilers — Hanging  Water  Drum  Cylindrical 
Boiler — Cylindrical  Double  Flue  Boiler — Internally  Fired  Flue  Boiler — Hori- 
zontal Tubular  Boiler — Locomotive  Boiler — Marine  Boiler — "  Eclipse  "  Return 
Tubular  Marine  Boiler — "  Galloway"  Boiler — Internal  Fired  Cylindrical  Tubular 
Boiler — "  Dion  "  Vehicle  Boiler — "  Babcock  and  Wilcox  "  Water  Tube  Boiler — 
"  Harrison  "  Boiler — Submerged  Head  Vertical  Boiler — "  Herreshoff  "  Boiler — 
"  Thornycrof  t  "  Boiler—"  See  "  Water  Tube  Boiler—"  Yarrow  "  Water  Tube 
Boiler— "  Boyer's"  Water  Tube  Boiler—"  Hazelton"  Boiler—"  Climax  "  Boiler— 
"  Moyes"  Water  Tube  Boiler—"  Wheeler"  Vertical  Tube  Boiler—"  Cahall "  Ver- 
tical Water  Tube  Boiler — Vertical  Water  Tube  Boiler — Boiler  of  the  "  Serpollet  " 
Tricycle—"  Serpollet's"  Steam  Generator—"  Serves  "  Boiler  Tube— Shaking  and 
Tipping  Furnace  Grate — Shaking  Grate  for  a  Boiler  Furnace — Furnace  Grate 
with  Dumping  Sections — "  Columbia"  Stoker — "Playford"  Mechanical  Stoker — 
"  American  "  Boiler  Stoker — Mechanical  Stoker-  "  Jones  "  Model  of  a  Mechan- 
ical Stoker — "  Meissner  "  Model  of  a  Mechanical  Stoker  for  a  Furnace — Feed 
Worm  and  Air  Blast — Petroleum  Burner — Pop  Safety  Valve — Differential  Seat 
Safety  Valve — Safety  Valve — Original  Form  of  the  y£olipile  or  Hero's  Steam 
Engine — Steeple  Engine — Vertical  Engine,  with  Bell-Crank  Lever — Inclined 
Paddle-Wheel  Engine — Diagonal  Twin-Screw  Engine — Twin-Screw  Vertical 
Cylinder  Engine — Trunk  Engine — Oscillating  Engine — Compound  Oscillating 
Engine — Oscillating  Hoisting  Engine — Three-Cylinder  Engine— Tandem  Com- 
pound Vertical  Engine — Compound  Engines — Compound  Yacht  Engine 

High-Speed    Tandem     Compound    Engine — Modern    High-Speed    Engine 

Single  D  Slide  Valve— Balanced  Slide  Valve— Double-Ported   Slide  Valve— 


CONTENTS.  3 

"  Meyer  "  Cut-off  Valve— Single  D  Slide  Valve— Gridiron  Slide  Valve— Rotary 
Valves— Steam  Engine  Valve  Chest— Balanced  Slide  Valve— Balanced  Slide 
Valve  (Buchanan  &  Richter's  Patent) — "  Richardson-Allen "  Balanced  Slide 
Valve — Balanced  Throttle  Valve— Wing  Throttle  Valve — Multiple  Port  Piston 
Throttle  Valve — "  Corliss  "  Valve  Gear — Locomotive  Link-Motion  Valve  Gear 
— Walschaert's  Valve  Gear — Reversing  Link  Motion — Valve  Gear — "Joy's" 
Valve  Gear — "  Bremme  "  Valve  Gear — Single  Eccentric  Valve  Gear — Cam-Bar 
Valve  Movement — Valve  Gear  of  a  Cornish  Engine — Variable  Expansion  Gear 
— Single  Eccentric  Variable  Valve  Throw — "  Allen  "  Valve  Lift  or  Toe — Tappet 
Lever  Valve  Motion — Starting  Lever — Simple  Unhooking  Device — Simple  Re- 
versing Gear — "  Joy's  "  Hydraulic  Shifting  Eccentric — Shifting  Eccentric — 
Valve  Motion  Fccentric — "  Peaucellier's  "  Parallel  Motion — Parallel  Motion 
— "  Cartwright's  "  Parallel  Motion — Cross-Head  Slide — Rack  Gear  Parallel 
Motion — "Watt"  Governor — Compensating  Governor — Gravity  Centrifugal 
Governor — Engine  Governor — Centrifugal  Ball  Governor — Inverted  Governor 
— Direct-Acting  Centrifugal  Governor — Spring  Balanced  Centrifugal  Governor 
— Parabolic  Governor — "  Anderson's  "  Gyroscope  Governor — Horizontal  Cen- 
trifugal Governor — Vane  or  Wing  Governor — Governor  for  a  Steam  Engine — 
Differential  Governor — "  Huntoon  "  Governor — "  Proell  "  Governor — "  Porter  " 
Governor — "Richardson"  Governor — Principle  of  the  "  Pickering"  Governor 
— "  Pickering  "  Governor — Pulley  or  Fly- Wheel  Governor — Crank-Shaft  Gover- 
nor— Fly-Wheel  or  Pulley  Governor — Slotted  Cross-Head — Trammel  Crank — 
Crank-Pin  Lubricator — Centrifugal  Crank-Pin  Oiler — Centrifugal  Lubricating 
Device — "Cochrane"  Rotary  Engine — "Franchot"  Rotary  Engine — Double 
Slide  Piston  Rotary  Engine — "Lamb"  Rotary  Engine — "Cochrane"  Rotary 
Engine — Rotary  Engine — "  Napuer  "  Rotary  Engine — Roller  Piston  Rotary 
Engine — "  Cochrane  "  Rotary  Engine — "  Boardman  "  Rotary  Engine — "  Smith" 
Rotary  Engine — "Berrenburg"  Rotary  Engine — "Fletcher's"  Rotary  Con- 
densing Engine — "Bartrum  and  Powell"  Rotary  Engine — "Ritter"  Rotary 
Engine — "  Holly  "  Rotary  Engine — "  Stocker  "  Rotary  Engine — "  Forrester  " 
Rotary  Engine — "  Kipp"  Rotary  Piston  Engine — "  Ruth's  "  Rotary  Engine — 
"  Almond  "  Engine — Rotating  Cylinder  Engine — Rotary  Multicylinder  Engine 
— "Bates"  Compound  Vibrating  Engine — -'Davies'"  Disc  Engine — "  Reu- 
leaux  "  Engine  or  Pump — "  Link  "Vibratory  Engine — Oscillating  Piston  Engine 
— Vibrating  Piston  Engine — "  Knickerbocker  "  Four  Piston  Rotary  Engine — 
"  Root's  "  Double  Quadrant  Kngine — "  Root's "  Square  Piston  Engine — 
"  Dake  "  Square  Piston  Engine — ''Wilkinson's"  Steam  Turbine — "Dow" 
Steam  Turbine — "  De  Laval  "  Steam  Turbine — "  Parsons'  "  Steam  Turbine. 

55  to  100 

SECTION    V. 
STEAM    APPLIANCES. 

INJECTORS,  STEAM  PUMPS,  CONDENSERS,  SEPARATORS,  TRAPS,  AND  VALVES 
"Peerless"  Injector — "  Shaeffer  and  Budenberg"  Injector — "National" 
Automatic  Injector — "Metropolitan"  Injector — "  Lunkenheimer  "  Injector — 
"Eberman"  Injector — "Nathan"  Injector — "Little  Giant"  Injector— "  Pen- 
berthy"  Special  Injector — "Park"  Injector — "Sellers'"  Restarting  Injector 


4  CONTENTS. 

— "Little  Giant  "  Locomotive  Injector — "  Metropolitan  "  Double-Tube  Injector 
— "Brownley"  Injector — "Leader"  Injector — "Excelsior"  Injector — "  Kort- 
ing"  Injector — "  Hancock  "  Inspirator — Ball-Valve  Injector—"  Hancock  "  Loco- 
motive Inspirator — "  Standard  "  Injector — "  Sellers' "  Self-Adjusting  Injector — 
Steam  Pump — "Misch's  "  Valve  Tappet— Independent  Jet  Condenser  Pump — 
Ejector  Condenser — Exhaust  Jet  Condenser — Balanced  Reducing  Valve — Pre- 
sure  Reducing  Valve — «'  Foster  "  Pressure  Reducing  Valve — "  Hotchkiss  "  Boiler 
Cleaner — Feed-Water  Heater — Steam  Separator— Filter  for  Boiler — Return 
Steam  Trap — Spring  Steam  Trap— Steam  Trap — "  Bundy  "  Steam  Trap — 
Steam  Trap  with  Valve — "  Heintz  "  Steam  Trap — "  Moran's  "  Flexible  Steam 
Joint — Corrugated  Expansion  Coupling — Flanged  Expansion  Joint — Auto- 
matic Relief  Valve — Horizontal  Swing  Check  Valve — Globe  Valve — Exhaust 
Steam  Head — Centrifugal  Exhaust  Head 101  to  1 14 

SECTION    VI. 

MOTIVE    POWER. 

GAS  AND  GASOLINE  ENGINES,   VALVE  GEAR  AND  APPLIANCES,   CONNECTING 

RODS  AND  HEADS. 

Gasoline  Engine — Sectional  Plan  of  a  Gasoline  Engine — Simple  Gas  or  Gasoline 
Engine — Gasoline  Engine  Valve  Gear — "Union  "  Model  Gas  Engine — Gasoline 
Carriage  Motor — Vertical  Gasoline  Engine — Vertical  Kerosene  Oil  Engine — 
"Diesel"  Motor — Vertical  Gas  Engine — Street  Railway  Gas  Motor  Passenger  Car 
— Gasoline  Motor  Car — Valve  Gear — Double-Grooved  Eccentric  Valve  Gear  for 
a  Four-cycle  Gas  Engine — Plumb-Bob  Governor — Inertia  Governor — Pendulum 
Governor — Differential  Cam  Throw — Governor  and  Variable  Cam — Inlet 
Valve — Gas  Engine  Valve  Gear — Gasoline  Vaporizer — Carburetter — Automatic 
Oiler — Uniform  Automatic  Oiler — Crank-Rod  Head  Adjustment — Trunk  Piston 
Rod — Connecting  Rod  Head — Connecting  Rod  End — Solid  Strap  End — Steel 
Ball  Adjustment — Solid  End  Connecting  Rod — Forked  End  Connecting  Rod 
— Adjustable  Link — Link  or  Connecting  Rod 115  to  127 

SECTION  VII. 
HYDRAULIC   POWER   AND    DEVICES. 

WATER  WHEELS,  TURBINES,  GOVERNORS,  IMPACT  WHEELS,  PUMPS,  ROTARY 
PUMPS,  SIPHONS,  WATER  LIFTS,  EJECTORS,  WATER  RAMS,  METERS,  INDI- 
CATORS, PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  VALVES,  PIPE  JOINTS,  FILTERS 

Overshot  Water  Wheel — Iron  Overshot  Wheel — Undershot  Water  Wheel 

Saw-Mill  Water  Wheel— Breast  Water  Wheel— Flutter  Wheel— Barker  Wheel 
— Current  Motor — Current  Water  Wheel — Fixed  Bucket  Water-Raising  Cur- 
rent Wheel — Bucketed  Water-Raising  Current  Wheel — Current  Wheel  Water 
Lift — Drainage  Wheel — Persian  Wheel — Ancient  Water  Lift — " Archimedian  " 
Screw  Water  Lift— Volute  Turbine— High  Pressure  Turbine— "  Leffel"  Dou 
ble-Runner  Turbine — "Jonval  "  Turbine — Turbine  and  Gate — "  Lancaster  '* 
Turbine — "  Munson"  Double  Turbine — "Camden  "  Turbine — «•  Model "  Turbine 


CONTENTS.  5 

— "Swain"  Turbine — "  Warren  "  Central  Discharge  Turbine — "Fourneron" 
Turbine— Belt  Water-Wheel  Governor — Water  Wheel  Governor — Impact 
Water  Wrheel — Pelton  Water  Wheel — Buckets  of  a  Pelton  Water  Wheel — 
Power  of  Water — Compound  Beam  Pumping  Engine — "  Dean  "  Steam  Pump 
— Worthington  Duplex  Pump — Half- Yoke  Connection — Yoke  Connection — 
Reversing  Movement — Double-Acting  Lift  and  Force  Pump — Double-Acting 
Differential  Pump — Lift  and  Force  Pump — Tramp  Pumping  Device — Lift  Pump 
— Double  Lantern  Bellows  Pump  or  Blower — Diaphragm  Pump — "Fairburn" 
Bailing  Scoop — Pendulum  Water  Lift — Chain  Pump— Reciprocating  Motion — 
Well  Pulley  and  Buckets — Swape,  or  New  Engine  Sweep — Parallel  Motion — 
"  Golding"  Centrifugal  Pump — "  Quimby"  Screw  Pump — Rotary  Pump — "  Pap- 
penheim  "  Rotary  Pump—"  Repsold  "  Rotary  Pump — Tri-Axial  Rotary  Pump 
— Rotary  Pump  or  Motor — "Cary"  Rotary  Pump — Vacuum  Jet  Condenser 
and  Rotary  Pump — "  Ramelli "  Rotary  Pump — "  Heppel  "  Rotary  Pump — 
"  Emeru  "  Rotary  Pump — "  Knott "  Rotary  Pump — "  Pattison  "  Rotary  Pump 
— '  Cochrane"  Rotary  Pump — Hydraulic  Transmission  of  Power — Siphon — ' 
Ejector  or  Jet  Pump — Automatic  Water  Ejector — Automatic  Sprinkler — 
Hydraulic  Ram — "Pearsall's"  Hydraulic  Ram  and  Air  Compressor — Silent 
Hydraulic  Ram — Double-Piston  Reaction  Hydraulic  Ram — W7ater  Meter — Disc 
Water  Meter — Water  Velocity  Indicator  and  Register — Anchored  Ferry  Boat — 
"Mueller"  Water-Pressure  Regulator — "Mason"  Water-Pressure  Regulator — 
Pump  Water-Pressure  Regulating  Valve — Hydraulic  Press — Hydrostatic  Press 
— Hydraulic  Intensifier — Portable  Hydraulic  Riveters-Hydraulic  Rail  Bender 
— Hydraulic  Rail  Punch — Hydraulic  Elevator  Lift — Horizontal  Hydraulic 
Elevator  Lift — Hydraulic  Pulling  Jack — Water  Purifying  Filter — Reversible 
Filter — Filtering  Cistern — Upward  Flow  Filter — Domestic  Filter — Porous 
Water  Filter— Stoneware  Filter—"  Ward  "  Flexible  Pipe  Joint— Flexible  Ball 
Joint — Flexible  Pipe  Joints — Universal  Pipe  Joint — Toggle  Clip  Pipe  Joint — 
Bibb — Disc  Valve  and  Guard — Double-Beat  Disc  Valve — Hydraulic  Valve — 
Multiple  Ball  Valve — Multiple  Ring  Valve — Double-Beat  Pump  Valve — Vibra- 
ting Motion — Variable  Compensating  Weights — Sand  Auger — Driven  Well — 
Automatic  Flush  Sewer  Tank — Atomizer — Ball  and  Jet  Nozzle — Spray  Jet 
Nozzle — Hero's  Fountain — "  Chapman  "  Aspirator  or  Vacuum  Pump — Hy- 
draulic Lift 1 28  to  1 62 

SECTION  VIII. 
AIR  POWER  APPLIANCES. 

WINDMILLS,  BELLOWS,  BLOWERS,  AIR  COMPRESSORS,  COMPRESSED  AIR  TOOLS, 
MOTORS,  AIR  WATER  LIFTS,  BLOWPIPES. 

Aneroid  Barometer,  Box  Kite — Curved  Vane  Windmill  or  Motor — Feathering 
Windmill — Hemispherical  Cup  Windmill — Windmill  of  our  Grandfathers — 
Windmill  and  Steel  Tower — Modern  Windmill — Ancient  Windmill — Electric 
Windmill  Plant — Smith's  Circular  Bellows — Double  Organ-Blowing  Bellows 
— Three-Throw  Bellows — Foot  Bellows — Fan  Blower — "  Hodges  "  Compound 
Blower — "Wedding"  Rotary  Blower — "Fabry"  Rotary  Blower — "Root" 
Rotary  Blower — Hydraulic  Air  Compressor — Piston  Hydraulic  Air  Compressor 
— Tromp  or  Hydraulic  Air  Blast — Air  Compressor — Hydraulic  Air  Compressor 


6  CONTENTS. 

— Automatic  Air  Compressor— Water-Jet  Air  Compressor — Trunk  Air  Com- 
pressor— Duplex  Steam-Actuated  Air  Compressor — Compound  Air  Com- 
pressor— Duplex  Air  Compressor — Toggle-joint  Duplex  Air  Compressor — 
Air  Compressor  Cylinder — Piston  and  Valves — Air-Compressing  Cylinder — 
Air  Compressor  Governor — Air-Cooling  Receiver — Single  Valve  Air  Pump — 
Crank  Equalizing  Angle— Crank  Equalizing  Angle  in  Air  Compression— Direct 
Air  Pressure  Pump— Compressed  Air  Water  Elevator — Raising  Sunken  Ves- 
sels— Compressed  Air  Lift  System — Compressed  Air  Power — Compound 
Pneumatic  Locomotive — Pneumatic  Paint  Sprayer — Portable  Fire  Ex- 
tinguisher— Fire  Extinguisher — Compressed  Air  Lift — Duplex  Pneumatic 
Riveter — Pneumatic  Hammer — "  Hotchkiss  "  Atmospheric  Hammer — "  Grim- 
shaw  "  Compressed  Air  Hammer — Compressed  Air  Sheepshearing  Machine — 
Portable  Riveter — Pneumatic  Portable  Riveter — Pneumatic  Breast  Drill — 
Pneumatic  Motor  Drill  Stock — Air  and  Gasoline  Torch — Torch  Soldering  Cop- 
per— Air  and  Gasoline  Vapor  Brazer — Air  and  Gasoline  Brazing  Apparatus — 
Double  Cone  Ventilator — Spiral  Vane  or  Cowl — Wind  Instruments.  163  to  186 

SECTION  IX. 
ELECTRIC  POWER  AND  CONSTRUCTION. 

GENERATORS,  MOTORS,  WIRING,  CONTROLLING  AND  MEASURING,  LIGHTING, 
ELECTRIC  FURNACES,  FANS,  SEARCHLIGHT,  AND  ELECTRIC  APPLIANCES. 
Series  Wound  Motor  or  Generator — Electric  Generator  Construction — Single- 
Pole  Shunt  Generator — Four-Pole  Ring  Armature — Ring  Armature — Two-Pole 
or  Shuttle  Spool  Armature — Shuttle  Armature — Multiple  Brush  Commutator — 
Bipolar  Shunt  Generator — Four-Pole  Compound  Generator — Electric  Gener- 
ator Construction — Consequent-Pole  Compound  Generator — Triple-Expansion 
Engine  and  Multipolar  Dynamo — Direct-Connected  Vertical  Compound  Engine 
— Flexible  Coupling — Car  Truck  Motors — Electric  Fusible  Cut-Out — Rheostat 
or  Resistance  Coils — Trolley  Car — Sectional  Feeder  System — Street  Railway 
Single  Motor — Electric  Car  Brake — Electric  Street-Car  Brake — Electric  Igniter 
— Sparking  Dynamo — Magneto-Electric  Machine — Electric  Thermostat — Tele- 
phone Transmitter — Telephone  Receiver — Electric  Gas  Lighter — Pocket  Elec- 
tric Light — Arc  Light  and  Regulating  Gear — Luminous  Fountain — Electric 

*  Heater — Electric  Soldering  Copper — Electric  Sad  Iron — Electric  Searchlight — 
Electric  Furnace — Open-top  Electric  Furnace — "  Siemens  "  Electric  Gas  Fur- 
nace— "Cowles"  Electric  Furnace — Electric  Welding  Plant — Portable  Electric 
Motor  Drill  Plant — Electric  Perforating  Pen — Electric  Hoist — Electric  Brake 
— Electric  Rock  Drill — Electric  Fan — Electric-Driven  Fan 187  to  202 

SECTION  X. 

NAVIGATION  AND  ROADS. 

VESSELS,  SAILS,  ROPE  KNOTS,  PADDLE  WHEELS,  PROPELLERS,  ROAD  SCRAPERS 
AND  ROLLERS,  VEHICLES,  MOTOR  CARRIAGES,  TRICYCLES,  BICYCLES,  AND 
MOTOR  ADJUNCTS. 

Leg-of-Mutton  Sail — Skip  Jack — Square  or  Lug  Sail — Lateen  Rig — Split  Lug 
or  Square  Sail — Two-Masted  or  Dipping  Lug — Newport  Cat-Boat — Sloop 


CONTENTS.  7 

Lateen-Rigged  Felucca — Pirogue — Three-Quarter  Lug  Rig — "  Sliding  Gunter" 
— Skiff  Yawl  Rig — Sloop  Yawl — Jib  Topsail  Sloop — The  Cutter — Schooner 
Rig — Full  Schooner  Rig — Topsail  Schooner — Club  Topsail  Rig — Hermaphro- 
dite Brig — A  Brigantine — A  Barkentine — Full-Rigged  Brig — A  Bark — Full- 
Rigged  Ship — Ice  Boat — Rope  Knots  and  Hitches — Clove  Hitch — Half  Hitch 
— Timber  Hitch — Square  or  Reef  Knot— Stevedore  Knot — Slip  Knot — Flem- 
ing Loop — Bowline  Knot — Carrick  Bend — Sheet  Bend  and  Toggle — Sheet 
Bend— Overhand  Knot— Figure  Eight  Knot— Double  Knot— Blackwall  Tackle 
Hitch — Fisherman's  Bend  Hitch — Round  Turn  and  Half  Hitch — Chain  Stop 
— Disengaging  Hook — Slip  Hook — Releasing  Hook — Boat-Detaching  Hook — 
Swinging  Oar-lock — Pivoted  Steps — Screw  Anchor — Floating  Lighthouse — 
Stone  Dry-Dock — Floating  Dry-Dock — Feathering  Paddle  Wheel  or  Water 
Motor — Vertical  Bucket  Paddle  Wheel — Feathering  Paddle  Wheel — Outward 
Thrust  Propeller  Wheel — Screw  Propeller — Reversing  Propeller — Reversing 
Screw  Propeller — Screw  Propulsion — Thrust  Bearing — "  Silver's  "  Marine  Gov- 
ernor— Deep-Sea  Sounding  Ball — Sounding  Weight  Release — Sampler  Sounding 
Weight — Submarine  Lamp — Road  Builders'  Level — Road  Machine — Reversible 
Road  Roller— Road  Roller— Single  Eccentric  Reversing  Gear— Elastic  Wheel 
— Spring  Wheel — Application  of  Trace  Springs — "  Serpollet's"  Steam  Tricycle 
— Steam  Fire  Engine — Jacketless  Gasoline  Carriage  Motor — Gasoline  Motor 
Carriage— Light  Electric  Carriage — Electric  Phaeton — Electric  Brougham — 
Differential  Gear — Baby-Carrier  Tricycle — Electric  Tricycle — Ice  Bicycle — 
Bicycle  Gear — Bicycle  Crank — Swinging  Ball-Bearing  Bicycle  Pedal — A.  F. 
Haven's  Planetary  Crank  Gear — Detachable  Link  Chain — Bali-Bearing  Problem 
— Acetylene  Bicycle  Lamp — Bicycle  Lamp 203  to  225 

SECTION  XL 
GEARING. 

RACKS  AND  PINIONS;  SPIRAL,  ELLIPTICAL  AND  WORM  GEAR;  DIFFERENTIAL 
AND  STOP-MOTION  GEAR;  EPICYCLICAL  AND  PLANETARY  TRAINS;  "FER- 
GUSON'S" PARADOX. 

Ordinary  Rack  and  Pinion — Doubling  the  Length  of  a  Crank  Stroke — Sawmill 
Feed — Rack  Motion — Air-Pump  Movement — Circular  Rack — Rectilinear 
Vibrating  Motion — Vertical  Drop  Hammer — Sector  Pinion  and  Double  Rack 
— Reciprocating  Motions — Crank  Substitute — Alternate  Circular  Motion — 
Quick  Back  Motion — Alternate  Rectilinear  Motion — Reciprocating  Rectilinear 
Motion — Mangle  Rack — Mangle  Wheel — Mangle  Wheel  Gear — Continuous 
Rotary  Motion — Mangle  Machine  Gear — Worm  Screw  Rack — Rotary  Motion 
— Adjustable  Feed  Rolls — Saw-Tooth  Worm  Gear — Right-  and  Left-Hand 
Worm  Gear — Three-Part  Worm  Screw — Traversing  Motion — Globoid  Spiral 
Gear  Wheels — Internal  Worm-Gear  Wheel — Worm-Gear  Pinion — Anti-Fric- 
tion Worm  Gear — Release  Rotary  Motion — Release  Cam — Hunting  Tooth 
Worm  Gear — Differential  Screw  and  Gear  Movement — Complex  Alternating 
Reciprocal  Motion — Two-Toothed  Pinion — Pin  Wheel  and  Slotted  Pinion — 
Variable  Rotary  Motion — Scroll  Gear — Spiral  Hoop  Gear — Accelerated  Cir- 
cular Motion — Roller-Bearing  Gear  Teeth — Ball  Gear — Spiral  Gearing — Ex- 


8  CONTENTS. 

panding  Pulley — Concentric  Differential  Speed— Differential  Motions— Differen 
tial  Gear — Doubling  the  Number  of  Revolutions  on  One  Shaft— Multiple  Geai 
Speed — Variable  Throw  Traversing  Bar — Revolution  of  a  Pinion — Differential 
Speed — Capstan  Gear — Slow  Forward  and  Quick  Back  Circular  Motion — Geared 
Grip  Tongs — Variable  Circular  Motion — Elliptical  Spur  Gear— Elliptical  Gear 
Wheel — Irregular  Circular  Motion— Variable  Reciprocating  Motion — Alternat- 
ing Rectilinear  Motion — Intermittent  Motion  of  Spur  Gear — Spiral  Stop-Motion 
Gear — Fast  and  Slow  Motion  Spur  Gear — Intermittent  Gears — Intermittent 
Rotary  Motion — Irregular  Vibratory  Motion — Variable  Vibrating  Motion — 
Motion  by  Rolling  Contact — Variable  Sectional  Motion — Uniform  Speed  of 
Sectional  Spur  Gear — Scroll  Gearing — Intermittent  Rotary  Motion — Stop  Roller 
Motion — Change  Gear  Motion — Differential  Driving  Gear — Equalizing  Pulley 
— Equalizing  Gear — Doubling  a  Revolution  on  Same  Shaft — Continuous  Shaft 
Motion— Alternating  Motion — Eccentric  Wheel  Train — Epicyclic  Gear — Epi- 
cyclic  Train — Automatic  Clutch  Motion  for  Reversing — Eccentric  Gear — Sun 
and  Planet  Crank  Motion — High-Speed  Epicyclic  Train — Sun  and  Planet 
Winding  Gear — Epicyclic  Gear  Train — Compound  Epicyclic  Train — Planetary 
Motion — Planetary  Gear  Train — "  Ferguson's  "  Mechanical  Paradox.  227  to  250 

SECTION    XII. 
MOTION   AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 

RATCHETS  AND  PAWLS,  CAMS,  CRANKS,  INTERMITTENT  AND  STOP  MOTIONS, 
WIPERS,  VOLUTE  CAMS,  VARIABLE  CRANKS,  UNIVERSAL  SHAFT  COUPLINGS, 
GYROSCOPE. 

Ratchet  Bar  Lift — Ratchet  Lift — Ratchet  Governor — Rotary  Motion — Inter- 
mittent Circular  Motion — Intermittent  Rotary  Motion — Double  Pawl  Ratchet 
— Continuous  Feed  of  a  Ratchet — Double-Pawl  Ratchet  Wheel — Intermittent 
Rotary  Motion — Intermittent  Circular  Motion — Ratchet  Intermittent  Motion — 
Pawl  Lift — Oscillating  Motion — Continuous  Rotary  Motion — Intermittent 
Motion — Windlass  Grip  Pawl — Ratchet  and  Level  Pawl — Internal  Multiple 
Cam — Ratchet  Head — Reciprocal  Circular  Motion — Ball  Socket  Ratchet — 
Continuous  Motion  Ratchet — Stops  of  Various  Forms — Stops  for  a  Spur  Gear — 
Stops  for  a  Lantern  Wheel — Safety  Centrifugal  Hooks — Crank  Motion — 
Centrifugal  Safety  Catch  for  Hoisting  Drums — Stop  Motion — Variable  Recipro- 
cating Motion — Irregular  Rocking  Motion — Rocking  Arm — Yoke  Strap — 
Triangular  Curved  Eccentric — Triangular  Eccentric — Reciprocating  Motion — 
Uniform  Reciprocating  Motion — Needle-Bar  Slot  Cam — Slotted  Yoke — Crank 
Motion — Trammel  Gear — Slotted  Lever  Motion — Intermittent  Reciprocating 
Motion — Variable  Crank  Throw — Variable  Adjustment — Four-Bolt  Cam — 
Equalizing  Tension  Spring  and  Lever — Alternating  Rectilinear  Motion — Tra- 
verse Bar  —  Rectilinear  Motion  —  Intermittent  Rotary  Motion — Vibrating 
Toothed  Wheel — "Lazy  Tongs"  Movement — Quadrangular  Rectilinear  Mo- 
tion— Parallel  Motion — Intermittent  Motion — Rocking  Escapement — Rotary 
and  Longitudinal  Motion — Reciprocating  Feed  Ratchet — Friction  Rod  Feed 

Ratchet — Friction  Hauling  Ratchet — Cam-Lever  Grip — Lever  Toggle  Joint 

Single  Toggle  Arm  Letter-Press— Toggle-joint  Cam  Movement— Double-Screw 


CONTENTS.  g 

Toggle  Press — Screw  Stamping  Press — Multiple  Return  Grooved  Cylinder — Re- 
ciprocating Rectilinear  Motion — Rectilinear  Motion — Six  Radial  Grooved  Tram- 
mel— Rectilinear  Reciprocating  Motion — Rocking  Motion — Pair  of  Toe  Levers 
— Wiper  Cam  'or  Stamp  Mills — Angular  Wipers — Equalizing  Levers  or  Toes — 
Variable  Crank  Motion — Spiral-Grooved  Face  Plate — Lever — Cam  Sectors — 
Gear-Disengaging  Cam  Lever — Oblique  Disc  Motion — Grooved  Cylinder  Cam — 
Traverse  Motion — Four-Motion  Feed,  of  Wheeler  and  Wilson  and  other  Sewing- 
machines — Reciprocating  Rectilinear  Motion — Quick  Reciprocating  Rectilinear 
Motion — Cylindrical  Cam — Cam-Operated  Shears — Irregular  Cam  Motion — 
Vibrating  Rectilinear  Motion — Irregular  Vibrating  Circular  Motion — Clover- 
Leaf  Cam — Power  Escapement — Rotary  Motion — Irregular  Reciprocating 
Motion — Bevelled  Disc  Cam — Grooved  Heart  Cam — Heart-Shaped  Groove — 
Laying  out  a  Heart  Cam — Cam  Motion — Double  Cam  Motion — Pivoted  Fol- 
lower— Reciprocating  Motion — Ovoid  Curve — Variable  Power  Transmitted 
from  a  Crank — Elliptical  Crank — Curvilinear  Motion — Spring  Lathe-Wheel 
Crank — "  Brownell  "  Crank  Motion — Ordinary  Crank  Motion — Eccentric  and 
Straps  for  Valve  Motion — Reciprocating  Motion — Variable  Circular  Motion — 
Irregular  Motion — Variable  Power  Vibrating  Movement — Variable  Crank  Pin 
— Variable  Rectilinear  Motion — Variable  Crank  Throw — Variable  Radius 
Lever — Combination  Crank-Motion  Curves — Flexible  Angular  Coupling — 
Sliding  Contact — Shaft  Coupling — Rectilinear  Motion — Angular  Shaft  Coupling 
— Universal  Joint — Double  Link  Universal  Joint — Universal  Angle  Coupling 
— "  Almond"  Angular  Shaft  Coupling — "  Hooke's"  Angular  Shaft  Coupling — 
Rack  and  Pinion  Movement — Gyroscope — Globe  Gyroscope — Tension  Helico- 
Volute  Spring — Double  Helico-Volute  Spring — Compression  Helical  Spring 
— Single  Volute  Helix  Spring — Compound  Disc  Spring 251  to  279 


SECTION    XIII. 
HOROLOGICAL. 

CLOCK  AND  WATCH  MOVEMENTS  AND  DEVICES. 

Cycloidal  Pendulum  Movement — Compensating  Pendulum  Bob — Compound 
Compensating  Pendulum — Centrifugal  Pendulum — Antique  Clock  Escapement 
— Crown  Tooth  Escapement — Double  Ratchet-Wheel  Escapement — Star- 
\Vheel  Escapement — Anchor  Escapement — Recoil  Escapement — Pendulum 
Escapement — Stud  Escapement — Lantern-Wheel  Escapement — Pin-Wheel  Es- 
capement— Hook-Tooth  Escapement — Single-Pin  Pendulum  Escapement — 
Three-Toothed  Escapement  —  Detached  Pendulum  Escapement  —  Mudge 
Gravity  Escapement — Tri-Toothed  Pendulum  Escapement — "  Harrison  " 
Winding  Device — Double  Tri-Toothed  Pendulum  Escapement — "Bloxam's" 
Gravity  Escapement  —  Dead-Beat  Clock  Escapement  —  Endless  Cord- 
Winding  Device  for  Clocks — Clock  Train — Compensation  Watch  Balance — • 
Watch  Regulator — Antique  Watch  Escapement — Verge  Escapement — Cylinder 
Escapement — Duplex  Escapement — Jewelled  Detached  Lever  Escapement — 
"Guernsey"  Escapement — Anchor  and  Lever  Escapement — Lever  Escapement 
— Lever  Chronometer  Escapement — "Arnold"  Chronometer  Escapement — Fusee 


10  CONTENTS. 

Chain  and  Spring  Drum — Chronometer  Escapement — "  Geneva"  Stop — Geared 
Watch  Stop — Watch  Stop — Stem-Winding  Movement — Pin-Geared  Watch 
Stop— Watch  Train 281  to  293 

SECTION    XIV. 
MINING. 

QUARRYING,  VENTILATION,  HOISTING,  CONVEYING,  PULVERIZING,  SEPARATING, 

ROASTING,  EXCAVATING,  AND  DREDGING. 

Diamond  Prospecting  Drill — Rock  Drill — Diamond  Well-Boring  Machine — 
Portable  Diamond  Drill — Arc  Tappet  Valve  Motion-— Tappet  Valve,  for  a  Rock 
Drill— Rock  Drill— Rock  Drill  with  Balanced  Piston  Valve— Coal-Cutting 
Machine — Link  Chain  Cutter — Drill  for  Curved  Holes — Box- Wing  Blower — 
Multiplex  Butterfly  Valve — Steam-Driven  Ventilating  Fan — Miner's  Safety 
Lamp — Horse-Power  Hoisting  Drum — Steam  Hoisting  Engine — Strap  Brake — 
Elevator  Tower — Horizontal  Boom*  Tower — Mast  and  Gaff  Hoist — Coal-Load- 
ing Tipple — "Otis  Stop"  for  Elevator  Cars — Elevator  Dumping  Head — Mining 
Buckets  and  Skip — Belt  Conveyer — Chain  Scraper  Conveyer — Cable  Conveyer 
— Driving  Mechanism — Log  Conveyer — Rope  Tramway — Automatic  Dumping 
Car — Toggle  Joint — Stone  Crusher — "  Buchanan  "  Rock  Crusher — Roller  Coal 
Crusher — Eight-Stamp  Ore  Mill — Rolling  Crusher — "Arastra"  Ore  Mill — 
"Chili"  Mill— Pulverizing  Ball  and  Pan  Mill— Revolving  Pulverizing  Mill- 
Hydraulic  Balanced  Giant  Nozzle — Coal  Dust  Press — Klondike  Mining  Machine 
— Gold  Separator — Centrifugal  Separator — Magnetic  Ore  Separator — Iron  Ore 
Separator — Railway  Steam  Shovel — Magnetic  Ore  Separators  (Hoffman-Edison 
Types) — Ore  Roasting  Furnace — Railway  Excavator — Railway  Steam  Shovel — 
Continuous  Ditching  Dredge — Clam-Shell  Bucket — Revolving  Hoisting  Dredge 
— Floating  Dredge — Marine  Dredge 295  to  310 

SECTION    XV. 
MILL  AND    FACTORY  APPLIANCES. 

HANGERS,  SHAFT  BEARINGS,  BALL  BEARINGS,  STEPS,  COUPLINGS,  UNIVERSAL 
AND  FLEXIBLE  COUPLINGS,  CLUTCHES,  SPEED  GEAR,  SHOP  TOOLS,  SCREW 
THREADS,  HOISTS,  MACHINES,  TEXTILE  APPLIANCES. 

Adjustable  Bracket  Hanger— Adjustable  Floor  Bearing — Adjustable  Post 
Hanger — Adjustable  Floor  Stand — Continuous  Traversing  Roller — Roller 
Wheel  Anti-Friction  Bearing— Ball  Bearings — Adjustable  Hanger  for  Shafting — 
Screw  Traversing  Ball  Bearing  — Hanging  Shaft— Suspended  Shaft— Curved 
Step  Bearing — Conical  Pivot  Bearing — Lubrication  of  a  Hanging  Bearing — 
Vertical  Shaft  Step — Shaft  Step  Adjustment— Adjustable  Step  Bearing— Collar 
Bearing  and  Step— Oil  Circulating  Step— Lenticular  Bearing— Spherical  Step 
Bearing— Angle  Coupling—  "  Oldham  "  Coupling— Flexible  Link  Coupling — 
Flexible  Shaft  Coupling— Angle  Shaft  Coupling— Universal  Joint— "  Hooke's" 
Universal  Joint—  "Goubet's  "Universal  Shaft  Coupling— Ball  Socket  Universal 
Joints— Right-Angle  Shaft  Coupling— Right- Angle  Shaft  Coupling  ("  Hobson  " 


CONTENTS.  1 1 

Patent) — Eccentric  Line  Coupling— Simple  Friction  Pulley — Friction  Clutch— 
V-Grooved  Face  Clutch — Clutch  and  Gear— Cone  Clutch— Multiple  Plate  Fric- 
tion Clutch — Pin  Clutch — Friction  Pin  Clutch — Friction  Clutch  Bevel  Gear- 
Spring  Friction  Clutch  — Double  Toggle-joint  Friction  Clutch — Adjustable  Fric- 
tion Clutch  — Double  Conic  Rope  Drum — Variable  Speed  Device — Expanding 
Pulley  —  Variable  Speed  Transmitting  Device  —  Belt  Holder  — •  Jointed 
Radial  Arm  —  Drilling  Machine  Clamp --Screw  Bench  Clamp  —  Auto- 
matic Bench  Clamp — Wood-Bending  Clamp  and  Formers — Boiler  Tube 
Expander — Roller  Tube  Expander — Revolving  Tool  Head — Collapsing  Tap — 
Wabble  Saw — Automatic  Screw-Cutting  Die — Universal  Chuck — Compound 
Lever  Shears — Disc  Shears— Gig  Saw— Band  Saw — Toggle-joint  Lever  Press 
or  Punch — Power  Stamping  Press  — Hand  Drilling  Machine — Portable  Drill — 
Multiple  Drilling  Machine — Stamp  Mill  Cam  Motion — Blacksmith's  Helper — 
Revolving  Rapid-Blow  Hammer— Helve  Trip  Hammer— Friction  Drop  Ham- 
mer— Beam  Trip  Hammer— Spring  Hammer — Tire  Shrinker — Combined  Tire 
Upsetting  and  Punching  Machine — Plate  Sawing  Machine — Combined  Punch 
and  Shears— Suspended  Swing  Treadle — Power  Rumbling  Mill — Centrifugal 
Separator — Closure  of  Rollers — Vibrating  Lift — Differential  Pitch  Movement — 
Feed  Wheel— Combined  Ratchet  and  Hand-Feed  Gear — Gear  Train— Quick 
Return  Movement — Reversing  Gear — Flexible  Universal  Steam  Joint— Bye 
Pass  Cock  or  Valve — Sight-Feed  Lubricator — Screw  Movement — Centering 
Tool — Vernier  Caliper — Expansion  Bit — Double-Acting  Screwdriver— Pump 
Drill  Stock — Reciprocating  Drill  Stock — Compound  Lever  Cutting  Pliers — 
Ball  Socket — Screw  Threads  —Continual  Barrel  Elevator — Telescopic  Hydraulic 
Elevator — Traveller  Hoist — Travelling  Crane — I-Bar  Travelling  Tramway — 
Swing  Bracket  Crane — Adjustable  Universal  Sheave — "Harrington"  Chain 
Hoist—"  Yale  "  Duplex  Hoist— Safety  Tackle— Differential  Chain-Pulley  Block 
— Double  Screw-Gear  Hoist — Taper  Tube  Rolls — "  Yale-Weston  "  Differential 
Gear  Hoist — Tube-Rolling  Machine — Seamless  Tube  Making — Wire-Bending 
Machine — Hopper  and  Bell — "Bessemer"  Steel  Converter — Lense-Grinding 
Machine — Grinding  Mill — "  Bogardus  "  Mill — Circulating  Screw  Propeller 
and  Mixing  Tank — Double  Cylinder  Planer — Double  Toggle-joint  Screw 
Press — Steam  Cotton  Press — Toggle-Bar  Press — Sector  Press — Bark  or  Cob 
Mill — Drawing  and  Throstle  Twisting,  Rolls  and  Bobbin  Winder — Cop  Winder 
— Bobbin  Winder — Cloth  Dresser — Knitting  Machine 312  to  346 

SECTION    XVI. 
CONSTRUCTION   AND    DEVICES. 

MIXING,  TESTING,  STUMP  AND  PILE  PULLING,  TACKLE  HOOKS,  PILE  DRIVING, 
DUMPING  CARS,  STONE  GRIPS,  DERRICKS,  CONVEYER,  TIMBER  SPLICING, 
ROOF  AND  BRIDGE  TRUSSES,  SUSPENSION  BRIDGES. 

Post  Augur — Pug  Mill — Conical  Pug  Mill — Conical  Mixing  Barrel — Concrete 
Mixer — Cement-Testing  Machine — Hydraulic  Sand  Ejector — Toggle  Stump 
Puller — Right  and  Left  Hand  Turnbuckle — Swivel  Shackle  Slip  Hook — Trip 
Hook — Balanced  Riveting  Machine — Releasing  Grip — Automatic  Disengaging 
Grip — Swivelling  Dumping  Car — Square  Box  Side-Dumping  Car — Lever  Grip 


1 2  CONTENTS. 

Tongs — Adjustable  Grip  Tongs — Pneumatic  Dumping  Car — Lewis  Wedge  for 
Lifting  Stone — Stone  Grinding  and  Polishing  Machine — Four-Guy  Mast  Der- 
rick— Shears  with  Winch  or  Tackle  Block — Swinging  Derrick  Crane — Portable 
Steam  Derrick — Swing-Boom  Crane — Cable  Hoist  and  Conveyer — Cantilever 
Hoisting  and  Conveying  Machine — Timber  Splicing — Timber  Cords  and 
Arches — Truss  Roof — Queen  Post  Roof  Truss — Wooden  Road  Bridge  Truss 
—Deck  Bridge  Trusses— Bridge  Truss— Arched  Deck  Truss  Bridge— Bridge 
Trusses — Arch  Truss  Bridge — Swing  Bridge — Cantilever  Bridge — Suspension 
Bridges 349  to  360 

SECTION    XVII. 
DRAUGHTING    DEVICES. 

PARALLEL  RULES,  CURVE   DELINEATORS,  TRAMMELS,   ELLIPSOGRAPHS,    PAN- 
TOGRAPHS. 

Proportional  Compasses — Roller  Parallel  Ruler — Slotted  Parallel  Ruler — Three 
Part  Parallel  Ruler — Spring  Cyclograph — Flexible  Curve  Scriber — Helicograph 
— Great  Curve  Delineator — Conchoid  Delineator — Cyclograph — Trammel  for 
Drawing  Ellipses — Ellipsograph — Parabola  Scriber — Geared  Ellipsograph — 
Hyperbola  Scriber — Pantograph — Lazy-Tongs  Pantograph — Perspective  Cen- 
trolinead — Spherometer 361  to  367 

SECTION    XVIII. 

MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 

ANIMAL  POWER,  SHEEP  SHEARS,  MOVEMENTS  AND  DEVICES,  ELEVATORS, 
CRANES,  SEWING,  TYPEWRITING,  AND  PRINTING  MACHINES,  RAILWAY 
DEVICES,  TRUCKS,  BRAKES,  TURNTABLES,  LOCOMOTIVES,  GAS,  GAS  FUR- 
NACES, ACETYLENE  GENERATORS,  GASOLINE  MANTLE  LAMP,  FIREARMS. 
Human  Treadmill — Horse-Power  Tread  Wheel — Horse-Power  Machine — Dog- 
Power  Machine — Geared  Horse-Power — Multiple  Bladed  Sheep  Shears — Horse 
Clipper — Machine  Sheep  Shears — "Almond's  "  Flexible  Metallic  Tube — Evo- 
lution of  a  Wood  Screw — Artificial  Leg  and  Foot — Mean  Time  Sun  Dial — 
Door  Push  Check — Folding  Ladder  Simple  Combination  Lock — Tripod — Dou- 
ble Spherical  Socket — Disc  Slicer — Micrometer  Screw  Adjustment  —  Correct 
Principle  in  Setting  a  Hot-Water  House  Boiler— Under-Feed  Heating  Fur- 
nace— Harvester  or  Mowing  Machine — Bell  Clapper  Movement — Piano  Key  and 
Action — Lapidary  or  Lithologicai  Lathe  —  Wire-Drawing  Machine — Wire-Cov- 
ering Machine  — Stirring  Machine  for  Grain  Mash — Sector  Wheel  Baling  Press 
— Wood  Compression  Carving  Machine — Belt-Driven  Elevator— Safety  Catch 
for  Elevators — Elevator  Safety  Gear — Swing  Derrick — Package  Elevator — 
Post  Crane — Wharf  Crane — Automatic  Balance  Crane — Sewing-Machine  Shut- 
tle— Sewing-Machine  Feed  Bar — Sewing-Machine  Hook  and  Bobbin— Hook  of 
the  "  Wheeler  and  Wilson  "  Sewing-Machine—  Sewing-Machine — Spring  Motor 
for  Sewing-Machine— Tinplate  Lacquering  Machine — Single  Cylinder  Printing 
Press— Typewriting  Machine — "  Gordon  "  Printing  Press — Rack  and  Pawl — 


CONTENTS.  13 

Bali-Bearing  Screw  Jack — Hydraulic  Transfer  Jack — Rail-Cutting  Saw — Prouty- 
NobJe  Automatic  or  Self-Winding  Brake — Street-Car  Sand  Box — Friction 
Brake  for  Street  Railway  Cars — Car  Truck  for  Street  Railways — Street-Car 
Truck— Car  Truck— Trolley-Car  Truck — Freight-Car  Truck— Cable  Railway 
Grip — Cable  Grip  for  Street  Railways — Linked  Hinges — Endless  Cable  Grip 
Car — Street  Railway  Sweeping  Car — Equalizing  Lever — Novel  Car  Brake — 
Wooden  Frame  Turn-Table — Iron  Frame  Turn-Table — Single-Cylinder  Loco- 
motive— Modern  Locomotive  and  Tender — Passenger  Locomotive,  Eight- 
Wheel  Model— Ten-Wheel  Freight  Locomotive — Freight  Locomotive — Centre 
Valve  for  a  Gas  House — Disc  Valve  for  Large  Gas  Pipes — Centre  Guide  Gas 
Holder — Counter-Weighted  Gas  Holder — Expanding  Pipe  Stopper — Lantern 
Bellows  Dry  Gas  Meter— Wet  Gas  Meter — Dry  Gas  Meter— Gas  Pressure 
Regulator — Fuel  Gas  Burner — Gas  Furnace — Gas-Heated  Incubator — Acety- 
lene Gas  Generator — Automatic  Gasoline  and  Mantie  Lamp — Acetylene  Gen- 
erator and  Gas  Holder — Acetylene  Burner — Bayonet  Joint — Gun  Lock — Colt 
Cylinder  Revolving  Device  for  Firearms — Magazine  Rifle,  "  Lee-Metford " 
Model— "  Martini-Henry"  Rifle— Chassepot  Gun— Remington  Rifle— "Rem- 
ington "  Magazine  Gun — "  Hotchkiss  "  Magazine  Gun — "  Lebel  "  Rifle — 
"Mauser  "Rifle — "Winchester"  Magazine  Rifle — Disappearing  Gun,  "  Mon- 
crief  Model  " 369  to  396 


Section    I. 


THE    MECHANICAL    POWERS. 


WEIGHT,    RESOLUTION     OF     FORCES,    PRESSURES,    LEVERS, 
PULLEYS,    TACKLE,    ETC. 


THE    MECHANICAL    POWERS. 


THE    MECHANICAL    POWERS. 


w 


FORCES  AND  THE  MEASURE  OF  THEIR  WORK. 

FORCE  may  be  said  to  be  the  cause  of  motion  and  power  in 
mechanics.  Its  condition  may  be  static  or  dynamic ;  in  the  latter 
condition  it  becomes  the  means  for  the  practical  application  of  motion 
in  the  various  forms  of  mechanical  devices.  Its  statical  condition  is 
iUustrated  in  the  strains  sustained  in  the  material  of  construction  and 
suspension. 

The  first  and  simple  form  of  static  force  may  be  illustrated  in 
the  column,  in  the  various  positions  in  which  it  may  be  used  for 
resistance  of  any  kind ;  although  in  machinery,  it  may  in 
itself  become  a  moving  body  under  stress.  Static  force 
may  be  represented  by  a  column  supporting  weight ;  a 
beam  under  compressive  strain  ;  a  body  of  water  retained 
in  a  mill  dam,  steam  pressure  in  a  boiler,  compressed  air 
or  liquefied  gases,  and  a  suspended  weight; 
a  coiled  spring  or  anything  that  is  under  pres- 
sure without  motion.  The  principal  expressions  for  static 
force  are  compression,  tension,  and  torsion,  or  their  com- 
binations. The  resolution  of  forces  is  the  geometrical  rela- 
tion and  value  of  two  or  more  forces  acting  upon  a  single 
point  from  different  directions,  or  of  a  single  force  acting 
against  several  points  of  resistance. 

The  terms  of  resolution  may  be   directional,  static,  or  dynamic. 


3.  THE  RESOLUTION  OF  SUS- 
PENSION— in  which  W  represents  a 
force  or  the  weight  of  gravitation,  and 
P,  P'  the  resisting  power  or  equivalent 
weights.  Solution  : 

P  and  P'=  half  the  weight 

Sine  of  angle  of  depression  a  or  b 
when  the  angles  are  equal. 


THE    MECHANICAL    POWERS. 


4-    For    unequal    angles   the   forces 
vary  as  the  sines  of  the  angles  from  the 
vertical,  respectively. 
P   )       Solution:     P  =  W  X  sinej 


P'  =  W  X  sine  v 
Sine 


5.  In  a  combination  of  forces 
the  resolution  involves  the  sines  of 
the  varying  angles. 

P  =  w  X  sine  7    P'=  W  X  sine  v* 
Sine  CH- 27)' 


6.  The  forces  in  the  direction  of  P  and 
P'  in  which  the  weight  of  a  beam  inclined 
and  resting  upon  a  point  at  P'  =  W,  at  the 
centre  of  gravity. 

P'  =  WX  a       P  =  WX  a 


The  longitudinal  thrust  of  struts  or  braces  is  the  same  as  for 
tensional  strains  inversely,  only  that  the  weight  of  timbers  or  heavy 
materials  should  be  considered  separately,  as  shown  further  on. 

7.    Where  the  members   are    of 
the  same  length  and  at  equal  angles. 

P  and  P'=          half  the  weight 

Sine  of  the  angle  a  or  b. 


8.  For  unequal  angles. 
Solution  :   P  =  W  X  sine  y 


Sine  (y+v) 

P'  =  Wxsine  v 
Sine  (y+v) 


THE    MECHANICAL    POWERS. 


9.  With   truss   beams    carrying   un- 
equal   weights   the   formulae    for   end 
thrust  are  for  equal  angles. 
P  =  w  x  sine  y 


Sine 

P'  i=  W  X  s'mey 
Sine  (y+v) 

*        For  unequal  angles,  the  formula  is 
^  the  same  as  in  No.  8. 


10.    LEVER    PARADOX, 
Two  levers  or  scale  beams,  one 
above  the  other, 
accurately  b  a  1- 

0anced  and  pivo- 
ted at  their  ends 
to  two  T  arms  as 

shown  in  the  cut,  may  have  equal  weights  hung  at  various  distances 
on  the  arms,  and  they  will  be  balanced  on  the  centre  line  and  at  any 
angle  above  or  below  the  centre  line.  A  nut  for  amateurs  to  crack. 


THE   LEVER   AND    ITS    POWER. 

The  weight  of  lever  is  not  considered. 

1 1 .  First  order. 
a         W 


j* — b- — *- a > 


12.  Second  order. 
W        P 


=  P 


WX£ 
(b+a) 


_ 


13.  Third  order. 

b  4-  a        P         P  X  b 


_ 

~  w> 


W  X 


=  P 


20 


THE    MECHANICAL    POWERS. 


14.  Bell  Crank  or  Angular  Lever,  first 
order.      Same  notation  as  No.  n. 


15.    Bell    Crank    or    Angular    Lever, 
second  order.    Same  Notation  as  No.  12. 


1 6.    Bell  Crank  or   Angular  Lever, 
third  order. 


'    /7    '   v  / \ 

'  /y/^-£l-\        Wx  v  ~+~  ^  x  cosine  of  angle,J 


^{P     17.    Compound  Lever,  first  order. 

: IJ         a  X  a      _  W       P  X  a  X  a  _  w 

=  T'       bx&     = 


X 
W  X  /'  X  V 


1 8.  Compound  Lever,  first  cind  second  orders. 


a          a'X?>'_    W 

~~ 


P  X 


=  w 


W  X  b  X  V 

a  X  (a1  +  b' ) 

The  differential  weight  of  lever  arms  must  be   adjusted  to  the 
proper  factor  for  accurate  computation. 


THE    MECHANICAL    POWERS. 


21 


19.  Revolving  Lever,  first  order. 

W=:  P  X  a 

b 
P  =  W  X '  b 


P      20.  Revolving  Lever,  second  order. 

W  =  P  X  (a  +  b) 

b 
P   =  W  X  b 


21.  Revolving  Lever,  third  order. 

W  =  P  X  b 

a  +  b  ' 

B  -  9=  Wx  («  +  J) 


THE   INCLINED   PLANE. 

22.  Weight  sliding  on   inclined  surface. 
(W  X  sine  of  angle)  -j-  friction  =  P. 
P 


Sine  of  angle 


vertical 

Sine  of  angle  =  -. — r. r 

inclmed 


—  friction  =W. 


distance. 


23.  Rolling  weight  by  horizontal  push. 


22 


THE    MECHANICAL    POWERS. 


24.    THE  WEDGE. 

Strain  ==  force  of  blow  X  / 

/,  length  of  wedge. 
Wj  width  of  wedge. 


W 


25.  THE  SCREW.     All  measures  in  equal 
? — J      units  or  inches. 


W  =  P  X  (2  X  r  X 


Pitch  of  screw 
P  =  W  x  pitch  of  screw 
2  X  r  X  3.  i4l6 


26.  WORM  GEAR  or  ENDLESS  SCREW. 

P  =  power. 

r  =  length  of  crank. 

R  =  radius  of  pitch  line  of  gear. 

p  =  pitch  of  screw. 

r  =  radius  of  winding  drum. 


W= 


P  =  W  X  /  X 


6.28  x 


"W 

—  if  screw  is  double-thread. 

2 


27.  CHINESE  WHEEL,  or  differen 
tial  axle,  with  crank  or  pulley. 

a  =  radius  large  drum. 
b  =  radius  small  drum. 


W=  P 


X  2 


a—  b 
=  WX  (a 


THE    MECHANICAL    POWERS. 


TACKLE  BLOCKS. 


28.  Two  single  sheaves,  a,  l>,  c  are  of  equal 
strain,  a  -f-  b  —  W.  Sheave  A  only  transfers 
the  direction  of  P. 


W 


W 


29.  Simple  sheave  block. 

P  =  W. 

30.  Two  single  sheave  blocks — upper  one 
fixed,  lower  movable. 


31.    Three  single  sheave  blocks — one  block   fixed, 
two  blocks  movable. 

P  —  W 

— .       W  =  P  X  4- 

4 


32.    Three  single  sheave  blocks,  consisting  of  two  fixed 
blocks  and  one  movable  block. 

Pnwer  •    P  —  W 

-.     W  =  P  X  3. 
•5 


33.  One  fixed  sheave  block,  one  movable  sheave  block. 
P  —  W 

^      —  .       W  =  PX2. 

2 


W 


THE    MECHANICAL    POWERS. 


34.    One    fixed    sheave   block,    two    movable 
blocks. 

P  —  W 

-A    w  =  P  x  4. 

4 


35.  One  fixed  pulley  block,  three  fixed  rope  ends. 

P  =  W 
6 


36.  Multiple  sheave  blocks,  all  single. 

P  =  W 

—.     W  =  P  X  14- 

14 


w 


37.  Four  and  three  sheave  blocks,  with  end  of  rope 
fixed  to  top  block.  Four  sheave  block  fixed,  three 
sheave  block  movable. 

P  —  W 

~-.     W  =  P  x  6. 


W 


38.   Roving  of  a  three  and   two  sheave    pair  of 
blocks,  with  a  draw  block  fixed  above. 


P  =  W 
6' 


W  =  P  x  6. 


THE    MECHANICAL    POWERS. 


25 


39.   Roving  of  a  two  and  three  sheave  pair  of 
blocks,  with  end  of  rope  fixed  to  lower  block. 

P  —  W 

— .     W  =  P  X  5. 


40.  CHINESE  WINDLASS.— The  sheave 
and  hook  rises  equal  to  one-half  the  difference 
in  the  circumference  of  the  barrels  for  each 
turn  of  the  crank.  See  No.  2  7  for  the  power. 


41.  CHINESE  SHAFT  DERRICK.— The 
sheaves  suspended  from  the  upper  part  of  the 
derrick  legs  allows  the  bucket  to  be  raised 
above  the  mouth  of  the  shaft  or  pit  by  the 
differential  windlass. 


42.  COMPOUND  WEIGHT  MOTOR,  for 

a  limited  fall.  The  power  is  only  equal  to  one- 
half  of  one  of  the  weights.  The  time  of  fall- 
ing and  distance  equals  three  times  the  time 
and  distance  of  one  weight. 


43.  ROPE  TWIST  LEVER,  for 
a  temporary  pull,  or  as  a  clamping 
device. 


26 


THE    MECHANICAL    POWERS.    . 


44.    SPANISH  WINDLASS.— Much  used  on 
over-truck  frames  for  suspending  the  load. 


45.  ROPE  GRIP  HOOK— for  taking 
a  temporary  bite  on  a  hawser. 


46.    GUY    ROPE    CLIP    and  Thimble— for 
wire  rope. 


47.  ROPE  END,  with  thimble, 
clip,  and  yarn  seizing. 


48.  HEMP  ROPE  END, 

doubled  in  the  eye,  with  two 
clips.  The  doubling  in  eye 
prevents  excessive  wear. 


Section    II. 

• 

TRANSMISSION    OF    POWER. 

ROPES,     BELTS,     FRICTION     GEAR,     SPUR,     BEVEL,     AND 
SCREW     GEAR,    ETC. 


TRANSMISSION    OF    POWER. 

ROPES,  BELTS,  FRICTION  GEAR,  SPUR,  BEVEL,  AND  SCREW  GEAR,  ETC. 


49.  ALTERNATING  CIRCULAR  MOTION 
from  the  curvilinear  motion  of  a  treadle.  The 
ancient  lathe  motion. 


50.    CIRCULAR  MOTION  from  curvilin- 
ear motion  of  a  treadle  through  a  cord  and 

pulley. 

^TT^     o" 

I  UNIVERSITY 


51.  ECCENTRIC  CRANK  and  Treadle.— A 
belt  over  the  eccentric  and  a  roller  in  the  treadle. 
The  equivalent  of  a  crank. 


52.  CAPSTAN,  OR  VERTICAL  WIND- 
LASS.—The  pawl  falling  in  the  circular  rack 
at  the  bottom  locks  the  windlass.  The  rope 
should  always  wind  on  the  bottom  and  slip 
upward. 

53.  STEERING  GEAR. — A  hand  wheel  and 
drum  on  a  shaft,  carrying  a  rope  rove  through 
guide  pulleys  and  attached  to  the  tiller. 

54.  JUMPING  MOTION  given  to  a  weight, 
or  other  body,  by  a  pin  wheel  and  bell-crank 
lever. 


TRANSMISSION    OF    POWER. 


V 


55.    ROPE  SPROCKET  WHEEL,  several  modi- 
fications  of  which  are  in  use  in  old-style  hoists. 


}=> 


56.  F-GROOVED  ROPE  PULLEY,  having 
corrugated  groove  faces  to  increase  the  adhesion  of 
the  rope. 


57.    ROPE    TRANSMISSION,   with   a   tightening 
pulley,  B. 


58.  VIBRATORY  MOTION  to  two  shafts, 
transmitted  from  the  rocking  of  a  lever  arm 
and  sector. 


59.  TRANSMISSION  BY  ROPE  to  a  shaft  at 
right  angles  to  the  driving-shaft.  The  guide  sheaves 
give  direction  to  the  rope  over  the  curve  face  of  the 
driven  pulley,  the  rope  slipping  towards  the  centre 
of  the  driven  pulley. 


3^\  A 

\       C 

© 


60.  TRANSMISSION  BY  ROPE  to 
a  portable  drill  or  swing  saw. 
D,  driving  sheave. 

»i 

A,  double  loose  sheaves  in  a  frame, 
suspended  by  weight  C  attached  by  rope 
over  sheaves,  B,  B.  C,  counter  weight. 


TRANSMISSION    OF    POWER. 


61.   HORIZONTAL   ROPE   TRANSMISSION,  with   tension 
slide  and  weight. 


62.  ROPE  TRANS- 
MISSION from  vertical 
to  horizontal  shaft,  with 
tension  slide  and  weight 


63.  ROPE  TRANS- 
MISSION to  a  movable 
shaft  at  right  angles 
from  the  driving-shaft, 
with  tension  slide  and 
weight. 


64.    VERTICAL    TENSION 
with  slides  and  pulley  guide. 


CARRIAGE. 


TRANSMISSION    OF    POWER. 


65-66.  BELT  LACING. —The 

straight  lacing  65  should  run  next 
the  pulley,  while  66  represents  the 
outside  of  the  belt.  Lace  should 
be  drawn  in  at  a,  a,  to  centre  ;  lace 
each  way  out  and  return,  ending 
at  e,  e,  66,  on  outside  of  belt. 

67-68.  BELT  LACING.— In 
this  style  the  straight  side  should 
run  next  the  pulley,  drawing  in  the 
lace  on  one  side  at  a,  a  to  its 
centre,  and  lace  across  and  back, 
ending  at  e,  e  on  the  outside  of  68. 


69-70.  NOVEL  BELT  LAC- 
ING, for  quarter-turn  belts.  Draw 
lacing  in  to  its  centre  at  a,  a  on 
inside  of  belt,  crossing  on  outside 
of  70,  and  ending  at  e,  e,  70. 


71-72.  BELT  LACING,  for  nar- 
row belts.  Draw  in  the  lacing  at 
a,  a  to  its  centre ;  lace  each  way 
and  back  to  centre,  ending  on  the 
outside  of  belt  at  e,  e,  72. 


73-74.  BELT  LACING,  for 
medium  width  belts.  Commenc- 
ing at  a,  a  on  the  inside  of  belt 
73,  drawing  the  lacing  to  its  cen- 
tre ;  rove  each  end  once  across, 
ending  at  the  outside  of  belt  74 
at  <?,  e. 


TRANSMISSION    OF    POWER. 


33 


75-76.  BELT  LACING,  for 
narrow  belt.  Commencing  at  a,  a 
on  the  inside  of  belt  75,  drawing 
the  lacing  to  its  centre ;  rove  the 
ends  each  way,  ending  at  e,  e,  76. 


77.  BELT    LACING.— Com- 
mencing  at  A  and  ending  at  B. 
Dotted  lines  on  outside. 

78.  OVER-AND-OVER  LAC 
ING. — Commencing    at    A    and 
ending  at  B.   Diagonal  on  outside. 


79.  INTERLOCKING  BELT 
LACING,    from    A    to    B,    once 
across.       A  good  style  for  small 
pulleys. 

80.  CROSS    LACING,    for   a 
light  belt. 


8 1.  OVER-AND-OVER  LAC- 
ING, from  A  to  B,  diagonal  out- 
side. 

82.  SECTIONAL  BELT  LAC- 
ING.— Each  section  disconnected, 
as  shown,  using  four  lacings. 


83.   QUARTER   TWIST    BELT.— The  arrows   show 
the  direction  the  belt  should  run. 


TRANSMISSION    OF    POWER. 


84.   FULL   TWIST    BELT,  or  cross  belt. 


85.  FULL    TWIST  OR   CROSS  BELT, 
for  reverse  motion  on  driven  shaft. 


86.  BELTING  TO  A  SHAFT  AT  ANY  ANGLE.— 

The  two  idler  pulleys  must  be  placed  on  a  shaft  at  right 
angles  to  the  driving  and  driven  shafts,  with  their 
peripheries  at  the  central  line  from  centres  from  the 
driving  and  driven  pulleys. 


87.  QUARTER  TWIST  RETURN  BELT.— A  method 
used  for  belting  pulleys  on  shafts  too  close  for  a  direct 
belt. 


88.  CHANGE  SPEED  STEP  PULLEYS.— 
Speeds  are  as  the  relative  diameters  of  the  driv- 
ing and  driven  pulleys. 

89.  CONE    PULLEYS.— The    cone    pulleys 
allow  of  minute  and  continual  change   of  speed 
by  traversing  the  belt. 


90.  CURVED  CONE   PULLEYS,  for  variably  in- 
creasing or  decreasing  speed  by  traversing  the  belt. 


TRANSMISSION    OF    POWER. 


35 


91.  SHIFTING  DEVICE  FOR  CONE 
PULLEYS. — Made  efficient  by  a  division  of 
the  proper  belt  width  into  a  number  of  nar- 
row belts,  kept  in  place  by  webs  on  the  belt 
tighteners,  which  are  moved  forward  and  back- 
ward by  a  carrier  nut  and  screw  shaft.  This 
arrangement  gives  more  power  for  a  given  width 
than  with  a  single  belt,  and  with  less  wear.  It 
equalizes  the  stress  on  the  belts  by  the  set-up 

of  the  guide  pulleys  as  tighteners. 

i 
Patent  of  P.  D.  HARTON,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


92.  BELT  TRANSMISSION,  for  short  belt  and 
close  connection.  The  belt  is  wrapped  close  to  and 
pressed  against  the  driven  pulley  by  a  tightening 
pulley.  For  electric  motor  power  or  the  driving  of 
generators. 


93.  BELT  TRANSMISSION  OF 
POWER,  at  close  range.  A  combination 
of  friction  gear  increased  by  belt  contact 
of  the  driving  or  driven  pulley  with  a  light 
intermediate  pulley  gives  an  additional 

belt  pressure,  with  small  belt  strain  on  the  slack  side.     It  eliminates 

vibration  of  belt. 


94.  VARIABLE  TRANS- 
MISSION OF  MOTION, 
from  an  eccentric  conical 
pulley  to  a  friction  pulley. 
The  riding  pulley  C  traverses 
the  cone,  which  moves  forward  or  backward  by  the  rotation  of  the 
screw  in  the  nut  stud  E,  producing  a  progressive  variable  motion 
in  the  pulley  C,  increasing  or  decreasing  as  the  cone  rotates  forward 
or  backward. 


TRANSMISSION    OF    POWER. 


95.  STOP,  DRIVING,  AND  REVERSING 
MOTION  with  a  single  belt,  which  may  be  oper- 
ated either  way  :  from  the  drum  on  a  driving  shaft. 
or  from  the  bevel  gear  on  shaft  C.  The  middle 
pulley  being  loose  on  shaft  a,  the  right-hand 
2  pulley  tight  on  shaft  a,  left-hand  pulley  tight  on 
the  hollow  shaft  B,  />.  The  operation  of  a  single 
shipper  changes  the  motions  or  stops. 


96.  TWO  SPEED  PULLEYS  AND  BELTS. 
— Two  pair  of  tight  and  loose  pulleys  on  lower 
shaft,  unequal  broad  tight  pulleys  on  upper  shaft. 
By  crossing  the  belt  from  one  of  the  pair  a  quick 
return  speed  may  be  obtained.  Much  used  on 
tapping-machines  and  planers. 


97.  PULLEYS,  COMBINED  WITH  A  DIF- 
FERENTIAL GEAR  for  two  speeds,  and  stop-belt 
shown  on  loose  pulley.  Middle  pulley  on  lower 
shaft  is  fast  to  shaft,  and  has  a  bevel  gear  fast  to  its 
hub.  Pulley  on  the  right  is  loose  on  shaft  and  car- 
ries, transversely,  another  bevel  gear.  A  third  bevel 
gear  runs  loose  upon  the  shaft  and  is  held  by  a  friction 
band.  On  moving  the  belt  to  the  middle  pulley  an  ordinary  motion 
<s  obtained;  to  the  right-hand  pulley  a  double  speed  is  obtained. 


98.  TRANSMISSION  OF  TWO  SPEEDS 
from  a  driving  shaft,  one  a  variable  speed.  The 
same  arrangement  as  No.  97,  with  the  addition  of 
a  driving  pulley  of  different  size,  and  a  driven 
pulley  attached  to  the  friction  gear  on  the  lower 
shaft.  The  right-hand  belt  shifts  to  the  next 
pulley  and  may  be  straight  or  cross,  making  a 
variety  of  motions  to  the  lower  shaft. 


TRANSMISSION    OF    POWER. 


37 


99.  TWO  SPEED  GEAR  from  belt  pulleys  and 
one  hollow  shaft.  A  solid  shaft  with  loose  pulley  (a) 
and  fast  pulley  (#),  fast  pulley  (<r)  on  hollow  shaft 
carrying  large  driving  gear  at  the  right. 


loo.    VARIABLE    SPEED     OR     CONE 
GEARING. 

a,  tight  pulley  on  outside  hollow  shaft. 

b,  tight  pulley  on  inside  hollow  shaft, 
r,  tight  pulley  on  inner  or  solid  shaft. 
//,  loose  pulley  on  solid  shaft. 

a  b'  c\  differential  spur  gears  for  three  speeds. 

101.  TRANSMISSION  OF  POWER  from 
a  horizontal  shaft  to  two  vertical  spindles.  A 
single  belt,  with  two  idlers,  for  tightening  and 
directing  the  half  twist  of  the  belt. 

102.  FRICTION AL  RECTILINEAR 
MOTION,  from  the  angular  position  of  a 
sheave  or  pulley  rolling  on  a  revolving  barrel 
or  long  cylinder.  A,  forward  motion;  B,  stop. 
The  principle  of  the  "  Judson  "  railway  pro- 
pulsion. Efficiency  was  increased  by  the  use  of  a  small  truck  with 
several  roller  pulleys. 

103.  VARIABLE  ROTARY  MOTION  from 

a  friction  pulley  traversing  a  concave  conical 
drum.  The  speed  ratio  of  the  traversing  pulley 
is  a  variable  one. 


104.  VARIABLE  MOTION  to  a  right-angled 
shaft,  by  curved  cone  friction  pulleys  with  inter- 
mediate swinging  pulley.  A  sewing-machine  or 
other  light  power  movement, 


TRANSMISSION    OF    POWER. 


105.  FRICTION  GEAR,  traversing 
motion.  A,  the  driver.  B  and  C  are  fast 
on  the  clutch  sleeve  which  is  free  to  slide 
on  a  feather  on  the  driven  shaft.  The  lever 
brings  B  or  C  in  contact  with  the  driving 
cone  A  for  reversing. 


1 06.  FRICTION  GEAR.  —  Variable 
speed  from  a  pair  of  cone  pulleys,  one  of 
which  is  the  driver.  A  double-faced  friction 
pinion  is  moved  on  the  line  A,  B  in  contact 
with  both  cones. 


107.  FRICTION  GEAR. — A  pair  of  friction 
discs  A,  B  on  parallel  shafts  out  of  line,  with  a 
traverse  friction  pinion  on  a  transverse  spindle 
c,  d  will  give  a  great  range  of  speed  velocities. 


1 08.  FRICTION  GEAR.— Variable  speed  from  a 
rocking  shaft  and  convex  discs.  "  Wright's  '?  driving 
device  for  sewing-machines.  A  is  the  driving  shaft 
with  convex  disc.  B  is  a  band  shaft  that  swivels  by 
the  foot  pedal  and  kept  taut  or  released  at  its  different 
positions. 


109.  TRANSMISSION  OF  VARIABLE 
SPEED,  for  sewing-machines.  A,  driving  con- 
cave cone.  B,  swivelling  yoke  carrying  a  friction 
pulley,  with  a  band  running  a  pair  of  pulleys 
at  the  swivel,  one  of  which  drives  the  sewing- 
machine. 


TRANSMISSION    OF    POWER. 


39 


1 10.  FRICTION  GEAR,  with  variable  speed  by 
traversing  a  pulley  to  or  from  the  centre  of  the  face 
of  a  disc  wheel.  Leather  or  rubber  facing  for  wheel 
and  pulley  makes  best  working  condition. 


in.    VARIABLE   SPEED   GEAR 

forsewing-machines, "  Wright's"  model. 
The  upper  shaft  is  the  driver,  the  lower 
shaft  carrying  the  band  pulley,  swivels 
by  the  foot  for  variable  speed. 


112.  TRANSMISSION  OF  ROTARY 
MOTION  to  an  oblique  shaft  by  rolling  con- 
tact of  drums  with  concave  faces. 


113.  COMBINATION  FRICTION  GEAR,"  Hew- 
lett's Patent."  A  rubber  disc  clamped  between  metal 
washers. 


114.  GROOVED  FRICTION  GEARING.— The 
loss  of  power  by  friction  increases  with  the  size  and 
depth  of  the  grooves.  Friction  increases  inversely  as  the 
angles  of  the  grooves. 


115.  VARIABLE  MOTION  to  a  shaft  in  line 
by  curved-faced  discs,  with  a  swinging  pulley 
pivoted  central  to  the  curves  on  the  face  of  the 
discs. 


TRANSMISSION    OF    POWER. 


116.  TRANSMISSION  OF  CIRCULAR  MOTION 
by  right-angled  cranks  on  each  shaft.  The  pair  of  crank 
connections  carry  the  right-angled  cranks  over  the  centre. 
The  principle  of  the  locomotive  wheel  connections. 


117.  THREE  CRANK  LINK  connec- 
tion for  transmission  of  motion  to  a  crank 
by  direct  link  to  avoid  a  dead  centre.  A, 
driven  crank ;  B,  driving  crank ;  D,  a  relief 
crank  with  triangular  link  connections  with 
cranks  A  and  B. 


118.  SPROCKET  WHEEL  AND  CHAIN.— 
Pitch  radius  is  at  the  centre  of  the  rivets,  with  a 
slight  clearance  for  easy  running. 


119.  LINK  BELT  AND  PULLEY.— A  variety 

of  hook  link  forms  are  in  use  for  link  belt  trans- 
mission. 


120.  TOOTHED    LINK    CHAIN    AND 
PULLEY,  alternating  double  and  single  links. 


121.  STEP  GEAR.— A  spur  gear  in  which  the 
face  is  divided  into  two  or  more  sections,  with  the 
teeth  of  each  section  set  forward  a  half  or  third  of 
the  pitch,  according  to  the  number  of  sections. 


TRANSMISSION    OF    POWER. 


122.  V-TOOTHED   GEARING.— The    obli- 
quity of  the  teeth  from  the  centre  of  the  face 
neutralizes  the  longitudinal  thrust  of  plain  oblique 
teeth,  as  shown  in  the  next  pair. 

123.  OBLIQUE  TOOTH  GEAR.— A  smooth 
running  gear,  with  slight  longitudinal  thrust  due 
to  the  inclined  tooth  surfaces. 


124.  V-TOOTHED  GEAR.— The  teeth  of  which 
are  usually  inclined  from  the  centre  lines  of  the  face 
equal  to  the  amount  of  the  pitch  at  the  outer  ends. 


125.  SPLIT  SPUR  GEAR,  showing  method 
of  bolting  on  to  the  shaft  of  a  trolley  car. 


126.  STAR  WHEEL  GEAR,  for  wringing- 
machines,  mangles,  etc.  Allows  a  variable  mesh  to 
the  teeth. 


127.  ELASTIC  SPUR  GEAR,  to  prevent 
back  lash.  The  gear  runs  loose  on  the  shaft ; 
the  ratchet-wheel  is  fast  on  the  shaft.  Com- 
pression springs  are  inserted  between  the 
shoulders  of  the  gear  and  cam  ratchet  wheel. 


TRANSMISSION    OF    POWER. 


128.  INTERNAL  SPUR  GEAR  and  Pinion.— 
In  this  style  of  gearing  more  tooth  surface  is  in  con- 
tact than  with  outside  teeth ;  it  has  less  wear  and  great 
power.  Much  used  in  hoisting  machines. 


129.  BEVEL  GEARS,  when  of  equal  diameter. 
MITER  GEARS,  when  of  unequal  diameter. 


130.  CROWN    WHEEL  geared    with  a  spur 
wheel.     Used  for  light  work.     A  very  old  device. 


131.  SPIRAL  GEARING.— The  velocity  ratio 
of  spiral  gears  cannot  be  determined  by  direct  com- 
parison of  pitch  diameters,  as  in  spur  gearing,  but 
must  be  found  from  the  angles  of  the  spiral  in  each 
gear.  Thus  if  the  spiral  angles  of  two  gears  are  the 
same  the  velocity  ratio  will  be  inversely  as  the  pitch 
diameters ;  but  if  the  spiral  angles  are  not  equal,  the 
number  of  teeth  per  inch  of  pitch  diameter  will  vary. 
In  any  case  the  velocity  ratio  will  depend  upon  the 
number  of  teeth  and  their  spiral  angle,  as  expressed  in  the  following 
proportion  :  v,  the  velocity  of  the  small  gear  is  to  V,  the  velocity  of 
the  large  gear,  as  D,  the  pitch  diameter  of  the  larger,  X  by  the  cosine 
of  its  spiral  angle,  is  to  d,  the  pitch  diameter  of  the  smaller,  X  by  the 
cosine  of  its  spiral  angle. 


TRANSMISSION    OF    POWER. 


43 


132.  OBLIQUE  SPUR  AND  BEVEL  GEAR. 

— An  oblique  tooth  spur  gear  and  an  oblique 
bevel  gear,  operating  shafts  running  at  an  angular 
position. 

133.  OBLIQUE  BEVEL  GEAR  on  shafts  at 
right  angles  and  crossing  out  of  axical  plane. 

134.    GEAR   TRAIN— Solution 
for    increased   speed :    Divide    the 
multiple  of  the  number  of  teeth  in 
the  driving  gears  by  the  multiple  of 
\  the  number  of  teeth  in  the  driven 


pinions,  or  the  multiple  of  each  pair  separately  may  be  multiplied  by 
the  multiple  of  the  next  pair.    For  decreasing  speed,  divide  the  ratios. 


135.  WORM  GEAR. — With  single  thread  the  revo- 
XL   lutions  of  the  screw  equal  the  number  of  teeth  in  the 
^  spur  wheel  for  its  revolution. 


136.  SKEW  WORM  AND  WHEEL  GEAR.— 

The  angle  of  the  teeth  on  this  spur  wheel  must  be 
equal  to  the  angle  of  the  screw  shaft,  less  the  angle 
of  the  screw  at  the  pitch  lines  of  both. 

137.  UNIFORM  INTERMITTENT  MO- 
TION in  opposite  directions.  The  blank  sector 
in  the  bevel  wheel  driver  C  interrupts  the  motion 
of  A  and  B  alternately. 


138.  VARIABLE  SPEED  BEVEL 
GEAR. — A  bicycle  novelty.  One  revolution 
of  A  gives  two  revolutions  of  B.  A  is  an 
elliptic  bevel  gear  central  on  the  shaft.  B 
is  an  elliptic  bevel  gear  of  one-half  the  num- 
ber of  teeth  of  A  and  revolves  on  one  of  its 
elliptic  centres.  The  cranks  are  set  oppo- 
site to  the  short  diameter  of  the  driving 
gear  A,  giving  greater  power  to  the  tread 
and  quicker  motion  at  the  neutral  points  of 
the  crank. 


Section    III. 
MEASUREMENT  OF   POWER. 

SPEED,     PRESSURE,    WEIGHT,     NUMBERS,    QUANTITIES,     AND 

APPLIANCES. 


MEASUREMENT    OF    POWER. 

SPEED,  PRESSURE,  WEIGHT,  NUMBER,  QUANTITIES,  AND  APPLIANCES. 


^       ^.         D 


,139.  PRONY  BRAKE,  for  the  measurement 
cf  power.  A  is  power  shaft  and  pulley,  enclosed 
in  friction  blocks  and  strap;  D,  the  lever;  C',C, 
stops  to  control  excessive  movement  of  the  lever; 
B,  weights  to  balance  the  friction  of  the  pulley, 
which  should  be  tightened  by  the  strap  nuts  until  its  full  power  at  the 
required  speed  is  balanced  by  the  weight  put  upon  the  scale  platform. 

THE  PRONY  BRAKE.' 

RULE. — Diameter  of  pulley  in  feet  X  3.1416  X  revoiutions  per  minute  = 
speed  of  periphery  of  pulley  per  minute.  The  lever  is  of  the  third  order.  Its 
length  from  centre  of  shaft  to  the  eye  holding  the  weight,  divided  by  the  radius 
of  the  pulley,  all  in  feet,  or  decimals  of  a  foot  =  the  leverage.  Then  the  pounds 
weight  X  by  the  leverage  and  by  the  speed  =  the  foot-pounds,  which  divided  by 
33,000  =  the  horse-power.  Weight  of  lever  at  E  when  loose  on  the  pulley  should 
be  deducted  from  the  weights  put  o™  olatform. 


140.  "WEBBER"  DYNAMOMETER. 
— A  lever  with  cross  arm  on  which  two 
bevel  gears  are  pinioned  at  right  angles  with 
the  bevel  gear  of  the  driving-shaft.  The 
pinions  on  the  lever  transmit  the  power 
-^  which  is  weighed  by  the  resistance  of  the 
lever  at  the  spring  balance. 

The  H.  P.  indicated  is : 
B  x  6.2832  X  R  X  W 

^^:  ±1.  Jr. 

33,000 

B  —  radius  of  the  lever  in  feet.  R  =  revolutions  per  minute. 

W  =  weight  on  the  scale. 


MEASUREMENT    OF    POWER. 


141.  MEASUREMENT  OF  POWER.— 
The  Rope  Brake.  Several  ropes  over  a  pulley 
gathered  in  a  knot,  to  which  is  hung  a  specific 
weight  less  than  the  range  of  the  spring  scale 
attached  to  the  other  end.  The  pounds  of 
relief  from  the  stated  weight  by  the  motion  of 
the  pulley,  multiplied  by  the  velocity  of  the  periphery  of  the  pulley 
in  feet  per  minute,  gives  the  foot-pounds  power  per  minute. 


142.  "TATHAM'S" 
DYNAMOMETER,  for  a 
vertical  belt.  A  balance 
frame  lever,  pulleys,  and 
dash-pot. 

The  work  of  the  belt  is : 


x  s 


33,000 


=  H.P. 


W  —  weight  on  scale. 
B  =  length  of  lever. 

A  =  fulcrum  to  pulleys  which  should  be  equal. 
S  =  speed  of  belt  in  feet  per  minute. 


143.  BELL-CRANK  DY- 
NAMOMETER. -  Applied  to 
the  power  side  of  a  high-speed 
belt  for  driving  electric  gen. 
erators.  The  angles  of  the 
belt  over  the  bell-crank  pulley 
should  be  equal,  y  —  x.  Then  after  deducting  the  weight  to  balance 
the  pulley  and  belt  when  not  running  from  the  weight  when  running, 
the  formula  will  be: 

W  X—    ) 

A     >  x  speed  of  belt  in  feet  per 

2  cosine  x  ) 

minute  =  foot-pounds,  which  divided  by  33,000  =  H.  P.    B,  long  arm ; 
A,  short  arm  of  lever. 


MEASUREMENT    OF    POWER. 


49 


144.  "NEER'S"  ROTARY 
TRANSMITTING  DYNAMO- 
METER.—A  shaft  is  disconnecter 
at  a  coupling  and  the  discs  A  and 
B  are  clamped  one  to  each  shaft. 
Chains  are  attached  to  the  disc 
A  and  roll  around  pulleys  on  the 
disc  B,  and  are  attached  to  the 
spider  C.  The  chain  tension  is 

resisted  by  the  helical  springs  and  is  recorded  on  the  dial  E.     The 

dial  F  indicates  revolutions. 


145.  "VAN  WINKLE'S"  POWER  METER. 
— A  set  of  helical  springs  attached  to  two  discs, 
one  of  which  is  made  fast  to  the  pulley,  unkeyed 
and  loose  on  the  shaft ;  the  other  disc  and  hub 
are  clamped  to  the  shaft.  A  set  of  levers  on  a  rock 
haft  transmits  the  strain  on  the  springs  to  an  in- 
dex and  dial  indicating  the  horse-power  per  100 
revolutions  of  the  shaft. 


146.  TRACTION  RECORD- 
ING DYNAMOMETER.— The 
draft-pull  compresses 
the  elliptic -shaped 
springs,  moving  the 
index  hand  D,  which 
carries  a  pencil  at  its  opposite  end  K.  A  paper  ribbon  is  drawn 
under  the  pencil  and  wound  on  a  drum,  driven  by  clockwork,  mak- 
ing a  continual  record,  to  be  measured  by  a  suitable  scale  for  the 
average  work. 


147.  FRICTION  MACHINE,  for  testing 
the  friction  of  wheels  at  various  speeds  and 
loads.  The  adjustable  circular  balance  holds 
the  wheels  or  vehicle  in  place.  The  pounds 
tension  on  the  scale  multiplied  by  the  periph- 
eral velocity  in  feet  per  minute  gives  the  foot- 
pound draft  or  friction. 


5° 


MEASUREMENT    OF    POWER. 


148.  TORSION  DYNAMOME- 
TER.— To  a  driving  shaft  E  is  attached 
at  C  a  helical  spring.  To  the  other 
end  of  the  spring  is  attached  a  trans- 
mission pulley  A  and  a  small  pulley 
Q! ,  moving  freely  on  the  shaft  E.  At 
Q2  another  small  pulley  is  fixed  to  shaft  E.  The  tension  of  trans 
mission  displaces  the  relative  position  of  the  small  pulleys  and  through 
an  endless  belt  draws  the  loops  F  and  G  farther  apart,  which  by  pul- 
leys and  index  not  shown  indicates  the  power  transmitted. 

149.  TENSILE  TEST- 
ING  MACHINE. 
—  A  hydrostatic  ram 
and  system  of  com- 
pound levers,  used  in 
]  testing  the  tensile 
strength  of  metals.  S,  article  to  be  tested ;  w,  stops  to  control  vibra- 
tion of  levers  ;  W,  weight. 

150.  BOURDON  PRESSURE  GAUGE.— 
A  flattened  spring  metal  tube  is  bent  to 
a  circular  form.  One  end  is  fixed  to  the 
inlet  stud ;  the  other  end  is  connected  to 
a  lever  sector  by  a  link.  The  sector  is 
meshed  with  a  small  pinion  on  the  arbor 
carrying  the  index  hand.  A  hair  spring 
attached  to  the  arbor  keeps  all  the  piv- 
oted joints  drawn  in  one  direction  for 
accuracy  of  pressure  indication. 


151.  CORRUGATED  TUBE-PRESSURE  GAUGE.— 

The  pressure  within  the  tube  expands  it  on  the  cor- 
rugated side  and  through  the  link  connections  with 
the  index  hand  moves  the  hand. 


MEASUREMENT    OF    POWER. 


152.     RECORDING     PRESSURE 
GAUGE,  "  Edson  "  model. 

D,  corrugated  diaphragm  bearing  the 
pressure ;  G,  connecting  rod  from  dia- 
phragm to  crank-pin,  on  the  shaft  on  which 
the  index  hand  is  fixed,  as  also  the  arm 
and  pencil  bar,  H2,  H3,  in  front  of  the 
record  sheet ;  K,  K,  winding  barrels  for 
the  record  sheet  driven  by  a  clock  move- 
ment ;  M,  index  dial. 


153.    PARALLEL    MOTION    OF 
THE  INDICATOR. 


Proportions:  c\  d:\ 


154.  PARALLEL  MOTION  FOR  AN  INDI- 
CATOR.— The  curved  slot  is  made  proportional 
to  the  length  of  the  two  arms  of  the  pencil  lever. 


155.  «AMSLER"PLAN- 
IMETER.— E  is   the    fixed 
point;    F    the  tracer.      The 
disc  has   a   sharp  edge  and 
a  cylindrical  section  divided 
|  and  read  from  a  vernier  scale. 
'A   worm    screw    and    index 
wheel  indicate  the  number  of  revolutions  of  the  rolling  disc. 


156.  "LIPPINCOTT"  PLAN- 
IMETER.  — R  is  the  fixed  point; 
T  the  tracer ;  c  is  a  smooth  round 
arm  on  which  a  scale  is  laid  off 
from  the  axis ;  D  is  a  disc  with  a 
free  motion  on  the  scaled  arm. 


MEASUREMENT    OF    POWER. 


157.  CENTRIFUGAL  SPEED  INDI- 
CATOR.— An  arm  and  ball  pivoted  to  a 
clamp  on  a  revolving  vertical  shaft  shows 
on  a  curved  index  bar  the  number  of  revo- 
lutions per  minute,  due  to  the  position  of 
the  ball  and  pointer,  assumed  by  the  cen- 
trifugal force  of  revolution.  , 


158.     SPEED     INDICATOR.— An 

application  of  the  screw  gear.  The 
screw  dial  counts  to  100,  right  or  left. 
The  second  dial  indicates  the  number  of 
hundreds. 


159.  METER  DIAL — how  to  read  it.  A 
revolution  of  the  upper  hand  is  a  measure  of 
one  cubic  foot.  Each  of  the  dials  represents 
a  multiple  of  ten.  The  figures  following  the 
motion  of  the  index  hands  are  to  be  noted, 
and  if  reading  to  the  right  must  be  put  in  in- 
verse order,  and  if  read  to  the  left  must  be 
put  in  serial  order.  Thus  the  dial  here  rep- 
resented reads  47,805  cubic  feet. 


1 60.    AUTOMATIC    TIPPING 

for  measuring  grain  or  water. 


SCALE, 


161.  DOUBLE  LINK  BALANCED  SCALE.— 

The  upper  link  is  fixed  to  the  radial  index  plate. 


MEASUREMENT    OF    POWER. 


53 


162.  DIFFERENTIAL  WEIGHING 
BEAM. — The  link  connection 

7 

-1  to  the  lower  hook  allows  the 
V-bearings  to  be  brought  much 
nearer  together  than  on  a  sin- 
gle bar. 


163.  ENGINE  COUN- 
TER.— A  series  of  coun- 
ter gears  as  in  the  fol- 
lowing figures,  may  be 
placed  overlapping,  as  here  shown ;  each  spindle  mounted  with  a 
number  dial  and  all  covered  by  a  perforated  plate,  showing  the  top 
figures  of  each  dial.  The  spring  pawl  checks  the  first  wheel  in  the 
train,  to  hold  the  number  in  place  while  the  lever  pawl  takes  its  back 
motion. 


164.  OPERATION  OF  A  COUNTER. 

,  — The  wheel  B,  with  its  ten  pin  teeth,  is 
J  thrown  one  tooth  at  each  vibration  of  the 
arm  of  the  sector  rim  A.  The  wheel  B  also 
has  a  sector  rim  fixed  to  and  revolving  with 
it  that  throws  the  next  pin-tooth  wheel  one 
tooth  at  each  revolution,  and  so  on. 


165.  INTERMITTENT    ROTARY    MO- 
TION, for  counters  and  meters.     The  tappet 
A,  revolving  with  the  wheel  C,  carries  the  wheel 
D  one  pin  notch  per  revolution.     The  pawl  b 
is  released  by  the  notch  in  the  wheel  C  while 
the  tappet  is  in  contact  with  the  pin. 

1 66.  INTERMITTENT    ROTARY    MO- 
TION, for  counters  and  meters.     B,  driving 
wheel,   the  rim  of  which  has  an  entering  and 
exit  notch   for  pins  in  the  driven  wheel  and 
locks  the  wheel  C  at  each  revolution  of  wheel  B 


54 


MEASUREMENT    OF    POWER. 


167.  INTERMITTENT  ROTARY  MO- 
TION, for  counters  and  meters.  A,  the  driv- 
ing tooth  in  the  wheel  B ;  C  is  stopped  by  the 
concave  sections  that  fit  the  periphery  of  the 
wheel  B.  The  tooth  A  projects  beyond  the  peripheral  radius  of  wheel 
B,  and  the  notches  relieve  the  inverted  curves  of  wheel  C,  allowing  it 
to  turn  one  notch  at  each  revolution  of  wheel  B. 


1 68.  INTERMITTENT  ROTARY  MOTION, 
for  counters  and  meters.  In  this  form  the  largest 
number  of  revolutions  of  the  single  tooth  pinion  B, 
for  one  revolution  of  wheel  A,  may  be  obtained. 


169.  INTERMITTENT  ROTARY  MO- 
TION, for  counters  and  meters.  Wheel  C 
and  its  arm  tooth  B  is  the  driver.  A  rim, 
shown  by  the  dotted  circle  on  wheel  C, 
catches  a  pin  tooth  of  the  counter  wheel  A 

at  each  revolution.     The  opening  in  the  rim  allows  the  pin  to  enter 

and  leave  the  inside  of  the  rim. 


170.  INTERMITTENT    ROTARY    MO- 
TION, for  counters  and  meters. 

a,  driving  pin  plate. 

b,  star  wheel  counter. 
t,  pawl. 

d,  spring  latch. 

The  latch  d  is  on  the  back  of  the  pin  plate  and  holds  the  star 
teeth,  after  rotation,  by  a  light  spring,  c  is  a  pawl  that  locks  the 
teeth ;  pawl  is  lifted  by  pins  in  pin  wheel. 


171.  TIRE  MEASURE  COUN- 
TER.— A  wheel  running  freely  in  the 
forks  of  a  handle,  is  made  of  a  size  that 
will  roll  exactly  two  feet  to*  a  revolution, 
and  graduated  in  feet  and  inches.  The 
supplementary  index  is  set  to  allow  for 
lap  in  welding  the  tire. 


Section    IV. 
STEAM    POWER. 

BOILERS     AND     ADJUNCTS,     ENGINES,     VALVES    AND     VALVE 

GEAR,    PARALLEL    MOTION    GEAR,    GOVERNORS 

AND    ENGINE    DEVICES. 

ROTARY    ENGINES.  OSCILLATING    ENGINES. 


STEAM    POWER. 

BOILERS  AND  ADJUNCTS,  ENGINES,  VALVES  AND   VALVE   GEAR,  PARALLEL 

MOTION  GEAR,  GOVERNORS  AND  ENGINE  DEVICES.    ROTARY 

ENGINES,  OSCILLATING  ENGINES. 


172.  "STEVENS"  BOILER.— 
An  early  type  of  tubular  boilers 
(1806).  The  principle  is  still  in  use. 


173.  PLAIN  CYLIN- 
DRICAL 
BOILERS, 

showing 
suspension 

and   setting.      One-half   the    surface  of   the    shells,  divided   by    10, 

equals  boiler  horse-power. 


H    H    H    HH    H 


I    H    M    Ld 


174.  HAXG- 
INGWATER 
DRUM  CY- 
LINDRICAL 
BOILER.— 

The  drum,  hanging  from  the  main  boiler  by  necks,  gives  a  large  in- 
crease of  heating  surface.  One-half  of  shell  and  all  of  drum  surface, 
divided  by  12,  equals  boiler  horse-power. 


175.    CYLINDRICAL 


DOUBLE  FLUE 
BOILER,  Lan- 
cashire type. 
One -half  the 
shell  and  all 
the  flue  surface,  divided  by  n,  equals  boiler  horse-power. 


STEAM    POWER. 


n 


176.  INTERNALLY 
FIRED  FLUE  BOILER. 

— The  flue  and  half  the 
shell  surface,  if  exposed 
to  heat,  divided  by  14, 
equals  horse-power. 

177.  HORIZONTAL 
TUBULAR   BOILER, 

with  steam  and  dry  steam 
pipe.  #,  Dry  steam  pipe. 
One-half  the  shell  and  all 
the  tube  surface,  divided 
by  14,  equals  the  boiler 
horse-power. 


178.  LOCOMOTIVE  BOILER.-^- 
All  the  fire-box  surface 
above  the  grate  and 
all  the  tube  surface, 
divided  by  14,  equals 
the  boiler  horse-power. 


179.  MARINE  BOILER,  with 
locomotive  fire-box,  three  flues  and 
return  tubes.  The  area  of  the  fire- 
box, flues,  back  chamber,  and  tubes, 
divided  by  12,  equals  boiler  horse- 
power. 


ECLIPSE"  RETURN  TUBULAR 
MARINE  BOILER— All  the 
fire-box,  back  chamber,  direct 
and  return  tube  surface,  divid- 
ed by  12,  equals  boiler  horse- 
power. 


STEAM    POWER. 


59 


181.  "GALLOWAY" 
BOILER.— An  in- 
ternally fired  oval 
flue,with  small  con- 
ical tubes  set  diago- 
nally across  the  flue. 


182.  INTERNAL  FIRED 
CYLINDRICAL  TUBULAR 
BOILER.— Lower  shell  slight- 
ly inclined  to  facilitate  circula- 
tion. Fire  surface  of  tubes, 
fire-box,  and  all  of  shell  ex- 
posed to  heat,  divided  by  12, 
equals  boiler  horse-power. 


183.  "DION"  VEHICLE  BOILER.— A 
central  water  and  steam  drum  enclosed  within 
an  annular  drum,  and  connected  by  short  in- 
clined tubes.  A  light  and  quick-firing  boiler 
for  a  motor  carriage. 


184.  "BABCOCK  &  WILCOX" 
WATER  TUBE  BOILER.— Inclined 
straight  tubes  expanded  in  vertical  steel 
headers,  connected  to  a  steam  drum 
above.  Partitions  repass  the  flame 
through  the  tube  spaces. 


185.    "HARRISON"   BOILER.— A 

series   of   cast-iron  globes  with   ground 
joints,  held  together  by  through  bolts. 


6o 


STEAM    POWER. 


186.  SUBMERGED  HEAD  VERTICAL 
BOILER,  with  enlarged  water  surface,  and  a  cir- 
culating diaphragm  by  which  the  fire  head  is  swept 
by  the  circulation  of  the  water.  The  central  space 
is  free  from  tubes  to  facilitate  circulation. 


87.  "HERRESHOFF"  BOILER.— 
A  horizontal  volute  coil  at  the 
top  acts  as  a  heater.  The  inner 
coil  is  the  evaporator ;  the  outer 
coil  is  the  superheater.  A  separa- 
tor entraps  the  water  that  may  be 
carried  over  from  the  evaporating 
coil. 


ILO*.  ' — 

"WS^ 


188.  "THORNYCROFT"  BOILER. 
— A  large  steel  drum  above  and  a  water 
drum  below,  connected  with  a  large  num- 
ber of  bent  tubes.  The  water  return  is 
through  a  large  tube  at  the  rear  end  of 
the  boiler. 


189.  "SEE"  WATER  TUBE  BOILER.— 
A  series  of  short  straight  tubes  connecting  a  hori- 
zontal steam  drum  with  a  rectangular  water  base 
on  each  side  of  the  furnace.  Return  tube  at  back 
of  boiler. 


STEAM    POWER. 


6l 


190.  "YARROW"  WATER  TUBE  BOILER. 
— Inclined  sections  of  straight  tubes  from  water- 
headers  each  side  of  the  fire  grate  to  a  large  steam 
drum  above.  Iron  casing  lined  with  fire  tile. 
This  design  is  for  a  marine  boiler. 


191.  "BOYER'S"  WATER 
TUBE  BOILER.  — Furnace 
walls  are  coils  of  pipe.  Coils 
over  the  fire  are  connected  from 
circulating  pipes  to  steam  drum. 


192.  «  HAZELTON  »    BOILER.— A  central 
)  vertical  drum  in  which  tubes,  with  closed  ends, 
are  screwed  radially.     The  grate  is  beneath  the 
radial  tubes  and  around  the  base  of  the  drum. 


193.  "  CLIMAX  "  BOILER.— A  central 
vertical  water  and  steam   drum,  with  bent 
tubes  expanded  in  it,  and  inclined  to  facili- 
tate circulation. 

194.  Section  showing  bent  tubes. 


62 


STEAM    POWER. 


"MO YES"  WATER  TUBE    BOILER.— 

The  inclined  tubes  are  in  three 
groups,  set  in  three  steam  drums 
above  and  three  water-heads  be- 
low. Partitions  divide  the  groups 
of  tubes  to  deflect  the  flame  over 
the  whole  surface. 


196.  "WHEELER"   VERTICAL  TUBE  BOILER.— 

Two  sections  of  straight  vertical  tubes,  with  drum-heads 
top  and  bottom,  and  a  steam  drum  connected  by  necks. 


197. 


"CAHALL"  VERTICAL  WATER  TUBE 
BOILER. — A  water  drum  at  the  bottom 
forms  the  lower  head  for  the  tubes.  An  an- 
nular drum  at  the  top  forms  the  upper  head, 
through  which  the  smoke  passes.  The  fur- 
nace and  combustion  chamber  are  outside,  as 
is  also  the  circulating  pipe,  as  shown  in  the 
cut. 


198.  VERTICAL  WATER  TUBE 
BOILER  (Philadelphia  Engineering  Works). 
Straight  tubes  between  steel  drums  and  a 
wall  between  the  sections,  so  that  the  fire 
sweeps  the  length  of  all  the  tubes. 


STEAM    POWER. 


199-200.  BOILER  OF 
THE  "  SERPOLLET  " 
TRICYCLE.— The  steam 
[generating  surface  is  made 
of  iron  pipe,  flattened  and 
corrugated,  then  coiled 
into  a  volute  form  with  the 
inner  end  turned  up,  and 

the  outer  end  to  project  through  the  furnace  shell.     The   cuts  show 

a  vertical  section  and  horizontal  plan.  • 


201.  "  SERPOLLET'S  "  STEAM  GENER- 
ATOR, showing  the  corrugated  flattened  tube 
coiled  into  a  volute.  The  width  of  the  internal 
space  is  less  than  one-eighth  of  an  inch. 


202.  "SERVES"  BOILER  TUBE.— The  pro- 
jecting ribs  enlarge  the  area  of  the  fire  surface  of 
the  tube. 


203.  SHAKING    AND  TIP- 
PING   FURNACE    GRATE, 

"  Tupper  "  model.  Each  section 
rocks  on  trunnions  by  a  hand 
lever  and  connecting  bar. 


204. 


SHAKING  GRATE  for 
a  boiler  furnace. —  The 
flanges  are  strung  upon 
square  bars  to  form  each 
grate  section,  which  are 
shaken  or  dumped  by  a 
key  wrench  at  the  front. 


64 


STEAM    POWER. 


205.  FURNACE  GRATE, 
with  dumping  sections.  "Tup- 
per  "  model  grate. 


206.  SHAKING  GRATE  for  a  boiler 
furnace.  The  sectors  are  astride  cross 
bars,  and  are  rocked  by  a  lever  and  con- 
necting rod  to  each  tier  of  sectors. 


207.  SHAKING  AND  TIPPING 
FURNACE  GRATE.— The  front  and 
back  sections  can  be  shaken  separately 
by  the  double  connections  and  levers. 


208.  "COLUMBIA"  STOKER, 

for  soft  coal.  The  coal  is  filled  into 
the  hopper  on  the  outside  of  the 
furnace,  and  from  the  bottom  of  the 
hopper  there  is  carried  a  chute 
which  inclines  upward  into  the  fur- 
nace. A  pusher  pushes  the  coal 
upward  along  this  chute  and  dis- 
charges underneath  the  burning 
fuel,  displacing  the  latter  and  causing  it  to  bulge  upward  and  then  slide 
down  the  inclined  grates.  Air  is  delivered  under  pressure  from  the 
air  pipe,  and,  passing  through  the  openings  in  the  blast  grates  in  the 
front  portion  of  the  furnace,  mixes  with  the  gases  distilled  from  the 
coal  before  they  pass  through  the  burning  fuel  above. 


STEAM    POWER. 


20-.  "PLAYFORD"  MECHAN- 
ICAL STOKER,  for  soft  coal.  A 
link  grate  moved  by  a  sprocket  shaft 
carries  the  coal,  fed  by  a  hopper, 
forward  under  the  boiler,  returning 
over  a  drum  shaft  at  the  bridge 
wall.  A  screw  conveyer  brings  the 
ash  and  clinker  forward  to  the  pit. 


210. 


'AMERICAN"  BOILER    STOKER. 

—  The  coal  is  carried  under 
the  grate  from  the  hopper 
by  a  spiral  screw  and  forced 
up  over  the 


211.  MECHANICAL 
STOKER  for  a  boiler  fur- 
nace, "Playford"  model. 
The  coal  is  carried  into  the 
furnace  from  a  hopper  by 
a  travelling  grate.  A  gate 
with  rack  and  gear,  oper- 
ated by  a  lever,  regulates 
the  depth  of  the  coal-feed. 


212.    MECHANICAL    STOKER 
for  a  furnace,  "  Jones  "  model,  under- 
feed  to  the  grate.     A  plunger,  which 
may  be  operated  directly  by  a  steam 
piston,  pushes  a  charge  of  coal,  falling 
1   i   '   i  '    i   '    !  '  'i   '    i   '    i   '       from  the  hopper,  on  to  the  fore  plate 
of  the  grate,  where  it  is  coked,  the  smoke  and  gases  being  drawn  into 
the  hot  fire  and  burned. 


66 


STEAM    POWER. 


213.  MECHANICAL  STOKER  for  a 
boiler  furnace,  "  Meissner  "  model.  A  wide 
plunger,  operated  from  a  rock  shaft,  pushes  the 
charge  from  under  the  hopper  on  to  the  step- 
grate,  where  it  is  coked  and  worked  down  the 
inclined  rocking  gate. 


214.  FEED  WORM  AND  AIR  BLAST,  for 

feeding  fuel  to  furnaces  or  sand  for  an  air  sand 
blast. 


215.  PETROLEUM  BURNER,  for 

a  furnace,  for  a  boiler,  or  other  require- 
ments. A,  Entrance  of  oil  to  central 
nozzle,  which  is  regulated  by  a  needle 
valve  with  screw  spindle  and  wheel,  C ; 
B,  entrance  of  compressed  air  to  the 
annular  nozzle,  the  force  of  which 
draws  the  oil  and  atomizes  it  for  quick 
combustion. 


216.  POP  SAFETY  VALVE.— The  "  Lun- 
kenheimer,"  an  enlarged  lip  disc  above  the  valve 
disc,  equalizes  the  increased  tension  of  the  spring 
when  the  valve  opens. 


STEAM    POWER. 


2iy.  DIFFERENTIAL  SEAT  SAFETY  VALVE.— 
The  enlarged  area  of  the  upper  valve  compensates 
for  the  differential  tension  of  the  spring  upon  open- 
ing the  valve,  thus  causing  the  valve  to  open  wide 
without  increase  of  boiler  pressure. 


2i8.    SAFETY     VALVE.— Lever 

is  of  the  third  order.  A,  Short  lever ; 
B,  centre  of  gravity  of  lever  from  ful- 
crum ;  C,  distance  of  weight  from  ful- 
crum ;  S,  diameter  of  valve ;  P,  pres- 
sure per  square  inch ;  G,  weight  of 
the  lever  at  its  centre  of  gravity ;  W,  weight  of  ball ;  V,  weight  of 
valve  and  spindle. 

S2  X  .7854  X  P  X  A— (Gx  B)— (VX  A) 
C 

S2  X  .7854  X  P  X  A— (GX  B)  — (Vx  A) 
W 


w  = 


219.  ORIGINAL  FORM  of  the  ^olipile  or  Hero's 
Steam  Engine,  130  B.C.  A  reaction  power,  suitable 
for  operation  by  the  use  of  any  gaseous  or  fluid  pres- 
sure. The  original  type  of  several  modern  motors. 


220.  STEEPLE  ENGINE,  with  cross-head 
and  slides. 


68 


STEAM    POWER. 


221.    VERTICAL 
BELL-CRANK 

wheel  boat. 


ENGINE,    WITH 
LEVER,  for  stern- 


222.  INCLINED  PADDLE-WHEEL 
ENGINE,  with  upright  crank-con- 
nected beam  for  driving  air  pump. 


223.  DIAGONAL  TWIN-SCREW  EN- 
GINE, arranged  so  that  the  connecting  rods 
cross  each  other,  thus  economizing  space. 


224.  TWIN-SCREW  VERTICAL  CYLIN- 
DER ENGINE.— The  outer  gears  are  on  the 
screw  shafts ;  the  inner  gears  are  idlers  to  keep  the 
beam  even. 


I 

\ 


225.  TRUNK  ENGINE.— Does  away  with  the 
slides  and  cross-head.  It  is  also  used  for  compounding 
by  using  the  initial  pressure  at  the  trunk  end  and  ex- 
panding beneath  the  piston. 


STEAM    POWER. 


69 


226.  OSCILLATING    ENGINE,  with  trunnions  on 
middle  of  cylinder. 


227.     COMPOUND     OSCILLATING 
ENGINE. — Cylinders  at  right  angles. 


228.  TWIN-SCREW  OSCILLAT- 
ING ENGINE.— A  through  piston  rod 
connects  directly  to  crank-pins  on  the 
shaft  face  plates.  Suitable  for  small 
boats. 

229.  OSCILLATING  HOIST 
ING  ENGINE.— The  piston  rods 
are  attached  to  an  eccentric  strap; 
one  fixed,  the  other  pivoted.  A  lever 
operated  by  the  same  eccentric  strap, 
through  a  short  connecting  rod,  oper- 
ates the  valve  gear  of  each  cylindei 
alternately. 


230.    THREE-CYLINDER    ENGINE 
"  Brotherhood  "  type.     Steam  is  admitted  to 
the  central  chamber  with  equal  pressure  on 
all  the  pistons.  The  rotary-disc  valve  is  oper- 
ated by  the  crank-pin,  giving  steam  to 
the  outside   of  the  pistons  alternately 
through  an  outside  port  to  each  cylin- 
der.   Main  shaft  bearing  has  a  stuffing- 
box. 


STEAM    POWER. 


231.  TANDEM    COMPOUND    VERTICAL 
GINE,  with  continuous  piston  rod. 


EN- 


232. TANDEM  COMPOUND  VERTICAL 
ENGINE,  with  cross-head  and  two  piston  rods 
for  low-pressure  piston 


233.  COMPOUND  ENGINES  for  twin  screws. 
There  may  be  one  or  two  pair  of  compound  cylin- 
ders. The  dotted  lines  represent  cylinders  of  the 
tandem  model. 


234.    COMPOUND 
YACHT  ENGINE,  "Her- 

reshoff"  model.  Direct 
receiver  pipe.  End  and 
longitudinal  elevation. 


STEAM    POWER. 


235.    HIGH-SPEED   TANDEM 
COMPOUND    ENGINE, 

"  Harrisburg"  model. 


236.    TANDEM   COMPOUND    ENGINE, 

"  Phoenix  Iron 
Works"  model. 
A  direct  pipe 
connection  be- 
tween the  high 
and  low  pressure 
cylinder. 


237.  MODERN  HIGH- 
SPEED ENGINE, 
with  pulley  governor, 
"  Atlas  "  model. 


238.  SINGLE  D  SLIDE  VALVE, 
with  lap.  The  length  of  the  valve  over 
the  length  from  outside  to  outside  of 
steam  ports  is  double  the  lap. 


239.  BALANCED  SLIDE  VALVE.— 
A  ring  in  a  recess  of  the  valve  rides  against 
the  steam  chest  cover,  held  by  a  spring. 


STEAM    POWER. 


240.  DOUBLE-PORTED  SLIDE 
VALVE  and  adjustment  by  double 
nuts  in  the  back  of  the  valve. 


241.  "MEYER"  CUT-OFF  VALVE.— C,  D,  Slide  valve  with 
perforated  ports.  The  supplementary  or  cut-off  valves  are  adjusted 
to  the  required  distances,  to  meet  the  required  cut-off,  by  a  right  and 
left  screw,  which  has  an  index  H,  and  wheel  G,  for  turning  the  screw 
for  cut-off  adjustment  on  the  outside  of  the  steam  chest. 


242.  SINGLE  D,  SLIDE  VALVE, 
with  double  steam  and  exhaust 
ports.  Central  steam  ports  open 
into  steam  chest  at  the  side  of  the 
valve. 


243.  GRIDIRON  SLIDE  VALVE, 
foi  large  port  area  with  small  motion  of  the 
valve. 


244.  ROTARY  VALVES.— 
The  valves  K  and  L  are 
three-winged  cylinders,  and 
are  nearly  balanced  by  the 
double  inlet  ports  of  the 
valve  chamber. 


STEAM    POWER. 


73 


245.  STEAM  ENGINE 
VALVE  CHEST.— Double 
ported  exhaust ;  shortens 
the  steam  passages.  "  Erie 
City  Iron  Works  "  model. 


246.  BALANCED  SLIDE  VALVE.— A  bell- 
shaped  piston,  riding  in  a  packed  gland  in  the 
steam  chest  cover,  is  comigctecLto  the  top  of  the 
valve  by  a  link. 


247.  BALANCED  SLIDE  VALVE,  "  Buchanan  & 
Richter's  "  patent.  The  arm  B  carries  a  roller  in 
the  curved  slot  of  the  supporting  piece  D.  The 
pressure  is  relieved  by  the  nut  and  screw  in  the 
cover. 


248.  «  RICHARDSON-ALLEN  " 
BALANCED  SLIDE  VALVE. 

— The  valve  slides  under  an 
adjustable  plate  fixed  to  the 
steam  chest  cover,  and  is  bal- 
anced by  a  recess  in  the  back  of  the  valve  that  is  open  to  the  ex- 
haust port. 


249.     BALANCED    THROTTLE  VALVE,  with 
direct  governor  connection. 


74 


STEAM    POWER. 


250.  WING  THROTTLE  VALVE,  or  Butterfly 
Throttle,  operated  by  direct  connection  with  a  gov- 
ernor. 


251.  MULTIPLE  PORT  PISTON  THROTTLE 
VALVE. — A  perfectly  balanced  valve  with  through 
connecting  rod. 


252.  "CORLISS"  VALVE 
GEAR. — Operated  by  a 
single  eccentric  through 
a  lever  and  connecting 
rods.  Steam  and  exhaust 
valves  are  worked  by  pins 
on  a  rocking  wrist  plate. 
The  trips  on  the  steam-valve  gears  are  controlled  by  the  governor. 


253.  LOCOMOTIVE  LINK-MOTION 
VALVE  GEAR.— In  this 
arrangement  the  slotted 
link  is  moved  up  and 
down  over  the  wrist  pm 
block  by  the  lever  and 
connecting  rod ;  the  le- 
ver, locking  in  the  toothed  sector,  allowing  for  a  close  connection  to 
the  valve  stem  by  a  lever  and  short  connecting  rod. 

254.  WALSCHAERT'S    VALVE    GEAR. 

— The  slotted  link  is  hung  at  its  centre 
on  a  fixed  pin.  The  valve-rod  block 
is  raised  or  lowered  by  the  bell-crank 
lever.  Lead  is  made  by  the  cross- 
head  link  and  lever. 


STEAM  POWER. 


75 


255:  REVERSING    LINK   MOTION. 

— The  slotted  link  is  pivoted  to 
the  end  of  the  eccentric  rod  and  is 
moved  up  and  down  by  the  bell- 
crank  lever.  The  block  carrying  the 
valve  rod  is  stationary  in  the  slot. 

256.  VALVE  GEAR  of  an  oscillating  marine- 
engine.  The  slotted  link  a,  receives  a  rocking 
motion  from  the  eccentrics  and  rods,  and  is  thrown 
from  its  centre  either  way  for  forward  or  back 
motion  of  the  engine  by  the  lever  connecting  rod 
b.  A  block  and  pin  attached  to  the  valve  rod 
freely  traverse  the  link  slot.  The  circular  slot- 
ted frame  c  is  concentric  with  the  cylinder  trun- 
nions and  the  valve  rod  by  a  sliding  block  and 
pin  to  accommodate  the  oscillation  of  the  cyl- 
inders. 


257.  "JOY'S  "  VALVE  GEAR  for  a  ver- 
tical engine.  Operated  from  a  pin  in  the 
connecting  rod.  Reversal  is  made  by  chang- 
ing the  position  of  the  slotted  link 


Ife 


258. 


-VX 


JOY'S  H  VALVE  GEAR  for  a 
horizontal  engine.  Adjust- 
ment is  made  by  the  angu- 

*  lar  position  of  the  slotted 
link.  Valve  motion  by  crank 
rod  and  links. 


76 


STEAM    POWER. 


259.  "BREMME"  VALVE  GEAR  with 
single  eccentric.  The  eccentric  arm  is  rocked 
by  the  double  link  connection  and  is  reversed 
by  throwing  the  link  joint  over  by  the  hand 
screw  and  sector  arm,  not  shown  in  cut. 


260.  SINGLE  ECCENTRIC  VALVE 
GEAR,  with  variable  travel,  adjustable  by 
a  hand-wheel.  The  eccentric  drives  a 
block  in  a  slotted  link,  which  is  rocked  on  a 
central  pivot  by  the  screw  for  varying  the 
throw  of  the  valve. 


261.  CAM-BAR  VALVE  MOVE- 
MENT.—  The  horizontal  movement 
of  the  cam  bar  by  the  bell-crank  lever 
alternately  moves  the  two  valves. 


262.  VALVE  GEAR  of  a  Cor- 
nish engine,  with  trip  poppet 
valves  for  steam.  The  governor 
releases  the  valves  by  varying 
the  position  of  the  vertical  bars 
connected  to  the  rocking  wrist 
plate.  Exhaust  valves  are  oper- 
ated from  the  eccentric  through 


the  lever  that  operates  the  steam  valves. 


STEAM    POWER. 


77 


263.    VARIABLE    EXPANSION  GEAR, 
3  with  one  eccentric.     The    movement   of  the 
fulcrum  of  the   eccentric  bar  lever  by   the 
screw  changes  the  throw  of  the  valve. 


264.  SINGLE  ECCENTRnC  VARIABLE 
VALVE  THROW.—"  Fink  "  link  gear  for  a 
D  valve.  The  link  block  is  moved  in  the 
curved  slot  of  the  link  for  variation  of  valve 
throw,  adjustable  by  the  hand-wheel. 


265.  "ALLEN"  VALVE  LIFT  OR  TOE.— 
a,  The  valve  lifter  and  rod  to  which  the  valves  are 
attached;  b,  the  toe  on  the  rock  shaft,  operated 
from  a  cam  on  the  engine  shaft. 


266.  TAPPET  LEVER  VALVE  MOTION. 

Used  on  pumps,  rock   drills,  and  percussion 

tools. 


267.  STARTING  LEVER,  with 
spring  to  hold  the  boll  in  the  sec- 
tor notches. 


STEAM    POWER. 


268.  SIMPLE  UNHOOKING  DEVICE, 
much  in  use  on  the  engines  of  side-wheel  steam- 
ers. The  turning  down  of  the  handle  of  the 
short  bell-crank  lever  lifts  the  hook  in  the  ec- 
centric rod  off  from  the  wrist  pin  of  the  rock- 
shaft  crank, — when  tLe  engine  can  be  worked  by 


a  hand  lever  on  the  rock  shaft. 


269.  SIMPLE  REVERSING  GEAR  for 
steam  engines.  On  raising  the  eccentric  rod  the 
valve  spindle  is  released  from  the  hook,  when 
the  engine  can  be  reversed  by  the  hand  lever ; 
the  eccentric  then  runs  back  by  friction  a  half 
turn,  it  being  loose  on  the  shaft,  and  the  key 
shoulder  cut  away  to  allow  the  eccentric  to  turn  half  over. 


270.  "JOY'S"  HYDRAULIC  SHIFTING 
ECCENTRIC. —  The  centre  block  is  keyed  to 
the  shaft ;  pistons  on  each  side  of  the  block 
work  in  cylinders  in  the  eccentric.  Oil  is  pump- 
ed to  one  or  the  other  piston  through  holes  in 
the  crank  shaft  and  piston,  for  reversal  of  the 
engine. 


271.  SHIFTING.  ECCENTRIC.— The  ec- 
centric is  movable  on  worm  gear  and  its 
sleeve,  which  is  keyed  to  the  shaft.  The  tan- 
gent worm  is  pivoted  in  lugs  on  the  eccentric. 


272.  VALVE  MOTION  ECCENTRIC. 
— The  rocker  connecting  link  increases  the 
motion  of  the  valve  rod  and  travel  of  the 
valve. 


STEAM    POWER. 


79 


273.  «  PEAUCELLIER'S  "  PARALLEL 
MOTION.— A,  B  and  B,  C  are  of  equal  distances, 
when  the  connecting  rod  will  move  in  a  straight 
line.  When  B  is  connected  with  the  outer  joint 
of  the  link  quadrangle  the  inner  joint  C  will 
have  a  straight-line  motion. 


274.    PARALLEL   MOTION,   used 
side-lever  marine  engines. 
E,  cross-head. 

C,  F,  radius  bar. 

D,  E,  parallel  bar. 


on 


275.    PARALLEL   MOTION,   for   a 
lever  marine  engine. 

a  and  b  are  of  equal  length. 
c  and  d  are  of  equal  length. 

Radius  of  rocker-shaft  crank  F  =  — 

e 


side 


276.  PARALLEL  MOTION  and  com- 
pensation weight  for  steam  engines,  "  For- 
ney's "  patent.  The  link  from  the  cross- 
head  traverses  the  slot  at  right  angles  to 
the  engine  centre,  and  is  pivoted  at  its 
centre  to  the  swinging  link  and  weight. 


277.    PARALLEL   MOTION.— Length  of   radius 
'.  j_    bar  equal  to  beam  radius.     Link  radii  are  equal.     Dis- 
tance of  radius  bar  pivot  above  beam  centre  is  equal 
to  link  radius. 


8o 


STEAM    POWER. 


278.  PARALLEL   MOTION   for  beam  en 
gines,  in  which 

a  and  b  are  of  equal  length. 
c  and /"are  of  equal  length. 
d  and  e  are  of  equal  length. 

279.  PARALLEL  MOTION,  with  two  pairs 
of  connecting  bars. 

a  and  b  are  of  equal  length. 
c  and  d  are  of  equal  length. 
e,  cross-head. 


280.  PARALLEL  MOTION,  with  the  radius 
/.  bar  pivoted  above  the  centre  line  of  the  beam. 
c        c  and  d  are  of  equal  length. 
a       e~cbrd. 

b  =  half  a. 

281.  PARALLEL  MOTION  for  a  direct- 
acting  engine.  The  radius  bar,  A,  F,  is  pivoted 
to  the  frame  on  the  centre  line  and  at  right 
angles  to  the  slot,  B. 

A,  C  and  A,  F  are  of  equal  length. 

A,  B  and  A,  C  are  of  equal  length. 


282.  PARALLEL  MOTION  by  a  rocking 
beam.  A,  E  and  A,  C  are  equal  when  E  is 
pivoted  in  the  centre  line  of  motion  of  the 
piston  rod. 


283.  PARALLEL  MOTION.— The  «  grass- 
hopper "  movement  of  one  of  the  early  locomo- 
tives. B,  the  radius  bar,  pivoted  in  the  centre 
line  of  motion  of  the  piston  rod ;  A,  the  rocker 
rod. 


STEAM    POWER. 


8l 


fl 


284.  PARALLEL  MOTION  for  a  ver- 
tical engine.  A,  A,  radius  bars  pivoted  to 
engine  frame  opposite  to  the  middle  of 
stroke. 


285.  PARALLEL  MOTION  for  an  engine. 
The  radius  bars  are  of  equal  lengths  from  the 
centre  line  of  the  engine  and  sliding  pivot  of  the 
long  bar.  Both  fixed  and  sliding  pivots  at  right 
angles  with  the  centre  line  when  at  half  stroke. 


286.  PARALLEL  MOTION  of  a  piston 
rod  by  direct  connection  with  a  spur  gear  ro- 
tating upon  the  wrist  pin  of  the  crank.  The 
crank-pin  gear  meshes  in  a  fixed  internal 
toothed  gear  of  double  its  diameter.  One  of 
the  curiosities  of  old-time  engineering. 


287.  "  CARTWRIGHT'S  "  PARALLEL 
MOTION  for  steam  engines  by  geared 
wheels.  A  free  cross-head  on  piston  rod  and 
connected  to  two  cranks  on  shafts  with  equal 
spur  gears  from  which  power  is  transmitted 
through  a  third  spur  wheel.  Very  old 


288.  PARALLEL  MOTION  by  a  cross- 
head  and  rollers  running  against  guide-bars. 
Old. 


82 


STEAM    POWER. 


289.  CROSS-HEAD  SLIDE  athwart  the 
shaft.  An  obsolete  design  for  a  vertical  engine 
in  a  side-wheel  steamer. 


290.  PARALLEL  MOTION  by  guide  bars  in 
the  frame  of  a  vertical  engine,  with  connecting 
piston  rod  and  crank.  Cross-head  sliding  in  a 
slot  in  the  frame.  Old. 


291.  PARALLEL  MOTION  to  piston  rod 
and  cross-head  by  prolonging  the  piston  rod 
through  a  fixed  guide  and  connecting  to  the 
crank  with  a  forked  rod.  A  very  old  device  and 
much  in  use  now  on  pumps. 


292.  PARALLEL  MOTION  from  a  sec- 
tor beam.  Used  on  old,  single-acting,  atmos- 
pheric pumping  engines.  Cylinder  is  open  at 
top.  Piston  is  lifted  by  the  weight  of  the 
pump  rods  on  the  other  end  of  beam.  Low- 
pressure  steam  follows  the  rising  piston  when 
a  jet  of  water  condenses  it,  and  the  piston  is 
drawn  down  by  atmospheric  pressure. 


293.  RACK    GEAR    PARALLEL    MOTION.— 

An  old   pumping  device  used  with  a   single- 
acting  beam  engine. 


STEAM    POWER. 


294.  "WATT"  GOVERNOR.— The  cen- 
trifugal action  of  the  balls  lifts  the  sleeve  and, 
through  the  bell  crank,  operates  the  throttle 
valve. 


295.  COMPENSATING  GOVERNOR,  "Daw- 
son  "  patent  (English).  Intended  to  be  isochronous 
in  its  movement.  The  central  weight  is  connected 
directly  with  the  throttle-valve  stem. 


296.  GRAVITY  CENTRIFUGAL  GOVERNOR.— 

The  weight  on  the  central  rod  is  lifted  by  the  centrifugal 
action  of  the  light  balls  and  moves  the  lever  that  controls 
the  valve  gear.  A  high-speed  governor. 


297.  ENGINE  GOVERNOR,  in  which  the  arms 
cross  each  other  and  are  extended  above  in  a  link 
movement.  The  arms  are  guided  in  a  slotted  sector. 


STEAM    POWER. 


298.   CENTRIFUGAL  BALL  GOVERNOR.— 

The  balls,  with  arms  pivoted  to  the  revolving 
spindle,  through  their  connections  raise  or  lower  the 
grooved  sleeve  on  the  lower  part  of  the  spindle. 
The  yoke  of  the  valve  lever  rests  in  the  groove  and 
thus  controls  the  valve  gear  by  the  varying  speed  of 
the  governor. 


299.  INVERTED  GOVERNOR.— The  cen- 
trifugal force  of  the  balls  is  resisted  by  a  spring 
around  the  spindle.  The  extension  of  the  balls 
lifts  the  lever  spool  through  the  toggle-joint 
movement. 


300.  DIRECT-ACTING  CENTRIFUGAL 
GOVERNOR.— The  balls  traverse  the  radial 
arms  a,  a,  on  friction  rollers  and  are  restrained 
by  steel  ribbons  that  pass  over  a  pair  of  pul- 
leys at  G,  and  are  attached  to  the  spring  and 
grooved  collar  that  operates  the  lever  and 
throttle  valve. 


301.  SPRING  BALANCED  CENTRIF- 
UGAL GOVERNOR,  "Proell"  patent— The 
balls  are  attached  to  the  inverted  arms  b,  b,  and 
raise  the  collar  sleeve  by  their  outward  throw. 
The  movement  is  restrained  by  the  vertical  leaf 
springs  and  links.  The  lift  is  controlled  by  the 
curved  links  hung  from  the  cross  bar  at/". 


STEAM    POWER. 


3o2.  PARABOLIC  GOVERNOR.— One  of  the 
many  curious  devices  for  governing  steam  engines. 
The  parabolic  form  of  the  guide  arms  is  intended  to 
equalize  the  motion  of  the  grooved  slide  by  modifying 
the  effect  of  centrifugal  force  in  the  position  of  the 
balls.  Also  called  an  isochronous  governor,  produc- 
ing equal  valve  movement  for  equal  change  in  the 
speed  of  the  engine. 


303.  "ANDERSON'S"  GYROSCOPE 
GOVERNOR  for  steam  engines.  A,  The  gyro- 
scope wheel ;  B,  its  spindle  connected  to  its  driv- 
ing shaft  by  the  universal  joint  B',  and  revolved 
at  high  velocity  by  the  pinion  I  rolling  around 
the  fixed  bevel  gear  G.  H,  a  frame  holding  the 
gyroscope  wheel  and  its  flexible  shaft  and  re- 
volving it  on  the  vertical  axis  by  the  bevel  gear  and  band  from  the 
engine  shaft.  The  outer  end  of  the  spindle  B  is  held  in  a  jointed 
arm  of  the  frame  H,  to  allow  of  the  retaining  action  of  the  spring  L, 
through  the  bell  crank  N,  connecting  rod  P,  and  rod  and  bow  D,  C, 
pivoted  with  a  free  vertical  movement  in  the  fixed  frame.  A  swivel 
at  D  allows  the  rod  and  bow  to  turn  freely  with  the  wheel  and  frame 
H.  By  the  rapid  rotation  of  the  wheel  on  its  own  axis  and  its 
counter  rotation  on  the  vertical  axis  of  the  carrying  frame  H,  its  own 
axis  has  a  strong  tendency  toward  a  vertical  position,  which  is  bal- 
anced by  the  spring  L,  causing  the  rod  D  to  take  a  vertical  motion, 
corresponding  to  variation  in  speed,  and  transmitting  it  to  the  valve 
gear. 

304.  HORIZONTAL 
CENTRIFUGAL  GOV- 
ERNOR, "  Bourdon  "  modeL 
The  balls  are  balanced  on  a 
rigid  arm  pivoted  to  the  hori- 
D  zontal  spindle.  A  sector  c 
on  the  ball  arm  meshes  with 
a  sector  pivoted  on  the  hollow  spindle  of  the  governor,  which  operates 
a  lever  and  push  rod  to  the  throttle.  As  the  balls  move  only  by  cen- 
trifugal force  of  revolution,  they  are  wholly  controlled  by  a  helical 
spring  in  the  hollow  spindle. 


86 


STEAM    POWER. 


305.  VANE  OR  WING  GOVERNOR.— 
The  resistance  of  the  vanes  P,  P  to  the  air  by 
their  variable  speed  from  the  engine  gear,  lifts  or 
depresses  the  ball  Q,  connected  with  the  wings,  by 
means  of  a  quick-pitch  thread  and  nut  on  the 
revolving  spindle,  causing  a  movement  of  the 
weighted  bell-crank  lever  M,  L,  and  by  its  action 
controls  the  throttle  valve. 


306.  GOVERNOR  FOR  A  STEAM  ENGINE  (old). 
— A  revolving  spindle,  a,  carries  with  it  a  pair  of 
cylindrical  inclined  planes,  d.  The  ball  b,  frame 
and  wings  c,  slide  freely  upon  an  extension  of 
the  spindle.  The  varying  air  resistance  given  to 
the  wings  c,  c  by  the  revolution  of  the  spindle 
lifts  the  ball ;  the  friction  rollers  on  the  cross-arm 
moving  up  and  down  the  incline  as  the  speed 
varies,  moving  the  valve  lever  or  an  internal  valve  spindle. 


307.  DIFFERENTIAL  GOVERNOR.— 
The  larger  pulley,  A,  is  driven  by  a  belt  from 
the  motive  power,  winding  up  the  larger  weight 
which  is  offset  by  the  revolution  of  the  smaller 
pulley  and  the  fan  wheel,  which  is  regulated  by 
the  difference  in  the  weights  which  balances 
the  frictional  resistance  of  the  fan,  Any  dif- 
ference in  the  speed  of  the  motive  power 
raises  or  lowers  the  large  weight,  moving  the 
bell  crank. 


STEAM    POWER. 


3o8.  '•  HUNTOON  "  GOVERNOR. 
— A  ribbed  cylinder,  A,  is  partly  filled 
with  oil.  A  paddle  wheel,  B,  is  re- 
volved by  the  pulley  and  shaft  which 
by  fluid  friction  moves  the  ribbed  cyl- 
inder and  pinion  in  the  same  direction. 
The  pinion  meshes  in  the  toothed  sec- 
tor, which  is  counterbalanced  by  an 
adjustable  weight.  The  sector  rock 
shaft  operates  the  steam  throttle  valve 
through  its  arm  and  con- 
necting rods. 

309.  Vertical  Section. 

310.  Cross  Vertical  Section. 
Showing   ribs  and   paddle 
wheel. 


311.  "PROELL"  GOVERNOR.— In 
addition  to  the  weight  lifted  by  the  cen- 
trifugal balls,  an  air  dash  pot  is  used  in 
the  line  of  the  central  rod  connected  at 
the  top  by  a  yoke  pivoted  to  the  bell 
crank  arms.  The  dash  pot  with  bye  pass 
is  shown  at  the  left. 


312.  "PORTER"  GOVERNOR.— The  cen- 
trifugal balls  lift  a  central  weight,  A,  by  the 
toggle-arm  connection.  A  high-speed  governor. 


88 


STEAM    POWER. 


313.  "  RICHARDSON"  GOVERNOR.— 
The  arms  in  this  governor  are  crossed  and  sus- 
pended from  two  points,  the  balls  lifting  a 
central  weight  by  their  pivoted  connections. 
The  groove  on  the  lower  extension  of  the 
weight  operates  the  throttle. 


314.  PRINCIPLE  OF  THE  "PICKERING" 
GOVERNOR.— The  centrifugal  force  of  the  balls 
revolving  with  the  central  spindle  throws  out  the 
springs  to  which  they  are  attached,  shortens  their 
length  on  the  spindle,  and  lifts  the  grooved  collar 
that  carries  the  lever  for  regulating  the  valve  motion. 


315.  "PICKERING"  GOVERNOR.— The 
revolving  balls  are  held  by  springs,  the  exten- 
sion of  which  draws  the  cap,  A,  downward  and 
with  it  the  central  valve  rod,  with  direct  con- 
nection to  the  balanced  throttle  valve. 


316.  PULLEY  OR  FLYWHEEL  GOVER- 
NOR, "Sweet's." — The  eccentric  moves  toward 
the  centre  by  the  centrifugal  action  of  the 
weight  restrained  by  the  spring  through  the 
connecting  link. 


STEAM    POWER. 


317.   CRANK-SHAFT    GOVERNOR.— 

The  centrifugal  action  of  the  weights,  bal- 
anced by  the  springs,  shifts  the  position  of 
the  inner  eccentric  to  vary  the  throw  of  the 
main  eccentric. 


318.  CRANK-SHAFT  GOVERNOR.— The  cen- 
trifugal action  of  two  hinged  weights,  balanced  by 
springs,  varies  the  eccentric  by  moving  it  toward 
the  centre  by  excess  of  speed.  Eccentric  is  hinged 
to  an  arm  of  the  pulley  or  fly  wheel. 


319.  FLY-WHEEL  OR  PULLEY  GOV 
ERNOR. — The  centrifugal  force  of  two  pivoted 
weights  connected  to  a  spiral-slotted  face  plate, 
in  which  a  wrist  pin  on  the  arm  of  the  eccentric 
sets  it  forward  or  back ;  controlled  by  the  adjust- 
ment of  the  holding  springs. 


I  320.  SLOTTED  CROSS-HEAD,  with  "Clay- 

\         ton's "    adjustable   wrist-pin    box.      Two   taper 

\ half-boxes  and   sliding  taper   gibs,  with  heads 

j     /  carrying  screws  for  adjusting  the  boxes  to  both 
/        slide  cross-head  and  wrist  pin. 


321.  TRAMMEL  CRANK.— The  pins  c,  c  on 
the  rod  B  traverse  the  two  right-angled  slots  in  the 
revolving  face  plate,  producing  a  reciprocating  motion 
of  the  rod  B. 


9° 


STEAM    POWER. 


322.  CRANK-PIN    LUBRICATOR.— 

The  oil  cup  is  fixed.  A  wiper  on  the  con- 
necting rod  end  takes  off  the  drop  of  oil 
from  the  capillary  feed  oil  cup. 


323.  CENTRIFUGAL  CRANK-PIN  OILER 
made  adjustable  by  the  sliding  support  clamped 
at  S,  so  that  the  revolving  feed  pipe  K  shall  be 
aligned  with  the  axis  of  the  shaft. 


r 


324.  CENTRIFUGAL  LUBRI- 
CATING DEVICE  for  the  crank 
pin  of  a  high-speed  engine.  An 
annular  cup  with  an  open  front  is 
fastened  to  the  crank  and  fed  by  a 
drip  spout  at  A.  The  oil  is  thrown  to  the  outer  rim  of  the  cup  by 
the  centrifugal  force  of  revolution  and  to  the  oil  holes  through  the 
crank  pin. 


325.  "COCHRANE"  ROTARY  ENGINE.— 
A  wing  piston  rotating  around  the  central  axis  of  an 
outer  shell  or  cylinder.  A  hollow  cylinder  of  small- 
er diameter  is  pivoted  eccentric  to  the  wing  axis  to 
keep  one  side  in  contact  with  the  shell.  The  steam 
pressure  revolves  the  wing  and  shaft  with  a  force 


due  to  the  varying  area  of  the  wing  outside  of  the  inner  cylinder. 


326.  "FRANCHOT"  ROTARY  ENGINE. 
— A  slotted  concentric  cylinder  carries  a  con- 
tinuous solid  wing  across  and  in  contact  with  the 
interior  surface  of  an  ovoid  shell,  shaped  for  ex- 
act diameter  in  all  directions  on  the  eccentric 
axis  of  revo  ution. 


STEAM    POWER. 


91 


327.  DOUBLE  SLIDE  PISTON  ROTARY 
ENGINE. — In  this  engine  the  shaft  and  piston 
barrel  are  concentric,  while  the  walls  of  the  steam 
chambers  are  ovoid.  A  difficult  form  of  con- 
struction. 


328.   "LAMB"    ROTARY     ENGINE.— 

An  annular  cylinder  with  a  fixed  partition  be- 
tween the  inlet  and  outlet.  The  piston  is  a 
hollow  cylinder  with  a  longitudinal  slot, 
which  slides  up  and  down  the  partition,  the 
outside  of  the  cylinder  wiping  the  inner  surface 
of  the  shell.  The  centre  of  the  traversing  cylinder  is  pivoted  to  a 
crank  pin,  which  carries  it  around  a  common  centre  shaft. 


> 


329.  «  COCHRAN  "  ROTARY  ENGINE.— 

The  wing  pistons  d,  d  are  packed  in  the  eccen- 
tric inner  cylinder  by  a  slotted  rocking  cylinder 
and  revolve  concentric  with  the  outer  cylinder  or 
shell.  The  inner  cylinder  is  pivoted  eccentric  to 
the  shell,  making  a  tight  joint  at  the  bottom. 


330.  ROTARY  ENGINE.— B,  shaft;  C,  eccen- 
tric rotating  piston  ;  D,  follower  slide.  The  eccen- 
tric cylindrical  piston  operates  the  slide  by  its 
revolution. 


331.    "NAPIER"    ROTARY     ENGINE.— An 

eccentric  mounted  cylinder  on  a  shaft  concentric 
with  the  shell.  There  are  two  sliding  wings  in  slots 
in  the  shell,  held  to  their  bearings  by  springs  or  cam 
wheels  on  the  shaft  outside  with  connecting  bars. 
There  are  two  pair  of  ports. 


STEAM    POWER. 


332.    ROLLER    PISTON    ROTARY    ENGINE. 

A  rubber  lining  loosely  placed  within  the  cylin- 
der is  rolled  over  by  the  three-armed  roller  spider. 
E,  E,  rubber  lining ;  B,  spider  on  shaft ;  A,  A,  A, 
rollers. 


333.  "COCHRANE"  ROTARY  ENGINE 
— An  eccentric  cylindrical  piston  rotating  on  an 
axis  central  to  the  shell.  The  vibrating  wings 
pivoted  in  the  outer  shell  form  the  steam  abut- 
ment  by  closing  against  the  eccentric  revolving 
cylinder. 


334.  "BOARDMAN"  ROTARY  EN- 
GINE.— A  cylinder  revolving  concentric 
with  an  outer  segmental  cylinder,  with  pock- 
ets containing  swing  pistons  that  open  by 
centrifugal  action  at  the  steam  inlet,  mak- 
ing a  steam  abutment  across  the  segment. 
The  swing  pistons  are  closed  at  the  exhaust 
port  by  contact  with  the  small  segment  of  the  outer  cylinder. 


335.  ROTARY  ENGINE,  with  concentric  shaft 
and  wing  barrel.  The  two  wing  slides  pass  through 
cylindrical  rockers  to  give  the  slides  a  slight  oscillat- 
ing motion ;  slides  are  kept  extended  by  pins  tra- 
versing a  circular  slot  concentric  with  the  shell. 


336.  «  SMITH  "       ROTARY      ENGINE.— 

Four  arms  with  cylindrical  sectors  are  rotated 
around  an  axis  central  to  a  perforated  cylindrical 
shell.  The  driven  shaft  and  head  discs  are  ec- 
centric to  the  shell.  The  pressure  of  steam  be- 
tween the  wings  tends  to  push  them  apart,  by 
which  the  differential  leverage  on  the  disc  pins 
revolves  the  disc  and  shaft. 


STEAM    POWER. 


93 


337.  "BERRENBERG"  ROTARY 
ENGINE. — Two  intersecting  cylindrical 
shells.  The  steam  cylinder  D  has  two 
cylindrical  pistons,  D',  D',  on  opposite 
sides,  that  mesh  in  corresponding  cavi- 
ties in  the  cylindrical  steam  valve,  both 
rotating  in  unison  by  equal  external  gearing.  The  steam  port  passes 
through  the  rotary  valve  E  at  the.  proper  moment  for  the  impulse. 
The  supplementary  sectors  D2  are  hinged  to  the  pistons  D1  to  make 
a  more  perfect  contact  with  the  outer  cylindrical  shell. 


338.  "FLETCHER'S"  ROTARY  CON- 
DENSING ENGINE.— A  hollow  drum  on  a 
shaft  eccentric  to  a  double  shell.  Three  slots 
carry  slides  and  socketed  arms  as  abutment 
wings,  which  are  kept  in  contact  with  the  cylin- 
drical shell  by  a  ring  not  shown.  Steam  ports 
on  inner  shell  at  the  left  side.  Exhaust  ports 
on  the  inner  shell  at  the  right. 


a  rocking  joint, 
up  with  screws. 


339.  "BARTRUM  &  POWELL "  RO- 
TARY ENGINE.— A  double  shell  divided 
for  steam  and  exhaust.  The  inner  shell 
cylindrical  with  a  shaft  and  crank  concen- 
tric. The  crank  pin  carries  a  smaller 
winged  cylinder,  the  wing  sliding  through 
The  end  packing  is  made  adjustable  by  a  plate  set 
The  crank  pin  has  an  eccentric  sleeve  which,  by  a 


.slight  rotation,  compensates  the  wear  of  the  rubbing  surfaces. 


340.  "RITTER"    ROTARY   EN- 
GINE.—  A  revolving  cylinder  concen- 
tric with  the  shell,  carrying  an  abutting 
lip  or  extension  fitting  the  outer  case. 
A  revolving  lunette  controlled  by  gear 
on  main  shaft  allows  the  lip  to  pass ;  a 
continuous    gear    train    operates    the 
valve. 

341.  Exterior  with  valve  gears. 


94 


STEAM    POWER. 


342.  ."HOLLY"  ROTARY  ENGINE. 
—  The  two  geared  pistons  mesh  their  long 
teeth  into  the  recesses  of  the  opposite  piston, 
thus  making  the  sum  of  the  radii  between 
the  centres  less  than  the  sum  of  the  radii 
from  each  centre  to  its  cylinder  wall.  Press- 


ure rotates  the  gear  in  the  direction  of  the  longest  leverage. 


343.  "STOCKER"  ROTARY  ENGINE.— 
The  sector  pistons  are  each  connected  through 
central  concentric  shafts  to  slotted  cranks  in 
which  a  sliding  box  and  link  connect  to  a  crank 
on  a  shaft  eccentric  to  the  sector  shaft.  A  differ- 
ential motion  of  the  sectors  is  produced  while 
rotating  which  rotates  the  driven  shaft  by  the 
outside  slotted  crank  connections. 


344.  "FORRESTER"  ROTARY  ENGINE.— 
A  cylindrical  block  and  guard  wing  swing  on  an  ec- 
centric on  the  shaft.  The  guard  wing  slides  in  and 
operates  the  ports  of  a  two-port  rotary  valve,  the 
outer  shell  of  which  is  operated  by  levers  and  con- 
necting rods  for  reversing  the  engine. 


345.  "KIPP"  ROTARY  PISTON 
ENGINE.  —  A  broad  pulley  enclosing 
four    single-acting    cylinders  with  op- 
posite pistons  connected  by  yoked  rods. 
A   fixed   crank    pin    and    slide   block 
placed  eccentric  to  the  pulley  axis  gives 
the  propelling  force  by    displacing   the    pistons    successively.     The 
steam  follows  through  ports  in  a  disc  valve  with  inlet  and  exhaust 
through  the  hollow  shaft. 
346.    Section. 


STEAM    POWER. 


95 


347.  "RUTH'S"  ROTARY  ENGINE.— 
A  revolving  cylinder  engine.  Three  cylinders, 
A,  A,  A,  radiate  from  a  shaft  set  eccentric  to 
an  outer  circle  or  ring  on  which  the  [piston 
connected  sheaves  revolve.  The  pistons  take 
steam  through  the  ports  M,  M,  M,  just  past 
the  shortest  eccentric  radius,  and  drives  out  the 
piston  during  a  half  revolution,  when  the  ex- 
haust is  opened  and  the  piston  is  pushed  back  by  the  eccentric  ring. 


348.  "  ALMOND  "  ENGINE.— Four 
single-acting  cylinders  set  tangent  to  a 
shaft  which  is  central  to  an  outer  shell. 
The  pistons  have  jointed  segmental 
plates  at  their  outer  end  that  press 
against  the  outer  shell  and  cause  the 
cylinders  and  shaft  to  revolve  by  the  ec- 
centric direction  of  their  pressure.  Disc 
ports  for  steam  and  exhaust. 


349.  ROTATING  CYLINDER  ENGINE.— 
The  cylinder  rotates  on  trunnions  with  a 
through  piston  rod  terminating  with  rol- 
lers running  in  an  oval  ring.  Steam  and 
exhaust  ports  in  the  trunnion.  Pressure  of 
the  piston-rod  rollers  on  the  oval  ring  re- 
volves the  cylinder  and  fly-wheel  on  its 
runnion. 


350.  ROTARY  MULTI-CYLINDER  ENGINE.— 
Three  or  more  cylinders  are  attached  to  and  re- 
volve with  the  fly-wheel.  The  crank  is  stationary 
and  eccentric  to  the  fly-wheel.  Each  cylinder  is 
single-acting.  Valves  are  on  a  central  disc  at  A. 


STEAM    POWER. 


351.  "BATES"  COMPOUND  VIBRATING 
ENGINE.- — The  upper  section  of  the  cyl- 
inder has  a  shorter  radius  than  the  lower 
section  for  the  compound  effect.  The  shaft 
and  wings  are  concentric  and  vibrate  be- 
tween two  stationary  abutments,  10,  10. 
Opposite  each  abutment  is  a  cylindrical 
valve,  which  by  its  motion  admits  the  steam  to  the  upper  section,  and 
transfers  its  exhaust  to  the  lower  section,  and  also  the  final  exhaust. 


352.  «  DAVIE'S  "  DISC  ENGINE.— A 
disc,  <£,  is  fixed  to  an  oscillating  shaft,  a, 
which  swings  in  a  circuit  pivoted  in  the  disc 
crank,  c.  The  cylinder  heads  are  cones  in 
the  apex  of  which  the  ball  bearing  of  the 
shaft  oscillates.  The  outer  shell  of  the  cyl- 
inder, d,  is  spherical  over  which  the  disc  moves.  Steam  enters  alter- 
nately on  either  side  of  piston. 


353.  «  REULEAUX  "  ENGINE  OR 
PUMP. — A  disc  on  a  fixed  shaft.  The 
cylinder  swings  on  a  central  spherical 
bearing,  carrying  an  arm  pivoted  in  a 
crank. 


354.  "  LINK  "  VIBRATORY  ENGINE.— 
A  pair  of  curved  cylinders  with  an  annular 
piston  rod  to  which  is  attached  the  arms  from 
the  central  shaft.  The  reciprocal  motion  of 
the  piston  rocks  the  central  shaft,  the  motion 
of  which  is  made  continuous  by  a  link  and 
crank,  not  shown. 


355.  OSCILLATING  PISTON  ENGINE. —  A 
crank  and  connecting  rod  outside  the  engine  convert 
the  oscillating  motion  of  the  piston  into  rotary  motion. 


97 


356.  VIBRATING 
PISTON  ENGINE,  "Par- 
son's "  model.  Two  sector 
pistons  vibrating  in  a  cyl- 
inder. One  sector  is  fast 
on  a  central  solid  shaft, 
the  other  is  fast  on  a  con- 
centric hollow  shaft.  At 
the  other  end  of  each  shaft 
is  a  crank  and  link  con- 
nection to  a  wrist  pin  at 
opposite  positions  on  a 
face  plate  which  is  fast  on  a  revolving  shaft  eccentric  to  the  piston 
shafts.  The  exhaust  port  is  in  the  circumference  of  the  cylinder. 

357.  Shows  the  crank  end 
of  the  vibrating  shafts  with  the 
link  connections.  The  steam 
port  is  in  the  cylinder  head, 
which  is  the  steam  chest.  Dur- 
ing one-half  of  a  fly-wheel 
revolution  one  of  the  sectors 
makes  a  large  angular  move- 
ment, while  the  other  makes  a 
relatively  small  angular  move- 
ment, and  during  the  second 
half,  the  two  sectors  reverse  their  relative  movements — i.e.,  the  one 
going  slow  during  the  first  half  making  the  quick  movement  during 
the  second  half,  and  vice  versa. 

358.  Shows  the  detail  of  one 
sector,  piston,  shaft,  crank,  and 
link  connection  with  the  eccen- 
tric revolving  disc  and  shaft. 


359.  Shows  both  sector  pis- 
tons, concentric  shafts,  cranks, 
and  link  connections  to  the  op- 
posite wrist  pins  on  the  revolv- 
ing face  plate  of  the  constant 
velocity  shaft. 


STEAM    POWER. 


360.    "KNICKERBOCKER" 

FOUR-PISTON  ROTARY 
ENGINE.— A  four-armed 
yoke  is  socketed  on  a  centre 
common  to  the  four  pistons. 
Its  spindle  is  a  crank  pin, 
and  makes  a  conical  circuit 
with  the  crank  and  shaft.  The  ends  of  the  yoke  are  socketed  to  the 
pistons  by  connecting  rods.  The  pistons  take  steam  successively., 
making  a  continuous  pressure  on  the  circuit  of  the  crank. 

361.  "ROOT'S  "  DOUBLE  QUADRANT 
ENGINE. — In  this  design  the  two  oscillating 
pistons  are  connected  directly  with  the  crank 
on  the  inside  of  the  engine  case,  which  is  also- 
the  exhaust  receiver.     From  the  positions  of 
the  connecting  rods  at  the  end  of  the  stroke  of 
each  piston  the  dead  centre  is  eliminated. 

362.  "  ROOT'S  "  SQUARE  PISTON  EN- 
GINE.— The   oblong   square    box,   A,   is   the 
cylinder'proper.     B,  is  a  frame  sliding  freely 
in   a  horizontal  direction  by  the  force  of  the 
steam  from  the  side  ports,  d,  d.     C  is  the  in- 
ner   rectangular  piston,  connected  directly  to 

the  crank  pin  a,  the  shaft,  b,  being  central  to  the  range  of  the  mov- 
ing pistons.  The  piston,  C,  receives  steam  from  the  top  and  bottom 
ports,  d,  d,  within  the  frame,  B. 


363.  "DAKE"  SQUARE  PISTON 
ENGINE.  —  Two  rectangular  pistons, 
one  within  the  other,  working  at  right 
angles  in  the  outer  piston.  The  inner 
piston  is  connected  to  the  crank  pin, 
and  moves  vertically.  The  outer  piston 
moves  horizontally  in  the  case.  The 
principle  is  similar  to  the  Root  Square 
Engine,  No.  362. 


STEAM    POWER. 


99 


364.  "  WILKINSON'S  "  STEAM 
TURBINE.  — Two  rim-pocketed 
discs  running  against  the  disc  surfaces 
of  a  shell  with  oblique  steam  ports. 
The  discs  are  feathered  on  the  shaft, 
and  held  against  the  faces  of  the 
shell  by  springs.  A  groove  around 
the  shell  opposite  the  pockets  allows 
the  steam  to  pass  around  to  the  ex- 
haust pipes. 


365.   Section  showing  steam  pockets. 


366.  "DOW"  STEAM  TUR- 
'  BINE. — Two  discs  fixed  to  a 
shaft  have  on  their  face  a 
series  of  circular  grooves  and 
tongues,  meshed  with  a  pair 
of  fixed  discs  with  grooves  and 
tongues,  as  shown  in  small  sec- 
tion 367.  The  tongues  on 
the  revolving  discs  are  cut  across  at  short  distances  in  a  slanting  direc- 
tion. The  tongues  on  the  stationary  disc  are  cut  in  the  opposite 
direction.  The  steam  passes  to  the  centre  hub,  and  is  forced  through 
the  openings  across  the  tongues,  giving  motion  to  the  discs  and  shaft. 

368.  Vertical  section  of  engine. 


]    Tmblne  Wheel       .^V,:  £ 


369.  "  DE  LAVAL"  STEAM  TURBINE. 
—  A  jet  or  jets  of  steam  impinge  at  a  small 
angle  upon  the  concave  buckets  at  the  per- 
iphery of  a  disc  wheel,  pass  through  the 
cavities  between  the  buckets  and  exhaust  at 
the  other  side.  The  buckets  are  lunette. 
The  nozzle  has  an  expanding  orifice. 

370.     Plan   showing   nozzle    at   side   of 
wheel. 


100 


STEAM    POWER. 


371.  "PARSONS'"  STEAM 
TURBINE.  — A  series  of  discs 
fixed  on  a  shaft  with  intersecting 
discs  on  the  shell.  The  face  of  the 
shaft  discs  has  several  small  blades 
set  at  an  angle  with  the  radius. 
The  outside  fixed  disks  have  a  sim- 
ilar set  of  blades  interlocking  with 
the  revolving  blades  and  set  at  a  contrary  angle.  The  steam  passes 
from  the  valve  to  the  inner  edge  of  the  first  fixed  disc,  then  outward 
through  the  blades,  and  returns  through  the  vacant  space  of  the  next 
pair  and  outward  again. 


Section  V. 
STEAM    APPLIANCES. 

INJECTORS,    STEAM     PUMPS,    CONDENSERS,    SEPARATORS, 
TRAPS,     AND     VALVES. 


STEAM    APPLIANCES. 

INJECTORS,  STEAM    PUMPS,  CONDENSERS,  SEPARATORS,  TRAPS,  AND   VALVES. 

372.  "PEERLESS"  IN- 
JECTOR.—An  exhaust 
steam  injector.  A  hinged  sec- 
tion of  the  combining  tube 
allows  a  free  flow  of  the  ex- 
haust until  a  water  current  is 

started,  when  the  hinge  closes  and  the  overflow  valve  closes,  as  in 

other  injectors. 


373.  "SHAEFFER&BUDEX- 
BERG"  INJECTOR.— An  exhaust  in- 
jector by  which  the  exhaust  steam 
establishes  a  feed  jet  to  the  boiler.  A 
hinged  section  in  the  combining  tube 
allows  a  free  flow  of  steam  to  draw  the 
water;  the  hinged  section  then  closes  and 
the  injector  operates  the  same  as  others 
for  feeding  a  boiler. 


374.  «  NATIONAL  "  AUTOMATIC 
INJECTOR,  has  four 
fixed  tubes.  The  two  check 
valves,  C,  D,  open  and  close 
successively  as  the  lift  is 
started  and  the  current  es- 
tablished. 


104 


STEAM    APPLIANCES. 


375- 


"METROPOLITAN" 
INJECTOR.— The  steam  is 
turned  on  by  a  screw  spindle 
valve.  It  has  three  fixed  noz- 
zle tubes,  A,  B,  F.  A  disc 
relief-check  valve,  C,  and  a 
wing  check,  I. 


376.  «  LUNKENHEIMER  "  IN- 
JECTOR.— Four  fixed  noz- 
zle tubes  with  a  lever-moved 
valve,  a  ;  W,  water-regulating 
valve  ;  D,  stop  check  to  over- 
flow ;  C,  automatic  check;  W, 
water  valve. 


"EBERMAN"   INJECTOR. 

—  The  combining  tube  slides 
for  regulating  the  lift  and  over- 
flow. A  single  gravity  check 
valve,  D,  closes  the  overflow 
when  the  current  to  the  boiler 
is  established. 


378.  "NATHAN"  INJECTOR.— 
A  vertical  model  with  four  fixed  nozzle 
tubes,  tandem.  A  disc  valve,  C,  closes 
at  the  moment  the  current  is  established, 
and  the  flap  valve,  D,  makes  the  final 
closure  of  the  overflow. 


STEAM    APPLIANCES. 


379.  "LITTLE  GIANT" 
INJECTOR.— This  model 
has  two  fixed  tubes.  The 
central  or  combining  tube  is 
movable  for  adjustment.  A 
single  automatic  check  valve 
regulates  the  overflow. 


380.  "PENBERTHY" 
SPECIAL  INJECTOR.— 
Has  three  fixed  nozzle  tubes. 
The  opening  of  a  detached 
valve  gives  steam  pressure  in 
the  chamber  E,  and  opens 
both  overflow  check  valves. 
When  the  current  is  estab- 
lished check  valve  C  closes, 
followed  by  check  valve  D. 


381.  ''PARK"  INJECTOR.— 
A  double  tube  in  tandem,  in 
which  the  handle  has  two 
movements  to  operate  the 
lift  and  force  nozzles.  A 
self-lifting  check  valve  gov- 
erns the  overflow. 


382.  SELLERS'"  RESTARTING 
INJECTOR. — In  this  model  all  the  tubes 
are  fixed.  Two  concentric  check  valves, 
C,  D,  guided  by  the  combining  tube,  are 
operated  by  the  pressure  in  the  combining 
tube  at  the  moment  that  the  water  reaches 
it,  closing  the  overflow. 


io6 


STEAM    APPLIANCES. 


384. 


LITTLE  GIANT"  LOCOMOTIVE 
INJECTOR.  — In  this 
model  the  lift  is  started  when 
the  separate  steam  valve  is 
opened.  The  forcing  or  com- 
bining tube  is  movable  for  reg- 
ulation by  a  screw  and  yoke, 

F.     A  movement  of  the  handle  opens  the  injection  nozzle,  and  closes 

the  lift  nozzle  ports. 

METROPOLITAN  "  DOUBLE-TUBE 
INJECTOR.— The  first  move- 
ment of  the  handle  opens  the 
first  section  of  a  double-beat 
valve  at  £,  and  gives  steam  to 
the  lifting  nozzle  A ;  the  over- 
flow passing  freely  through  the 
check  valve  C,  and  the  open 

valve  at  D.  A  further  move- 
ment of  the  handle  opens  the  second  section  of  the  double-beat 
steam  valve  B,  and  closes  the  overflow  valve  D. 


BROWNLEY"  INJECTOR.— 
The  steam  flows  to  the  double- 
jet  nozzles  without  any  regulat- 
ing device  other  than  the  over- 
flow cock,  which  by  this  pecu- 
liar construction  relieves  both 
lift  and  force  tubes. 

"LEADER"  INJECTOR.— 
A  double-tube  injector.  A 
separate  valve  gives  steam 
to  the  lifting  nozzle  A,  with 
the  overflow  cock  open.  The 
first  movement  of  the  handle 
opens  the  force  valve  b  ;  a 
further  movement  closes  the 
overflow  to  both  lift  and  force 
tubes. 


STEAM    APPLIANCES. 


107 


387.  "EXCELSIOR"  INJECTOR.— 
A  separate  valve  gives  steam 
to  the  lifting  nozzle  A,  the 
overflow  cock  D  C  being 
open.  The  first  movement 
of  the  handle  opens  the  coni- 
cal valve  b  ;  a  further  move- 
ment closes  the  overflow  cock 
D  C  to  both  the  lifting  and 
force  overflow  S. 


388.  "KORTING"  INJECTOR.— 
A  double-tube  automatic 
movement  by  which  the  dif- 
ference in  area  of  the  valve 
discs  at  A  and  B  allows  the 
balance  lever  to  open  the 
lifting  nozzle  first  and,  by 
a  further  movement  of  the 
handle,  opens  the  force  noz- 
zle B.  The  overflow  is  self- 
adjusting  for  both  nozzles. 

389.  "HANCOCK"  INSPI- 
RATOR.—A  double-tube  injector. 
The  tube  A  lifts  the  water  and 
starts  the  circulation  through  the 
overflow,  when  the  steam  nozzle 
B  is  opened  and  valves  C  and 
D  are  closed. 

390.    BALL-VALVE  INJECTOR,    automatic 
in  action. 

J,  J,  ball  valves. 
P,  steam  inlet. 
W,  inverted  nozzle. 
Q,  suction  inlet. 

B,  overflow. 

C,  side  outlet  to  boiler. 
S,  cap. 


io8 


STEAM    APPLIANCES. 


391.  "  HANCOCK"  LOCO- 
MOTIVE   INSPIRATOR,   a 

double-tube  injector. 

A,  the  lifting  nozzle  and  tube. 
B,the  forcing  nozzle  andtube. 

C,  the  lift  overflow. 

D,  the  force  overflow. 

Two  movements  of  the  handle  are  required  for  starting ;  the  first 
opens  the  starting  valve  a  and  overflow  D,  with  valve  H  open.  A 
further  pull  of  the  handle  opens  the  force  valve  b,  and  the  pressure 
closes  the  overflow  valve  D. 


392.  «  STANDARD  "  INJECTOR.— 
An  exhaust  injector  with  live-steam 
starter  and  supplementary  attachment 
for  a  live-steam  injector. 

B,  live-steam  starter. 

C,  live  steam  for  full  work. 
A,  throttle  valve. 

G,  regulator. 


393- 


SELLERS'"    SELF- 


ADJUSTING  INJECTOR.— 
The  water  nozzle  G  has  a  free 
movement  in  the  case  and  cage 
at  S.  With  too  much  water  for 

the  steam,  the  nozzle  is  pushed  back  and  partially  closes  the  water 

area.     Self-adjusting. 


394.  STEAM  PUMP,  with  ro- 
tating piston  valve  and  curved  tap- 
pet. An  arm  on  the  valve  stem 
is  linked  to  the  end  of  the  curved 
tappet.  The  tappet  is  thrown  by 
a  roller  clamp  on  the  piston  rod. 


STEAM    APPLIANCES. 


I09 


395.  "MISCH'S"  VALVE 
TAPPET,  for  a  steam  pump. 
A  three-armed  lever  rocked 
by  a  roller  travelling  with  the 
piston  rod. 


396.    INDEPENDENT    JET 
CONDENSER  PUMP. 

A,  exhaust  inlet  from  engine. 

B,  water  inlet. 

C,  water  nozzle. 

D,  spray   valve   regulated    by 
screw  spindle  and  wheel  E. 

F,  spray  chamber. 

J,  water  discharge  from  pump. 


397.  EJECTOR  CONDENSER,  with  auto- 
matic three-way  valve.  By  the  operation  of  two 
valve  discs  on  a  single  stem  ihe  exhaust  steam  is 
passed  to  the  atmosphere,  or  is  condensed  by  the 
multiple  nozzle  water  jet.  "  Korting  "  model. 


no 


STEAM    APPLIANCES. 


398.  EXHAUST  JET  CONDENSER.— 
The  exhaust  steam  passes  through  a  cylindri- 
cal nozzle  and  meets  a  thin  annular  stream  of 
water  at  the  mouth  of  a  funnel-shaped  nozzle. 
The  converging  sheet  of  water  condenses  the 
steam,  and  prevents  back  pressure  by  its 
velocity  through  the  narrow  end  of  the  nozzle. 


399.     BALANCED  REDUCING  VALVE. 

—  The  spindle  of  the  balanced  throttle  discs 
is  attached  to  a  large  diaphragm  by  levers,  and 
counterbalanced  by  an  outside  lever  with 
movable  weight  for  adjustment  of  the  reduced 
pressure. 


400.  PRESSURE  REDUCING  VALVE.— The 
back  pressure  on  the  enlarged  area  of  the  disc  valve 
regulates  the  flow  of  steam  or  air,  and  is  regulated 
by  the  weight  at  the  bottom  of  the  spindle  and  the 
adjusting  screw. 


401.  -FOSTER"  PRESSURE 
REDUCING  VALVE.— The  balanced 
valve  is  opened  by  a  diaphragm  against 
the  pressure  of  springs.  The  high- 
pressure  connection,  3,  starts  the  valve 
into  position.  The  passage  from  the 
low-pressure  side  at  G  admits  steam 
from  low-pressure  side  to  the  diaphragm, 
which  is  connected  to  the  valve  spindle  by  toggle  joints. 


STEAM    APPLIANCES. 


II? 


HOTCHKISS"  BOILER  CLEANER, 
for  removing  the  surface  scum  from 
steam  boilers.  The  circulation  through 
the  settling  globe  is  produced  by  the  dif- 
ference in  temperature  in  the  rising  pipe, 
d,  and  the  return  pipe,  e.  The  large 
area  in  the  globe  allows  the  dirt  to 
settle,  to  be  blown  off  through  the  pipe,^ 


403.    FEED- WATER   HEATER  and  surface  condenser.     Ex- 
haust steam  enters  at  the  top,  and  is  condensed  on  the  outside  of  the 

tubes.  The  feed 
water  is  circulat- 
ed through  the 


tubes. 

403  a. 
section. 


Cross 


404.  STEAM  SEPARATOR.  —  The  entrained 
water  in  the  steam  is  lodged  upon  the  rough  walls, 
and  drips  to  the  strainer  and  into  the  pocket,  and  is 
drawn  off  through  the  valve.  The  glass  gauge  in- 
dicates the  height  of  water  in  the  pocket. 


405.  STEAM  SEPARATOR,  in  line  for  hori- 
zontal pipes.  The  corrugated  surface  catches  the 
water  of  condensation,  which  falls  through  the 
grating  to  the  recess  below.  "  Austin  "  model. 


406.  FILTER  FOR  BOILER,  feed 
water.  An  upward  flow.  Water  enters 
from  the  left  and  flows  through  felt 
held  between  wire  gauze  and  perforated 
plates.  The  space  may  be  filled  with 
sponge  or  coarse  sawdust 


112 


STEAM    APPLIANCES. 


407. 


RETURN  STEAM  TRAP, 

"Blessing"  pattern, 
i  The  trap  is  placed 
above  the  water  line 
of  the  boiler.  The 
globe  is  balanced 
on  a  weighted  lever 
so  that  it  rises  when 
empty  and  falls 
when  filled  with 
water.  The  movement  of  the  globe  up  and  down  trips  valves  that 
alternately  charge  the  globe  with  the  water  from  a  heating  system 
and  discharges  it  into  the  boiler. 

408.  SPRING  STEAM  TRAP.— The  shell 
of  iron  expands  by  the  heat  of  the  steam  at  a 
less  rate  than  the  brass  spring  valve,  so  that 
the  hot  steam  closes  it  and  the  cooler  water  opens  it  by  contraction. 


409.  SPRING  STEAM  TRAP.— A  differ- 
ential expansion  of  the  spring  itself  causes  it 
to  open  with  the  water  temperature  and  close 
with  steam  temperature.     The  spring  is  made 

of  two  strips  of  metal,  the  upper  one  of  brass  and  the  lower  one  of 
steel,  riveted  together. 

410.  STEAM  TRAP.— The  water  con- 
densed in  a  heating  system  flows  into  the  trap 
case  and  closes  the  valve  by  lifting  the  float. 
By  the  overflow  into  the  float,  it  sinks,  opening 
the  valve,  and  the  water  is  discharged  from  the 
float,  allowing  it  to  rise  and  to  close  the  valve. 

411.  "BUNDY"  STEAM  TRAP.— 

The  pear-shaped  bowl  rises  when  empty, 
and  falls  when  full  of  water.  It  swings  on 
trunnions  carrying  an  arm,  which  oper- 
ates a  valve  for  charging  and  discharg- 
ing the  water  to  and  from  the  bowl. 


STEAM    APPLIANCES. 


412.  STEAM  TRAP  WITH  VALVE, 
operated  by  a  float.  The  ingress  of 
water  lifts  the  float  and  opens  the  dis- 
charge valve.  "  Curtis  "  model. 


413.  "HEINTZ"  STEAM 
TRAP.— The  differential  expan- 
sion of  two  metals  in  the  semi- 
circular arc  opens  or  closes  the 
inlet  valve.  Adjustment  is  made 
by  the  set-screw. 


414.  "MORAN'S"  FLEXIBLE  STEAM  JOINT 
and  automatic  relief  valve.  A  ground  globular 
pipe  fitting  held  in  a  spherical  union  joint. 


415.  CORRUGATED  EXPANSION 
COUPLING,  "  Wainwright's  "  model.  A 
hard  brass  tube,  corrugated,  gives  the  tube 
a  longitudinal  elasticity  to  take  up  the  ex- 
pansion of  steam  pipes. 


416.  FLANGED  EXPANSION  JOINT.— 
Used  in  pipe  lines  to  take  up  the  change  in 
length  due  to  difference  in  temperature. 


STEAM    APPLIANCES. 


417.  AUTOMATIC  RELIEF  VALVE.— The 
valve  is  kept  closed  by  a  crank  attachment  to  the 
spindle  and  weighted  lever  outside.  Excess  of  press- 
ure raises  the  stem  and  discs,  throttling  the  passage 
of  steam  and  relieving  the  back  pressure. 


418.  HORIZONTAL  SWING  CHECK 
VALVE. — The  disc  is  loose  in  the  swing 
frame  and  may  be  reground  tight  by  a  socket 
wrench  passed  through  the  plug  opening. 


419.  GLOBE   VALVE. 

a,  the  body. 
d,  the  bonnet. 
g,  the  spindle. 
£,  the  winged  disc. 


c,  the  spindle  nut. 

e,  gland. 
f,  gland  nut. 
h,  wheel. 


420.  EXHAUST  STEAM  HEAD.  —  The  ex- 
haust steam  is  deflected  by  perforated  discs  and  cap 
plates,  which  separate  the  water  to  drip  between 
the  inner  and  outer  shell. 


421.  CENTRIFUGAL  EXHAUST  HEAD. 

— The  exhaust  steam  head  enters  the  drum 
tangentially,  throwing  the  particles  of  water 
against  the  outer  surface  to  drip  to  the  bottom. 


Section    VI. 
MOTIVE    POWER. 

GAS    AND    GASOLINE    ENGINES,    VALVE    GEAR    AND    APPLI- 
ANCES,   CONNECTING    RODS    AND    HEADS. 


MOTIVE  POWER. 

GAS  AND   GASOLINE  ENGINES,  VALVE  GEAR  AND  APPLIANCES,  CONNECTING 

RODS  AND  HEADS. 


422.  GASOLINE  ENGINE,  "Olds"  model.  Plan  showing 
location  of  valve  chest  and  valve  gear,  operated  from  an  eccentric  with 
an  alternating  sector  gear  for  an  impulse  at  every  other  revolution. 


423.  SECTIONAL  PLAN  OF  A  GASOLINE  ENGINE.— 
Four-cycle  type,  with  exhaust  port  opened  by  the  piston  at  the  end 
of  the  stroke,  and  continued  exhaust  through  an  annular  valve  around 
the  inlet  valve.  The  charge  is  heated  and  vaporized  in  the  valve 
chamber  by  the  exhaust.  "  Olin  "  model. 


nS 


MOTIVE    POWER. 


424.  SIMPLE  GAS  OR  GASOLINE  ENGINE.— A,  inlet 
valve  ;  E,  exhaust  valve ;  gasoline  enters  by  gravity  at  G,  regulated 
by  a  faucet.  Air  enters  at  B  by  the  suction  of  the  piston,  atomizing 
the  gasoline  as  it  drops  into  the  air  chamber.  The  tube  igniter  is 
heated  by  a  gasoline  burner  beneath  the  bell  mouth. 


425.  GASOLINE  ENGINE  VALVE  GEAR.— The  centrifugal 
action  of  the  weights  on  the  reducing  gear  operates  a  bell  crank  that 

directs  the 
exhaust 
push  rod 
on  or  off 
the  cam. 

"Olin" 
model. 


426.  GAS  ENGINE, 
"Union"  model.  A 
four-cycle  motor  with 
half-reducing  gear; 
push-rod  lever  and  two 
push  rods  for  governing 
charge  and  exhaust. 


MOTIVE    POWER. 


427.    GASOLINE  CARRIAGE  MOTOR.  —  Four  cycle  or   com- 
pression type.     Ribs  on  cylinder  for  air  cooling.     H  is  the  carburetter 

with  wire- 
gauge  atomiz- 
er; O,  gaso- 
line feed-pipe. 
Warm  air  is 
drawn  inter 
carburetter 
from  the  pipe 
over  the  Bun- 
sen  burner,  G, 
by  the  suction 

of  the  piston;'  it  is  then  saturated  with  gasoline  vapor,  and  returned 
by  a  separate  pipe  to  the  inlet  valve,  C. 


428.   VERTICAL  GASOLINE  ENGINE, 

"Webster"  pattern.  The  cylinder  and  water 
jacket  form  part  of  the  framework  of  the  engine. 
A  four-cycle  type. 


429.    VERTICAL  GAS   ENGINE, 

"  Root"  model.  Four-cycle  compression 
with  double  explosion,  a  is  a  second- 
ary chamber  and  port,  closed  about 
half-stroke,  shutting  off  part  of  the  charge 
during  compression,  which  is  exploded 
during  the  impulse  stroke  of  the  piston. 


120 


MOTIVE    POWER. 


430.  VERTICAL  KEROSENE  OIL  ENGINE, 
"  Daimler"  model.  The  oil  is  vaporized  by  the 
heat  of  the  exhaust,  and  forced  into  the  cylinder, 
with  the  proper  proportion  of  air  for  explosive 
combustion,  by  the  downward  stroke  of  the  piston 
and  compression  in  the  crank  chamber.  The  up- 
ward stroke  charges  the  crank  chamber  with  air 
and  vapor. 


431-  "  DIESEL"  MOTOR.— A,  cylinder;  /, 
air  pump  ;  j',  air-pump  lever ;  T,  air  re- 
ceiver. Air  is  compressed  by  the  pump  to 
450  Ibs.  per  square  inch,  and  stored  in  the 
receiver.  Oil  is  fed  by  a  small  pump  to 
the  inlet-valve  chamber,  where  it  is  ato- 
•  mized  by  entering  the  cylinder  with  the 
compressed  air.  Explosion  every  other 
revolution. 


432.  VERTICAL  GAS 
ENGINE,  two-cycle  type, 
"  Day  "  model.  The  air  and 
gas  are  drawn  into  the  crank 
chamber  by  the  upward 
stroke  of  the  piston.  The 
return  stroke  compresses  the 
mixture  in  the  crank  cham- 
ber, which  charges  the 
cylinder  through  the  side 
passage  at  the  opening  of  the 
cylinder  port  at  the  end  of 
the  down  stroke  of  the  piston.  E,  clearance  space ;  B,  guard  on  pis- 
ton ;  A,  crank  chamber  ;  F,  tube  igniter ;  D.  O,  inlet  valves. 


MOTIVE    POWER. 


121 


433- 


STREET  RAILWAY  GAS 
MOTOR  PASSENGER 
CAR,  German  model.  The 
motor  consists  of  two  cylin- 
ders on  opposite  sides  of  the 
crank  shaft,  placed  under 
the  seats.  The  fly-wheel  is 
behind  the  seats.  The  power 
is  transmitted  to  the  axles 
through  gears,  sprockets,  and  chains,  with  friction  regulation.  Motor 
runs  continually.  Compressed  gas  is  stored  in  cylinders  under  the 
car  floor. 


434.  GASOLINE  MOTOR 
CAR. — The  gasoline  motor  runs 
constantly,  operating  an  electric 
generator  which  charges  the  stor- 
age batteries,  that  in  turn  supply 
the  current  as  required  for  the 
intermittent  or  variable  work  of 
the  electric  motors  geared  to  the 
car  axles. 


435.  VALVE  GEAR  for  a 
gas  engine. — A  simple  device 
for  opening  the  exhaust  valve 
of  a  four-cycle  motor.  The 
eccentric  gives  the  push  rod 
a  forward  stroke  at  each  revo- 
lution of  the  shaft.  The 
ratchet  wheel  C  has  a  friction 
resistance,  \vith  every  other 

tooth  a  shallow  notch,  so  as  to  hold  up  the  lip  of  the  push  rod  at  every 

second  revolution  of  the  shaft  and  make  a  miss-hit  on  the  valve  rod. 

At  the  next  revolution  the  lip  falls  into  a  deep  notch  and  the  push  rod 

opens  the  exhaust  valve. 


122 


MOTIVE    POWER. 


436.  VALVE  GEAR,  for  a 
four-cycle  gas  engine.  The  cam 
is  fixed  to  the  engine  shaft.  The 
inner  ring  gear  is  swept  around 
within  the  outer  fixed  gear, 
skipping  by  one  tooth  at  each 
revolution  of  the  engine  shaft. 
This  makes  a  contact  of  a  ring-gear  tooth  with  the  exhaust-valve  rod 
at  every  other  revolution,  necessary  for  the  operation  of  a  four-cycle 
motor. 


SCCENTRIC 
ROD 


437.  DOUBL&GROOVED  ECCENTRIC,  for  two 
— .    lengths  of  rod  thrown  alternately  by  traversing  the  push 

1    rod  in  the  cross  grooves,  also  for  single-valve  rod  throw 

for  four-cycle  gas  engine. 


438.  VALVE  GEAR  for  a  four-cycle  gas 
engine.  The  two-thread  worm  on  the  en- 
gine shaft  has  the  middle  part  of  the  thread 
extended  to  form  a  cam.  The  four-part 
gear,  B,  revolves  by  the  action  of  the  worm, 
and  at  every  other  revolution  the  cam  section  of  the  worm  runs  into 
the  recess  of  the  revolving  gear,  and  the  valve  rod  is  not  operated, 
thus  opening  the  exhaust  valve  at  every  second  revolution  as  required. 


439.  PLUMB-BOB  GOVERNOR  for  a 

gas  engine.  The  plumb-bob,  A,  is  pivoted 
in  a  box  attached  to  the  exhaust  valve  push 
rod.  The  back  motion  of  the  push  rod  pro- 
duces a  forward  motion  of  the  bob,  acting  like 
a  pendulum,  and  a  downward  motion  of  the 
pick  blade,  C,  bringing  it  in  contact  with  the  valve  spindle,  D.  The 
spring-end  screws,  E  and  F,  are  for  the  adjustment  of  the  motion  of  A. 


MOTIVE    POWER. 


I23 


440. 


INERTIA  GOVERNOR  for  a  gas  engine. 
The  ball,  J,  is  the  inertia  pendu- 
lum. It  is  pivoted  to  the  frame,  D, 
at  L.  It  swings  on  the  pivot  at 
H,  by  the  rotation  of  the  cam,  B, 
against  the  roller,  C.  The  spring, 
K,  is  for  adjusting  the  amount  of 
the  motion  of  the  ball  and  its  at- 
tached pick  blade,  G,  for  a  push  or 
miss  of  the  valve  spindle,  F. 


441.  PENDULUM  GOVERNOR 
for  a  gas  engine.  The  pendulum 
is  adjusted  by  the  distance  of  the 
small  compensating  ball  to  vibrate 
synchronously  with  the  push  rod  at 
the  required  speed  of  the  engine. 
Increased  speed  releases  the  clip, 
and  a  miss  charge  is  made. 


442.  DIFFERENTIAL  CAM  THROW,  by  the 
transverse  motion  of  a  rolling  disc  on  a  lever  or  by 
direct  thrust.  Much  used  on  the  valve  gear  of  gas 

engines.     The  rolling  disc  is  traversed  by  the  governor  from  one  cam 

to  another. 


443.  GOVERNOR  AND  VARIABLE  CAM 

for  a  gas  engine.  The  centrifugal  movement 
of  the  governor  balls  slides  the  sleeve  on  the 
governor  shaft,  and  also  the  variable  cam 
sleeve,  a,  on  the  driving  shaft,  by  the  bell-crank 
lever,  e.  The  disc  roller,  £,  on  an  arm  of  a  rock 
shaft,  rolls  upon  one  or  the  other  cams  at  c,  thus 
varying  the  movement  of  the  inlet  valve,  which 
is  connected  to  another  arm  of  the  rock  shaft. 


124 


MOTIVE    POWER. 


444.  INLET  VALVE  for  gas  engine. 
A  valve  disc  slightly  held  in  contact  with 
the  seat  by  the  spring.  Air  holes  should  be 
drilled  close  together  around  the  valve  seat, 
so  that  combined  air  area  shall  be  larger 
than  the  area  of  the  gas  inlet. 


445.  GAS  ENGINE  VALVE  GEAR.— 

E,  Inlet  valve ;  F,  exhaust  valve.  Valves 
are  operated  by  a  bent  lever,  with  sliding 
roller  H  and  double  cam  C,  which  by  a 
groove  rides  the  roller  alternately  on  to  the 
cams. 


446.  GASOLINE  VAPORIZER. 

-  The  inlet  nozzle,  V,  is  ribbed  on 
the  outside  and  is  enclosed  in  a 
chamber  through  which  the  ex- 
haust passes.  Gasoline  and  air 
are  drawn  into  the  nozzle  regulated 
by  the  small  valve,  and  additional 
air  for  the  explosive  mixture  is 
drawn  by  the  piston  through  the  large  valve.  "  Capitaine  "  motor. 


447.  CARBURETTER 
for  making  air  gas  from 
gasoline ;  non-freezing.  A, 
plan — a  zig-zag  series  of 
chambers  with  spaces  be- 
tween for  air  circulation  to 
keep  its  vaporizing  walls 

warm ;  B,  a  vertical  section ;  c,  c,  c,  open  spaces.  Canton  or  other 
flannel  wrapped  over  wire  gauze  frames  is  pushed  into  the  longi- 
tudinal spaces  before  the  ends  are  soldered ;  may  be  made  of  tinplate. 


MOTIVE    POWER. 


I25 


448.  AUTOMATIC  OILER.— Much  in 
use  on  explosive  motors.  Shaft  c,  and 
cranky,  with  the  dip  wire  </,  are  revolved  by 
a  belt  dropping  the  oil  on  the  wiper  ^,  into 
the  small  tanky",  from  which  it  flows  to  the 
cylinder. 


449.  UNIFORM  AUTOMATIC  OILER.— Used 
on  gas  engines.  The  shaft,  driven  by  a 
belt  from  the  valve-gear  shaft  of  the  engine, 
carries  two  hooks  and  dip  wires,  one  of 
which  raises  the  oil  from  the  variable  level 
below  to  a  constant  level  oil  reservoir,  from 
which  the  second  hook  and  dip  wire  feed 
the  wiper  that  leads  the  oil  to  the  cylinder. 


450.  CRANK-ROD  HEAD  ADJUST- 
MENT for  trunk  pistons.  A  jointed  brass 
tightened  by  a  long-armed  screw. 


451.  TRUNK    PISTON  ROD  connec- 
tion for  a  gas  engine. 


452.  TRUNK  PISTON  ROD  connec- 
tion for  a  gas  engine. 


n  453-  TRUNK  PISTON  ROD  connec- 

~~)    tion  for  a  gas  engine.     Most  reliable  form. 

Head  of  screw  pin  should  be  keyed. 


126 


MOTIVE    POWER. 


454.  CONNECTING  ROD  HEAD,  with 
full  split  brasses,  held  by  cap  and  through 
bolts. 


rrn 


455.  CONNECTING     ROD     END, 
with  set-in  end  block. 


456.  SOLID  STRAP  END,  for  connecting 
rod.     Brasses  set  up  by  a  capstan  screw. 


457.  CONNECTING    ROD   END,  with  half 
brass  and  brass  cap.     Through  bolts. 


458.   STEEL    BALL   ADJUSTMENT    for  con- 
necting rod  brasses.      A  number  of  steel  balls  are 


|    enclosed  in  a  chamber  and  compressed  by  a  screw. 


459.  SOLID  END  CONNECTING  ROD.— Brasses 

slip  in  sidewise,  and  are  locked  in  by  the  key. 


460.  FORKED    END    CONNECTING    ROD. 

with  keys  and  set  screws. 


MOTIVE    POWER. 


127 


461.  CONNECTING    ROD    END.    with 
locknut  key. 


462.  ADJUSTABLE     LINK, 

right  and  left  screw  coupling. 


with 


463.  LINK  OR  CONNECTING 
ROD,  with  adjustable  brasses.  Keys 
inside  and  outside  of  pins. 


Section   Vii. 
HYDRAULIC  POWER  AND  DEVICES. 

WATER    WHEELS,    TURBINES,    GOVERNORS,  IMPACT    WHEELS, 

PUMPS,    ROTARY    PUMPS,    SIPHONS,    WATER    LIFTS 

EJECTORS,  WATER    RAMS,   METERS,  INDI 

CATORS,  PRESSURE  REGULATORS 

VALVES,    PIPE    JOINTS 

FILTERS,    ETC. 


HYDRAULIC  POWER  AND  DEVICES. 

WATER  WHEELS,  TURBINES,  GOVERNORS,  IMPACT  WHEELS,  PUMPS,  ROTARY 
PUMPS,  SIPHONS,  WATER  LIFTS,  EJECTORS,  WATER  RAMS,  METERS,  INDI- 
CATORS, PRESSURE  REGULATORS,  VALVES,  PIPE  JOINTS,  FILTERS,  ETC. 


OVERSHOT  WATER  WHEEL,  with 
steel  buckets.  With  the  gate  chute  im- 
pinging upon  the  buckets  an  efficiency  of 
from  seventy  to  seventy-five  per  cent,  may 
be  obtained. 


X  .  70  =  horse-power. 


h   X   w 
33,000 

h,  Total  height  of  water-fall  from  race ;  w, 
weight  of  water  falling  per  minute. 


465.  OVERSHOT  WATER  WHEEL.— 
Power  equals  about  sixty  per  cent,  of  the  value 
of  the  water-fall  flowing  over  the  wheel. 


466.  IRON    OVERSHOT 
WHEEL.— The  frame  and  buck- 
ets   are    made  of  iron  or  steel. 
The  lightest  wheel  of  its  kind. 
"  Leffel "  model. 

467.  Front  view. 


132 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


468.  UNDERSHOT  WATER  WHEEL.— 
Power  equals  about  forty  per  cent,  of  the  value 
of  the  water-fall  flowing  under  the  gate. 


469.    SAW-MILL  WATER    WHEEL  and 

flume,  h  -\-  ti  represents  the  head  of  water. 
The  total  head  in  feet  multiplied  by  the  weight 
of  water  discharged  per  minute  equals  the  foot- 
pounds of  power.  Efficiency  about  sixty  per 
cent. 


470.  BREAST  WATER  WHEEL.— Power 

equals  about  forty  per  cent,  of  the  value  of 
the  water-fall  flowing  through  the  gate.  This 
form  should  have  housed  buckets. 


471.  FLUTTER  WHEEL.— Much  in  use  to 
back  the  log  carriage  of  saw-mills.  Efficiency 
very  low. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


133 


472.  BARKER  WHEEL. — A  reaction  water 
wheel.  The  reaction  of  the  water  escaping  from 
the  tangential  orifices  at  the  ends  of  the  arms 
under  the  pressure  of  the  water  head  in  the  hol- 
low shaft  gives  impulse  to  the  wheel.  Very  low 
efficiency. 


474.     Section  of  wheel  and  case. 


473.  CURRENT  MO- 
TOR.— A  propeller  revolv- 
ing within  a  case  with  ex- 
panding mouth  to  increase 
the  force  of  the  current. 
A  sprocket-wheel  on  the 
rear  end  of  the  propeller 
shaft  with  chain  transmis- 
sion to  shaft  on  suspen- 
sion frame. 


475-  CUR*RENT  WATER  WHEEL.— 

The  most  efficient  velocity  of  the  wheel 
periphery  is  forty  per  cent,  of  the  current 
velocity.  The  horse-power  is  : 

Area  of  immersion  of  blades 

V  =  Velocity  of  the  stream;  S  =  vel- 
ocity of  periphery  of  wheel, — both  in  feet 
per  second. 


476.  FIXED  BUCKET  WATER-RAISING 
CURRENT  W^HEEL.— Long  rectangular 
buckets  are  attached  across  the  rim  of  the 
wheel  with  side  openings,  indicated  by  the 
hatched  spaces.  At  the  top  the  water  flows 
over  the  side  of  the  wheel  into  a  trough. 


134 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


477.  BUCKETED  WATER-RAISING 
CURRENT  WHEEL.— The  buckets  are 
pivoted  to  the  outside  rim  of  the  wheel,  and 
tilted  into  the  trough  at  the  top  by  a  tail- 
piece on  the  bucket  striking  the  trough. 


478.  CURRENT  WHEEL  WATER 
LIFT. — The  water  buckets  and  arms  are 
troughs  that  carry  the  water  to  the  central 
hollow  shaft,  from  the  end  of  which  it  is 
discharged  into  a  trough.  Used  for  irriga- 
tion and  low-grade  water  supply. 


'.   479.   DRAINAGE  WHEEL,  used  for 

draining    fens     and    lowlands.      Broad 
buckets  on  a  power-driven  wheel  with  a 
back  or  tangential  slope,  the  wheel  re- 
volving in  a  current  shield.    Such  wheels, 
at  proper  speed,  will  lift  a  large 
volume  of  water  to   a  height    of 
nearly  half  their  diameter. 


480.  PERSIAN  WHEE  L.— A  current- 
driven  water  lift;  used  in  Eastern  countries. 
A  hollow  shaft,  with  curved  arms  and  floats, 
with  buckets  suspended  at  their  periphery. 
The  current  carries  the  floats  forward,  filling 
the  buckets  and  at  the  same  time  dipping 
water  into  the  curved  arms.  The  water  follows 

the  arms  in  their  revolution  and   discharges  through  the  hollow  shaft, 
while  the  buckets  are  tipped  at  the  top  of  the  wheel  into  a  trough. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


'35 


481.  ANCIENT  WATER  LIFT.— A  series 
of  earthen  pots  lashed  to  the  periphery  of  a 
wheel  revolving  in  a  stream.  The  long  pots 
are  so  inclined  to  the  axial  line  of  the  shaft 
that  they  dip  and  fill  while  in  the  stream,  and 
empty  while  passing  the  trough. 

482.  «  ARCHIMEDIAN "  SCREW  WATER 
LIFT.— A  water  wheel  on  an  inclined  hol- 
low shaft  is  driven  by  the  current.  A  spirally 
wound  pipe  in  or  outside  of  the  shaft  con- 
veys the  water  to  an  elevated  trough. 


483.  VOLUTE  TURBINE.— The  water, 
under  pressure  of  its  head,  passes  along  the 
volute,  striking  the  radial  buckets  a,  a,  a,  flows 
inward  and  down  through  the  central  inclined 
buckets  ^,  c.  Efficiency  about  eighty  per  cent. 


484.  HIGH-PRESSURE  TURBINE,  «  Leffel  " 
model,  with   double  draught  pipe  and  governor. 
End  thrust  on  shaft  is  balanced  by  central  inlet 
and      double    draught-pipes. 
Efficiency     from    eighty    to 
eighty-five    per  cent,   of   the 
pressure  head  at  the  turbine. 


485.  ''LEFFEL"  DOUBLE-RUNNER  TUR- 
BINE.— The  upper  section  of  the  running-wheel 
discharges  inward  and  down  the  centre.  The 
lower  section  has  curved  blades  to  discharge 
downward.  One  register  gate  for  both  sections. 


136 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


486.  "  JONVAL  "  TURBINE.  —  The  upper 
inclined  blades  are  fixed.  The  lower  inverse 
blades  form  the  wheel. 


487.  "JONVAL"  TURBINE.— b,  The  case  ; 
a,  the  chute  or  directrix,  fixed ;  ^,  the  wheel 
buckets.  The  curved  buckets  are  set  slightly 
tangent  and  curve  downward  in  parabolic  or 
cycloidal  form.  Water  discharges  downward. 
Efficiency  from  eighty  to  eighty-five  per  cent. 


488.  TURBINE  AND  GATE.— A  downward 
flow  from  angular  fixed  guides  in  the  water 
chamber. 


489.  "LANCASTER"  TURBINE,  downward 
discharge.  The  upper  parts  of  the  blades  are  vertical, 
and  receive  water  tangentially  from  the  gate  plates. 


490.  "  MUNSON  "  DOUBLE  TURBINE.— 
The  water  discharges  both  upward  and  down- 
ward through  curved  guide  blades,  to  reverse 
curves  in  the  top  and  bottom  wheel  blades. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


137 


491.  ™  CAMDEN  "  TURBINE,  has  two  inde- 
pendent sets  of  buckets.  The  upper  set  is  inward 
and  central  discharge,  the  lower  set  is  curved 
backward,  with  tangential  discharge. 


492.  "MODEL"  TURBINE.—  The  run- 
ning-wheel has  a  downward  discharge.  The 
register  gates  are  pivoted  and  operated  by 
arms  from  a  sector. 


493.  "  SWAIN  "  TURBINE.—  Inward  and 
downward  flow,  with  continuous  curved  blades. 


494.  "WARREN  "  CENTRAL-DISCHARGE 
TURBINE.— Plan :  The  wheel  revolves  on  the 
inside  of  a  fixed  directrix.  Water  enters  from 
outside,  and  discharges  into  and  beneath  the 
wheel,  a,  Directrix  ;  b,  wheel. 


495.  "FOURNERON"  TURBINE.  — The 
rim  of  outer  buckets  revolves  around  the  inner 
directrix,  the  water  moving  outward.  Efficiency, 
about  eighty  per  cent. 


496.  BELT  WATER-WHEEL  GOVERNOR.— 

The  middle  pulley  on  the  governor  spindle  is  loose, 
the  outside  pulleys  are  tight.  The  action  of  the 
governor  balls  operates  a  belt  shipper  which  throws 
the  belt  upon  the  upper  or  lower  tight  pulley  at  ab- 
normal speed.  A  corresponding  set  of  tight  and 
loose  pulleys  operate  a  pair  of  bevel  gear  that  open 
or  close  the  gate. 


'3* 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


497.  WATER  WHEEL  GOVERNOR.— The  wheel 
motion  drives  the  bevel  gear  at  a  and  the  hollow  spindle, 
b,  revolving  the  balls  and  connecting  arms.  The  small 
central  spindle  has  a  vertical  motion,  due  to  the  centrif- 
ugal force  of  the  balls.  The  central  spindle  carries  a  pin 
which  slides  in  a  slot  in  the  outer  hollow  spindle,  which 
at  abnormal  speed  catches  one  or  the  other  pins  in  the 

loose  bevel  gears,  c,  t,  which,  acting  on  the  bevel  wheel  and  shaft,  dt 

opens  or  closes  the  gate. 


d 


498.   IMPACT  WATER  WHEEL,    «  LefTel "   pat- 
tern.    Step  buckets.     Efficiency,  eighty-five  per  cent. 


499.  PELTON  WATER  WHEEL. -An 

impact  wheel  driven  by  the  force 
of  a  high-pressure  water  jet. 
Efficiency,  eighty-five  per  cent,  of 
the  product  of  the  height  and 
weight  of  flowing  water  through 
the  jet,  less  the  friction  head. 


500.  BUCKETS  OF  A  PELTON  WATER 
WHEEL.— Showing  the  method  of 
separating  the  jet  and  returning  the 
parts  nearly  in  line  with  the  impact 
jet,  thus  gaining  about  eighty-five 
per  cent,  of  the  total  power  of  the  jet. 

501.   Section  of  bucket. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


139 


502.  POWER  OF  WATER.— 
Apparatus  for  measuring  the  force 
of  a  water  jet  when  discharged 
through  a  semicircular  tube  or 
trough.  The  total  force  is  measured 
by  the  weight  w. 


503.  POWER  OF  WATER.— Appara- 
tus for  measuring  the  force  of  a  water  jet 
when  turned  to  a  right  angle  by  a  bent 
trough,  a,  A  spring  scale.  The  vertical 
force  is  weighed  on  the  platform  scale, 
the  horizontal  force  by  the  spring  scale. 


504.  COMPOUND  BEAM  PUMP- 
ING ENGINE  for  water  works.  The 
high-  and  low-pressure  cylinders  are  in- 


-  --     clined,  to  make  room  for  direct  connec- 


__V    ft    tion  of  the  pump  and  crank  rods. 


505.  "DEAN"  STEAM 
PUMP. — The  valve  gear 
of  the  Duplex  pump.  A 
lever  and  rock  shaft,  moved 
by  a  spool  on  the  connect- 
ing rod,  operates  the  valve 
of  the  opposite  cylinder, 


for  alternating  the  strokes  of  the  pistons. 


140 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


506.  WORTHINGTON 
DUPLEX  PUMP.  —  Two 
rock  shafts  with  arms  moved 
by  the  opposite  piston,  rod 
alternate  the  valve  motions 
and  strokes.  The  water  pis- 
ton is  of  the  plunger  form. 


507.  HALF-YOKE    CONNECTION    for 
pump  piston  rods  with  central  crank. 

508.  The  centre  crank. 


509.  YOKE  CONNECTION  for  a  continuous 
piston  rod  and  outside  crank ;  crank  shaft  beyond 
the  steam  cylinder. 


510.  REVERSING  MOVEMENT  for  a 

pump  valve.  The  piston-rod  trip  carries 
the  ball  frame  beyond  the  level,  when  the 
ball  rolls  across  and  completes  the  valve 
throw. 


511.  DOUBLE-ACTING  LIFT  AND  FORCE 
PUMP. — In  this  form  the  work  is  the  same  for  each 
stroke  of  the  piston,  and  the  pressure  equal  to  the 
total  height  of  lift  and  force. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


141 


512. 


DOUBLE-ACTING  DIFFERENTIAL  PUMP. 
— The  lower  section  is  of  the  same  construction 
as  the  ordinary  lifting  pump.  The  upper 
section  has  a  solid  piston  connected  by  rod  to 
the  lower  bucket  piston,  and  moving  in  an 
open  cylinder  projecting  down  from  the  cover, 
thus  making  the  upper  part  of  the  pump  an  air 
chamber. 


r 


513.  LIFT  AND  FORCE  PUMP.— The  limit  of 
lift  or  suction  is  practically  twenty-five  feet.  The  force 
may  be  to  any  desired  height,  according  to  the  strength 
of  working  parts  and  applied  power.  Total  power  is 
on  the  up-stroke  of  the  piston. 


514.  LIFT  AND  FORCE  PUMP,  with  solid 
piston.  In  this  form  the  power  is  divided ;  the 
up-stroke  is  equal  to  the  lift  or  suction,  and  the 
down-stroke  equal  to  the  force  required  for  any 
height. 


515.  TRAMP  PUMPING  DEVICE,  some- 
times called  the  Teeter  pump.  A  self-evident 
illustration  of  an  obsolete  practice. 


516.  LIFT  AND  FORCE  PUMP  with  air 
chamber.  The  air  chamber  is  required  for  long 
lines  of  pipe  to  prevent  reaction  and  water  ham- 
mer. Water  under  pressure  abso'rbs  more  air 
than  at  atmospheric  pressure,  often  depriving  the 
air  chamber  of  its  air  cushion  when  recharging 
becomes  necessary. 


I  42 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


517.  LIFT  PUMP. — The  limit  of  water  lift  in 
this  pump  is  about  thirty  feet,  but  practically  about 
twenty-five  feet  is  its  available  working  height. 


518.  DOUBLE-LANTERN  BELLOWS  PUMP 
OR  BLOWER. — A  very  ancient  device  for  water 
and  for  a  blower  of  air  for  forges.  Will  make  a 
constant  blast  by  using  one  side  as  a  receiver,  dis- 
pensing with  the  valves  and  connection  on  receiver 
side. 


519.  DIAPHRAGM  PUMP,  in  which  a  flexi- 
ble diaphragm  is  used  instead  of  a  piston. 


520.  "FAIRBURN"  BAILING    SCOOP, 

for  low-lift  drainage  or  irrigation.  The  tilting 
scoop  may  be  connected  to  a  walking  beam  or 
directly  to  a  vertical  engine. 


PENDULUM  WATER  LIFT.— A  double  series 
of  scoops  with  flap  valves  and  connecting  pipes. 
The  swinging  of  the  pendulum  frame  alternately 
immerses  the  lower  scoops,  and  at  the  next  stroke 

•O raises  the  water  by  its  transfer  to  the  opposite 

scoop,  when  the  next  oscillation  transfers  to  the 
next  opposite  scoop,  and  so  on. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


143 


322.  CHAIN  PUMP.— An  old  device  for 
raising  water,  now  in  use  in  many  modifica- 
tions. 


523.  RECIPROCATING  MOTION  by  the  auto- 
matic action  of  a  fall  of  water.  A  bucket  with  a  valve 
in  the  bottom,  which  lifts  and  discharges  the  water  by 
the  contact  of  the  valve  spindle  with  a  stop  at  the 
bottom  of  the  bucket  run ;  the  weight  lifting  the 
bucket  again  to  the  spout.  Very  old. 


524.  WELL  PULLEY  AND   BUCKETS.— 
Buckets  are  balanced  empty. 


525.  SWAPE,  OR  NEW  ENGLAND  SWEEP. — 
A  very  ancient  as  well  as  modern  method  of 
raising  water  from  wells.  The  weighted  end 
of  the  pole  overbalances  the  bucket,  so  as  to 
divide  the  labor  of  lifting  the  water. 


526.  PARALLEL  MOTION  for  double 
piston  pump.  A,  The  lever  handle;  links 
equal  lengths. 


144 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


527.  "GOLDING  '  CENTRIFUGAL 
PUMP. — Four  volute  blades  are  attached 
to  the  shaft  by  arms.  To  the  outer  case 
are  attached  radial  blades  with  their  edges 
nearly  touching  the  revolving  volute  blades. 
Suction  at  centre ;  discharge  at  sides  of 
outside  shells. 


528.  "QUIMBY"  SCREW 
PUMP. — The  screws  re- 
volve, meshed  in  each  other, 
and  are  enclosed  in  a  close- 
fitted  case.  Suction  at  each 
end  from  S,  and  discharge 
-4JJ  from  the  middle  at  D.  End 

thrust  is  neutralized  by  the  screws  on  each  shaft  being  right-  and  left- 
handed. 


529.  ROTARY  PUMP,  "  Holley  "  sys- 
tem. Similar  in  design  to  the  steam  engine^ 
No.  342,  only  each  piston  has  three  long 
teeth  meshing  into  the  recesses  of  the  op- 
posite gear  piston.  Used  in  combination 
with  No.  342  in  the  Silsby  fire  engine. 


530.  «  PAPPENHEIM  "  ROTARY 
PUMP.  —  One  of  the  earliest  rotary 
devices  for  raising  water.  Two  deep 
cog-wheels  with  their  teeth  meshed  and 
rotating  in  a  close-fitted  shell. 


531.  "REPSOLD"  ROTARY  PUMP. 
— Two  differential  sector  cylinders  re- 
volving in  contiguous  cylindrical  shells. 
The  greater  and  smaller  sector  surfaces 
•match  and  alternately  close  the  area  be- 
tween the  centres  of  revolution. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


532-533-  TRI-AXIAL 
ROTARY  PUMP.— A 
late  French  invention.  The 
upper  cylinder  receives  the 
power  and  rotates  the  lower 
chambered  cylinders 
through  three  spur  gears, 
The  wings  of  the  upper  or 
power  cylinder  are  set  fast  and  are  the  only  rubbing  surfaces.  The 
cylindrical  surfaces  roll  on  each  other  with  equal  velocity.  The  ex- 
tended surface  of  the  lower  cylinders  furnishes  a  water  packing  that  is 
practically  tight. 


534.   ROTARY    PUMP    OR   MOTOR.— 

Can  be  run  in  either  direction.  The  shell  and 
wing  drum  are  eccentric.  The  wings  are  guided 
by  projections  running  in  a  concentric  groove 
in  each  head. 


535.  «  GARY  "  ROTARY  PUMP.— A  rotat- 
ing drum  concentric  with  the  outer  fixed  cylinder 
and  a  fixed  heart-shaped  cam  groove  in  which  the 
sliding  wings  are  guided.  A  stop,  E,  closes  the 
suction  and  force  side  of  the  chamber.  The  form 
of  the  outer  cylinder  wall  is  spiral. 


536.  VACUUM  JET  CONDENSER  AND  ROTARY 
PUMP. — The  jet  in  the  vacuum  chamber  is  regulated  by 
the  valve.  The  rotary  pump,  being  entirely  immersed  in 
the  water  below,  is  water-packed. 


10 


146 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


537.  "  RAMELLI  "  ROTARY  PUMP.— One  of 
the  earliest  (1588).  A  slotted  cylinder  with  four 
wings  eccentric  to  a  cylindrical  shell.  The  wings 
are  pushed  out  by  helical  springs. 


538.  "HEPPEL"  ROTARY  PUMP.  — Four 
wings  are  jointed  concentric  with  the  cylindrical 
^a  shell.  A  disc  and  shaft  are  set  eccentric  to  the 
cylindrical  shell.  The  wings  are  linked  to  the 
eccentric  disc  as  shown,  so  that  the  wings  on  the 
upward  stroke  move  faster  than  the  wings  moving 
downward  on  the  opposite  side. 


539.    "EMERY"    ROTARY    PUMP.  — Four 

wings  driven  by  a  hollow  cylinder  revolving  eccen- 
tric to  the  outer  shell.  The  inner  ends  of  the  wings 
are  guided  concentric  with  the  outer  shell  by  pins 
moving  in  a  slot  or  groove  in  the  shell  heads,  and 
kept  in  position  by  a  toggle-joint  connection. 


540.  "KNOTT"  ROTARY  PUMP.— A  hol- 
low winged  cylinder  within  which  an  eccentric 
revolves  on  an  axis  central  with  the  shell,  causing 
the  winged  cylinder  to  wipe  the  inner  surface  of 
the  shell.  The  small  slotted  cylinder  makes  a 
packing  for  the  wing. 


541.  "PATTISON"    ROTARY   PUMP.— A 

hollow  winged  cylinder  in  which  an  eccentric  is 
rotated  on  an  axis  central  with  the  outer  shell. 
The  piston  and  socket  serve  as  a  guide  for  the 
wing. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


147 


542.  "COCHRANE"    ROTARY   PUMP.-  A 

slide  pocket  in  the  outer  shell  receives  the  piston 
wing  of  the  inner  eccentric  cylinder,  which  swings 
in  contact  with  the  shell  on  its  centre,  2,  carried 
around  by  a  cam  crank. 


543.  One  of  the  early  forms  of  Rotary  Pumps. 
Only  suitable  for  free  flow  to  the  pump.  Will  not 
lift.  Obsolete. 


544-  HYDRAULIC 
TRANSMISSION  OF 
POWER.— A  driving  rotary 
pump  connected  by  a  flow 

and  return  pipe  to  a  driven  rotarv  motor  at  any  convenient  distance. 

Has  been  applied  to  bicvcles. 


545.   SIPHON    and    its    operation. 
A,   The    siphon ;    H,   G,   cocks    to  be 
closed     when 
first  filling;  B, 
air  chamber 

C,  water  seal; 

D,  funnel.  The 
air  that    accu- 
mulates in  the 

chamber,  B,  by  the  operation  of  the  siphon,  may  be  discharged  by 
closing  cock  C,  opening  cock  D,  and  filling  the  chamber  with  water. 
Close  D  and  open  C,  when  any  air  below  C  will  rise  into  the 
chamber,  and  water  will  take  its  place  without  stopping  the  running 
of  the  siphon. 


148 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


546.  SIPHON  and  its  operation.  A, 
An  air  catch  ;  H,  G,  terminal  cocks  to  be 
closed  when  fill- 
ing the  siphon. 
Open  cock  at  D, 
and  pump  the 
siphon  and  fun- 
nel full.  Close 
cocks  D  and  F 

and  open  H  and  G,  when  the  siphon  will  run  until  chamber  at  A  and 
apex  of  siphon  are  choked  with  air  Then  close  H,  G,  open  D,  and 
pump  up  again.  This  is  very  convenient  for  long  siphons,  and  saves 
carrying  of  water. 


547.   EJECTOR  OR  JET  PUMP,  with  forked  suc- 
tion pipes. 


548.  EJECTOR  OR  JET  PUMP. 

A,  the  steam  nozzle. 

B,  suction  pipe. 

C,  the  force  pipe. 

A    crude    representation   of  the    earlier   forms    of  the 
ejector. 


549.  AUTOMATIC  WATER  EJECTOR.— Cel- 
lars and  swamps  may  be  drained^  where  there  is  a 
water  supply  under  pressure,  by  the  use  of  an  ejector 
which  may  be  made  automatic  by  a  float  acting  upon 
the  valve  in  the  pressure  pipe. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


149 


550.  AUTOMATIC  SPRINKLER.— The  valve 
is  held  tightly  closed  by  the  diamond-shaped  post 
resting  on  a  bell-crank  clip,  which  is  held  in  position 
by  fusible  solder,  melting  at  about  200°  Fah.,  at 
which  temperature  the  solder  melts  and  the  pressure 
casts  the  clips  loose.  The  star  washer  scatters  the 
stream. 


551.  HYDRAULIC  RAM,  the  "  Montgol- 
fier  "  idea  for  a  iountain  supplied  by  a  water 
ram. 


552.  HYDRAULIC  RAM.— A,  Driving 
pipe ;  V,  impact  valve ;  C,  valve-bonnet 
cage  and  spindle ;  W,  force  valve  ;  F,  out- 
let to  force  pipe ;  D,  air  chamber ;  E,  snift- 
ing  hole,  sometimes  furnished  with  a  small 
ball  valve  which  allows  air  to  draw  in  at 
each  rebound  of  the  drive-water  column,  and 
thus  to  keep  the  air  chamber  supplied  with 
air. 


553.  "PEARSALL'S"  HYDRAULIC  RAM  AND 
AIR    COMPRESSER.— A  hollow  or  open  piston  vi- 
brates in  a  cylinder,  perforated  all  around  with  escape 
ports  for  egress  of  water.     An  air  chamber  receives  the 
water,  and  the  air  which  is  drawn  in  through  the  ports, 
which  becomes  compressed.    A  small  air  motor 
drives  a  crank  shaft  and  fly-wheel,  which  oper- 
ate the  piston.     By  the  sliding  motion  of  the 
piston  in  closing  the  ports,  water  hammer  is 
avoided,  thus  enabling  the  use  of  a  ram  of  very 
large  dimensions. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


554.  SILENT  HYDRAULIC  RAM.— 
The  curved  reaction  disc,  F,  serves  to  lift 
the  piston  valve,  C,  quickly  without  shock. 
The  air  cushion  at  G  stops  the  lift  at  the  mo- 
ment of  closure  of  piston  valve,  C.  J,  a  stop 
set-screw  ;  H,  valve  cage  ;  B,  force  valve  ;  K, 
force  pipe ;  I,  vent  hole  to  air  cushion. 


555-  DOUBLE-PISTON  REACTION  HYDRAULIC 
RAM. — The  two  pistons,  B  and  O,  are  on  the 
same  spindle  with  curved  reaction  disc,  A.  G 
is  a  leather  washer  to  soften  the  contact  with 
guide  yoke.  The  cage  at  D  guides  the  lower 
piston  and  serves  to  increase  greatly  the  free- 
dom of  water-flow  from  the  drive  pipe,  thereby 
increasing  the  duty  of  the  ram. 


556.  WATER  METER.—"  Union  "  water  me- 
ter model.  The  water  passes  through  a  rotary 
motor  with  equalizing  gear,  from  which  the  dial 
pointers  are  driven  by  a  clock  train  and  counter. 


557.  DISC  WATER  METER,  «  Hersey  " 
model.  The  disc  piston,  A,  oscillates  by  the 
passage  of  water  through  the  disc  chamber. 
The  spindle  of  the  disc,  by  its  oscillating 
movement,  rotates  the  crank  and  gears  of  the 
index-wheel  train. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


558.  WATER  METER, «  Thompson  " 
model.     A  swinging  disc  movement  on 
ball  socket,  operated  by  a  flow  of  water, 
rotates  a  vertical  crank  spindle 
and  gear  train  with  index  hand 
above  the  dial. 


559.  WATER -VELOCITY  INDICA- 
TOR AND  REGISTER.— Variations  in 
velocity  of  a  stream  varies  the  position  of 
the  float,  which  is  registered  on  a  traverse 
card  by  a  pencil. 


560.  ANCHORED    FERRYBOAT.— One 
5  of  the  few  methods  of  crossing  a  stream  by 
the  action  of  the  current. 


561.  "MUELLER"  WATER  PRESSURE 
REGULATOR,  for  reducing  a  high-pressure  works 
to  any  required  pressure  in  the  service  pipe.  A 
spindle  with  one  disc  valve,  two  cupped  leather 
piston  valves,  and  a  regulating  spring.  The  high 
pressure  in  the  house  service  pipe  is  relieved  by  the 
closure  of  the  inlet  valve,  due  to  the  differential 
area  of  the  piston  valves.  When  water  is  being 
drawn,  the  valve  opens  wide  by  the  relief  from 
pressure  at  the  upper  piston  valve. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


562.  "MASON"  WATER  PRESSURE  REG- 
ULATOR. —  Over-pressure  on  the  low-pressure 
side  depresses  a  diaphragm  and  draws  the  valve 
to  its  seat.  Adjustment  for  difference  of  pressure 
is  made  by  compressing  or  releasing  the  spring 
pressure  under  the  elastic  diaphragm,  by  the  screw 
and  nut  at  the  bottom. 


563.  PUMP  WATER  PRESSURE 
REGULATING  VALVE.— A  balanced 
piston  valve,  with  a  differential  balance  by 
spring  or  lever  and  weight,  is  placed  on 
the  steam  pipe  to  a  pump.  The  opening 
beneath  the  lower  piston  is  connected  to 
the  water  discharge  pipe  of  the  pump. 
Over-pressure  raises  the  disc  and  shuts  off 
steam. 


564.  HYDRAULIC  PRESS,  with  screw 
adjustment  of  upper  platen.  The  closing 
down  of  the  upper  platen  is  quickly  done  by 
the  screw,  when  a  small  movement  of  the  hy- 
draulic piston  is  required  for  the  pressure. 


565.  HYDROSTATIC  PRESS.— There  are 
many  modifications  of  this  principle  for  presses 
and  elevator  lifts.  The  gross  pressure  of  the 
ram  is  as  the  areas  of  the  ram  and  pump  pistons 
multiplied  by  the  pounds  pressure  on  the  pump 
piston. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


566.  HYDRAULIC  INTENSIFIES..  —  High 
pressure  obtained  from  low  pressure  by  differential 
pistons.  A,  Low-pressure  cylinder ;  D,  high-pressure 
cylinder  and  plunger. 


566  a.   PORTABLE  HYDRAULIC  RIVETER. 

— An  inverted  hydraulic  ram  is  operated  by 
the  small  pump  and  lever  attached  to  the  top 
of  the  ram.  The  return  stroke  is  made  by 
the  small  reverse  ram  at  the  rear  of  the  driv- 
ing ram. 


567.  HYDRAULIC  RAIL  BENDER. 

— The  plunger  is  moved  with  great  force 
by  the  pressure  from  a  small  piston 
plunger  operated  by  a  hand  lever,  on  the 
same  principle  as  with  the  hydraulic 
jack.  It  is  suspended  by  the  eyes,  and 
can  be  used  for  straightening  or  bending 
rails  on  the  track. 


568.  HYDRAULIC  RAIL  PUNCH. 

constructed  in  the  same  line  as  the  rail 
bender  and  hydraulic  press.  The  loops 
are  for  suspending  and  to  allow  the 
punch  to  be  easily  handled  in  any  posi- 
tion. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


569.  HYDRAULIC  ELEVATOR  LIFT  with  mul- 
tiplying cable  gear.  The  cable  is  carried  under  and 
over  cross-head  sheaves  on  each  side  to  equalize  the 
pressure  on  both  sides  of  the  plunger. 


570.  HYDRAULIC  ELEVATOR  LIFT  with  pul- 
ley sheaves  central  over  plunger. 


HORIZONTAL  HYDRAULIC  ELEVATOR 
LIFT,  with  central-plunger  pulley.  Cable 
winds  on  small  pulley  on  drum  shaft.  For 
light  lift. 


572.  HYDRAULIC  PULLING  JACK. 

—  The  lever  operates  a 
small  pump  which  forces 
water  to  the  upper  side  of 
the  piston  and  draws  the 

piston  rod  and  ring.     The  small  screw  and  handle  is  the  relief  valve 
to  return  the  water  below  or  to  the  opposite  side  of  piston  for  return. 


573.  WATER  PURIFYING  FILTER, 
"  N.  Y.  Filter  Mfg.  Co."  pattern.  A  diaphragm 
near  the  bottom  holds  the  gravel  and  sand 
filtering  material.  There  is  a  shaft  through  the 
middle  of  the  tank,  with  arms  for  stirring*  the 
sand  while  cleaning  by  a  back-waterflow.  The 
water  is  fed  at  the  top  with  a  small  portion  of 
alum  at  the  rate  of  one  pound  to  7,000  gallons 
of  water.  The  small  tank  at  the  top  is  the 
alum  dissolver  with  the  regulating  valves. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


'55 


574- 


REVERSIBLE  FILTER.— The  position 
of  the  filter  in  the  cut  is  for  filter- 
ing down  ward.  By  turning  it  over 
on  the  trunnions  it  can  be  cleaned 
from  above  downward,  which 
clears  it  of  all  sediment.  The  in- 
flow is  from  above  and  the  waste 
is  through  the  trunnions  to  the 
sewer  while  cleaning. 


575.  FILTERING  CIS- 
TERN, plan. 

576.  Section.    The  pump  pipe 
extends   to   the  bottom   of  the 
cistern  and  across,  with  lateral 
branches.    The  pipes  on  the  bot- 
tom to  be  perforated  with  one- 
sixteenth  inch  holes,  enough  to  give  a  free  flow  of  water  to  the  pumps. 
Cover  the  pipes  with  sifted  gravel  larger  than  the  holes  in  the  pipes 
to  a  depth  of  six  inches,  then  a  layer  of  sharp,. clean  sand  six  inches 
thick,  a  layer  of  charcoal  four  inches  thick,  and  a  final  layer  of  sand 
six  inches  thick. 


577.  FILTERING  CIS- 
TERN.—The  rain-water  is 
caught  in  a  flat  filter  basin  with 
gravel  and  sand  spread  on  a 
perforated  floor  and  drained 
into  the  cistern.  The  pump 
pipe  is  fixed  to  the  perforated 
diaphragm  of  a  two-chambered 
metal  cylinder,  the  upper  sec- 
tion of  wihch  may  be  filled  with  a  bed  of  sand  and  charcoal  in  layers. 

578.  Cross-section  of  basin. 


'56 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


579.  UPWARD. 
FLOW  FILTER.  - 
A  perforated  floor  is 
made  of  any  desired 
filtering  capacity  and 
charged  with  layers  of 
gravel,  coarse  and  fine  sand,  with  an  inflow  and  overflow,  as  in  the 
cut.  A  wash-out  outlet  should  be  made  in  the  bottom  of  the  lower 

compartment. 

580.  DOMESTIC  FILTER.— To  make  a  filter 
with  a  wine  barrel,  procure  a  piece  of  fine  brass 
wire  cloth  of  a  size  sufficient  to  make  a  partition 
across  the  barrel.  Support  this  wire  cloth  with  a 
coarser  wire  cloth  under  it  and  also  a  light  frame 
of  oak,  to  keep  the  wire  cloth  from  sagging.  Fill 
in  upon  the  wire  cloth  about  three  inches  in  depth 
of  clear,  sharp  sand,  then  two  inches  of  charcoal 
broken  finely,  but  no  dust.  Then  on  the  charcoal  a  layer  of  three 
inches  of  clear,  sharp  sand,  rather  finer  than  the  first  layer.  All  the 
sand  should  be  washed  clean  before  charging  the  filter. 

581.  DOMESTIC  FILTER.— Use  two  stone  pots 
or  jars,  the  bottom  one  being  a  water  jar  with  side 
hole ;  if  no  faucet  can  be  used,  the  top  jar  can  be 
removed  to  enable  the  water  to  be  dipped  out.  The  top 
jar  must  have  a  hole  drilled  or  broken  in  the  bottom, 
and  a  small  flower-pot  saucer  inverted  over  the  hole. 
Then  fill  in  a  layer  of  sharp,  clean  sand,  rather  coarse. 
A  layer  of  finer  sand,  a  layer  of  pulverized  charcoal 
with  dust  blown  out,  then  a  layer  of  sand,  the  whole  occupying  one- 
third  of  the  jar. 

582.  POROUS  WATER  FILTER.— The  invert- 
ed cup  on  the  inside  of  the  case  may  be  made  of 
potters'  clay,  baked ;  or  turned  out  of  porous  stone. 
Fibre,  enclosed  within  perforated  sheet  metal  walls, 
or  wire  gauze  also  makes  good  filtering  material. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


157 


.  583.  STONEWARE  FILTER  for  household  use. 
The  lower  jar  for  storage  of  filtered  water.  The 
upper  jar  has  a  hole  filled  with  sponge  that  filters 
the  dirt  out ;  beneath,  a  bed  of  charcoal  on  a  porous 
stone  or  earthen  plate. 


584.  "WARD"  FLEXIBLE  PIPE 
JOINT. — The  internal  surface  of  the  hub 
is  made  spherical.  The  corrugated  pipe 
end  is  inserted  and  the  space  filled  with 
lead  and  calked. 


585.  FLEXIBLE  BALL  JOINT.  —  Flanges 
are  cast  upon  the  spherical  ends  of  the  pipes. 
The  joint  is  packed  with  a  lead  ring  and  drawn 
together  with  bolts  at  any  angle  within  its  limit. 


586.  FLEXIBLE  PIPE  JOINTS,  for 
submarine  pipe  lines.  The  head  joint  is 
first  made  up  in  the  gland.  The  flange 
joint  is  bolted  when  the  pipe  is  laid  in  line 
ready  for  lowering. 


587.  FLEXIBLE  PIPE  JOINT,  in  which 
the  lead  joint  is  made  between  a  divided 
socket,  which  does  not  require  the  pouring  of 
melted  lead ;  a  lead  ring  is  used. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


588.  FLEXIBLE  PIPE  JOINT.— The  ball  end, 
A,  of  a  pipe  is  ground  to  a  tight  fit  in  the  socket,  B, 
of  another  pipe  and  held  in  place  by  a  bolted  flange. 


589.  UNIVERSAL  PIPE  JOINT.— The  flanges 
are  faced  at  45°  to  the  line  of  the  pipe,  with  a 
through  bolt  at  right  angles  to  the  faces  of  the  flanges. 
The  joint  may  be  made  at  any  angle  up  to  90° . 


590.    TOGGLE  CLIP  PIPE  JOINT.—  A 

quick  connecting  joint  for  hose. 


591.  BIBB,  with  crank-moved  valve  open- 
ing against  the  pressure. 


592.  DISC  VALVE  AND 
GUARD. — The  spherical  guard 
is  perforated  to  give  quick  relief 
to  the  movement  of  the  elastic 
disc. 


593.  DOUBLE  BEAT  DISC  VALVE.— The 
central  seat  is  borne  by  the  cross  bar  in  which 
the  guide  pin  of  the  valve  is  set. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


I59 


594.  HYDRAULIC  VALVE,  used  on 
elevators.  Cylindrical  in  form,  the  valves 
move  across  the  ports  by  a  rock  shaft  and 
arms. 

A,  pressure  chamber.     B,  C,  to  elevator 
cylinder. 


595.  MULTIPLE  BALL  VALVE.— The  cone- 
valve  seat  is  in  two  parts  ;  the  cover  or  cage  is  held 
in  place  by  the  screw  in  the  cap. 


596.   MULTIPLE    RING    VALVE,   for 
enlarged  valve  area  with  small  lift. 


597.  DOUBLE-BEAT  PUMP  VALVE,  Cor- 
nish  model.  The  upper  seat  is  supported  by  a 
cross-bar,  in  which  is  fixed  the  guide-pin  that 
carries  the  valve. 


598.  DOUBLE-BEAT  PUMP  VALVE  or 
relief  valve. —  The  valve  spindle  may  be 
loaded  by  weight  or  spring. 


i6o 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


599.  VIBRATING  MOTION  of  a  trough 
discharging  water  alternately  in  two  direc- 
tions. The  trough  is  balanced  below  its 
centre  of  gravity,  and  has  a  partition  at  the 
middle.  The  water  falls  on  one  side  of  the 
partition  *  until  the  trough  is  overbalanced, 
when  it  turns  and  discharges  the  water.  The 

partition  is  thrown  over  and  the  other  end  of  the  trough  is  then  filled. 

A  crude  form  of  water  meter. 


600.  VARIABLE  COMPENSATING  WEIGHTS 
for  a  hydraulic  lift.  The  weights  are  picked  up  one 
after  the  other. 


.601.  SAND  AUGER.— Used  on  the  inside  of  deep  well 
n     pipes  with  open  bottom. 


602.  DRIVEN  WELL.— A  clamp  strongly 
bolted  to  the  well  pipe  on  which  the  weight 
strikes  to  drive  the  tube.  A  clamp  and  two 
sheaves  are  bolted  at  the  top  of  the  tube  with 
ropes  rove  through  the  sheave  blocks  and  made 
fast  to  the  weight  for  raising  it.  The  weight  is 
hollow,  and  rides  loosely  over  the  tube.  The 
clamps  are  raised  as  additional  pipes  are  screwed 
to  the  well  pipe. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


161 


603.  AUTOMATIC  FLUSH  SEWER 
TANK,  "  Miller"  model.  In  this  form  the 
siphon  is  inverted,  holding  the  water  seal  to 
balance  the  water  head  in  the  tank  in  the 
uptake  of  the  siphon.  The  cap  over  the 
=  long  end  of  the  siphon  is  to  seal  the  air  in 
the  siphon  until  the  sewage  pressure  is 
equal  to  the  water-balanced  leg. 


604.  AUTOMATIC  FLUSH  SEWER 
TANK,  "  Van  Vraken  "  model.  The  inverted 
siphon  opens  into  a  tipple  pan  which  seals 
the  outlet  of  the  siphon  until  the  sewage  in 
the  tank  reaches  the  level  of  the  bend,  when 
a  general  discharge  takes  place. 


605.  ATOMIZER.— A  small  stream 
running  down  an  incline  is  atomized  at 
the  nozzle  by  a  blast  of  air. 


606.  BALL  AND  JET  NOZZLE.— The  ball  is  held 
in  contact  with  the  jet  by  the  adhesion  of  the  water  to 
the  rolling  surface.  The  ball  should  be  very  light.  The 
principle  is  the  same  for  an  air  jet,  only  that  a  very  light 
ball  must  be  used.  With  the  low  ball  in  the  conical 
nozzle  the  ball  can  lift  no  higher  than  to  give  vent  to  the 
water  or  air  under  the  same  area  as  the  neck  of  the 
nozzle. 


TI 


162 


HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


607.  SPRAY  JET  NOZZLE.— The  spi- 
ral wings  on  the  central  cone  set  the 
water  into  a  whirl,  and  induce  a  spray  by 
centrifugal  action. 


608.  HERO'S  FOUNTAIN.— The  water  in 
the  upper  basin  exerts  a  pressure  upon  the  air  in 
the  lower  receptacle,  which  is  transferred  to  the 
surface  of  the  water  in  the  middle  basin  and 
forces  it  up  in  the  jet.  Many  beautiful  modifica- 
tions of  this  principle  are  shown  in  modern  de- 
vices. 


609.  "CHAPMAN"  ASPIRATOR  or 
vacuum  pump.  A  water  ejector  in  which  the 
propelling  power  may  be  derived  from  a  faucet 
of  any  town  water-works,  or  a  tank  having  a 
head  of  seventeen  feet,  equal  to  one-half  the 
static  water-head  of  a  vacuum.  Water  enters 
at  the  conical  end.  There  is  an  elastic  check 
valve  in  the  branch  tube  or  vacuum  connection. 
It  will  produce  a  vacuum  equal  to  the  baromet- 
ric height,  less  the  height  due  to  the  tension  of 
the  vapor  of  water. 


6 10.  HYDRAULIC  LIFT  for  a  crane 
or  elevator.  Section  showing  cylinder 
plunger  and  sheaves. 


611.  Plan,  showing  position  of  valve 
chamber  and  valve  lever  in  three  directions 
for  stop,  start,  and  reverse.  The  side  rod 
limits  the  extreme  movement  of  the  plunger 
by  automatically  operating  the  valve  )ever. 


Section    VIII. 
AIR    POWER   APPLIANCES. 

WINDMILLS,     BELLOWS,     BLOWERS,    AIR    COMPRESSORS,    COM- 
PRESSED   AIR    TOOLS.    MOTORS,    AIR    WATER 
LIFTS,    BLOWPIPES,    ETC. 


AIR    POWER   APPLIANCES. 


WINDMILLS,  BELLOWS,  BLOWERS,  AIR  COMPRESSORS,  COMPRESSED  AIR  TOOLS, 
MOTORS,  AIR  WATER  LIFTS,  BLOWPIPES,  ETC. 

612.  ANEROID  BAROMETER.— 

A  pair  of  corrugated 
discs  are  put  together 
to  form  a  sealed  vac- 
uum chamber.  The 
lower  disc  is  fixed 
to  the  barometer 
frame,  while  the  other 
disc  is  movable  by  the 

difference  in  air  pressure,  and,  through  a  gear  to  increase  the  motion, 

moves  the  index  hand  on  the  graduated  dial. 

612  a.  Corrugated  disc  and  gear. 


6 1 3.  BOX  KITE.— A  light  frame  of 
pine,  spruce,  or  bamboo  is  braced  as  shown 
in  the  cut.  Fine,  light  cambric  is  stretched 
over  each  end,  all  in  proportion  to  the 
figures  in  the  cut.  The  bridle  is  attached 
one-quarter  of  the  length  of  the  box  from 
the  front  on  the  bottom  frame. 


614.  CURVED  VANE  WINDMILL  OR  MOTOR. 
—The  wind  pressure  is  greater  against  the  hollow 
side  of  the  curved  blades  than  against  the  other  side. 
Hence  the  motor  motes. 


615  FEATHERING  WINDMILL.— The  light 
jointed  blades  are  forced  out  when  their  edge  catches 
the  wind,  and  the  mill  goes. 


1 66 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


616.  HEMISPHERICAL  CUP  WINDMILL.— 

The  pressure  of  the  wind  is  greater  against  the  hol- 
low side  of  the  cups  than  against  the  spherical  side, 
and  the  mill  rotates.  Also  used  for  anemometers. 


617.  WINDMILL  OF  OUR  GRAND- 
FATHERS, with  reefing  sails.  A  few  still  in 
use  in  the  United  States. 


618.  WINDMILL  AND  STEEL  TOWER.— 
Mill  with  a  single  series  of  blades.  The  tail-piece 
is  pivoted  to  the  mill-head,  and  is  swung  around  to 
turn  the  face  of  the  mill  from  the  wind  by  a  governor. 


619.    MODERN    WINDMILL.— Two 

series  of  concentric  blades  fastened  to  the 
purlines  of  a  braced  radial  frame.  The 
blades  are  fixed  at  an  angle  of  about  35  °  to 
the  plane  of  the  wheel.  A  peculiarly  con- 
structed mechanism  turns  the  wheel  edge- 
wise to  the  wind  to  stop  it,  or  to  regulate 
its  position  in  a  high  wind. 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


i67 


620.  ANCIENT  WINDMILL  and  gear- 
ing for  a  two-stone  flour  mill.  The  windmill 
is  turned  toward  the  wind  by  a  small  wind- 
mill at  right  angles  on  the  tail  frame,  with 
pinions  and  shaft  connecting  with  a  circular 
rack  around  the  revolving  dome.  These  mills, 
used  for  grinding  grain,  are  the  principal 
source  of  power  in  Eastern  countries. 


621.  ELECTRIC  WIND- 
MILL  PLANT,  "Corcoran" 
model.  The  windmill-driven 
dynamo  charges  a  storage  bat- 
tery, which  has  an  automatic 
cut-out  when  the  mill  runs  too 
fast  or  too  slow.  The  mill  has 
also  a  regulator  throwing  it  out 
of  the  direct  course  of  the 
wind  when  running  too  fast,  or 
for  stopping  the  mill. 


i68 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


622.    SMITH'S  CIRCULAR  BELLOWS,  in 
two  parts  for  uniform  blast. 


623.  DOUBLE  ORGAN  BLOWING 
BELLOWS. — The  upper  section  equalizes 
the  air  pressure  from  the  alternating  blower 
sections. 


624.  THREE-THROW  BELLOWS.— Operated 
by  a  crank,  and  gives  constant  blast  without  an 
equalizer. 


625.  FOOT  BELLOWS,  for  a  blowpipe.  A 
spring  raises  the  top  of  the  bellows.  The  rubber 
bag  is  confined  to  the  netting  to  prevent  burst- 
ing. The  step  at  the  left  is  for  the  foot. 


626.  FAN    BLOWER.— An    ordinary   model 
as  used  for  blowing  forge  fires' 


HODGES  "  COMPOUND  BLOWER.— 
The  action  is  a  triple  effect.  The  air  is 
drawn  in  at  each  side  of  the  blower  and 
thrown  out  at  increasing  pressure  succes- 
sively by  the  fans  on  each  side,  and  returned 
successively  by  the  stationary  partitions, 
with  a  final  discharge  at  the  central  annu- 
lar chamber. 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


169 


628.  «  WEDDING  "  ROTARY  BLOWER.— 
A  swinging  winged  cylinder  moving  in  contact 
with  an  outer  shell.  The  wing  rides  in  a  slot 
in  the  shell  with  a  cavity  to  give  it  freedom  of 
motion.  The  central  cylinder  is  driven  by  a 
crank-pin  or  eccentric  on  a  shaft  central  with  the 
shell 


629.  "FABRY"    ROTARY    BLOWER. 

— Two  wheels  of  three  teeth  each  ro- 
tate in  a  two-part  cylindrical  case.  The 
teeth  on  and  near  the  line  joining  the  axis 
mesh  alternately  for  a  part  of  a  revolu- 
tion, so  as  to  make  a  continuous  clos- 
ure to  the  passage  of  air  between  the 
wheels. 


630.  "ROOT"  ROTARY  BLOWER. 

An  early  form.     Has   been    also  used 
as  a  pump. 


r.  "ROOT5  ROTARY  BLOWER. 
—Present  design.  The  extended  sur- 
face of  the  periphery  of  the  wheels  al- 
lows them  to  run  loosely  in  the  shell 
without  friction,  and  with  very  small 
loss  by  air  leakage. 


170 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


632.  HYDRAULIC  AIR  COM- 
PRESSOR.— A  reciprocating  piston  in 
the  water  cylinder,  G,  produces  an  oscil- 
lating motion  in  the  water  of  the  two  ver- 
tical cylinders,  drawing  in  air  through 
the  flap  valves  at  the  side, 
and  discharging  the  com- 
pressed air  through  the  valves 
at  the  top.  The  water  pipes, 
/,  tt  t,  are  to  supply  the  place  of  water  ejected  through  the  air  valve 
by  delivering  all  the  air  compressed  at  each  stroke  of  the  piston. 


633.  PISTON  HYDRAULIC 
AIR  COMPRESSOR,  «Dubois& 
Francois  "  model.  Water  was  con- 
stantly injected  into  the  cylinder 
to  cool  the  air,  the  excess  being 
discharged  through  the  air  valves. 
An  early  type. 


634.  TROMPE  OR  HYDRAULIC 
AIR  BLAST.— One  of  the  early  devices 
for  furnishing  an  air  blast  to  a  forge. 
The  falling  column  of  water  draws  in  air 
through  the  small  inclined  orifices  at  //, 
carrying  it  into  the  reservoir  e,  where  it 
separates,  and  is  discharged  through  the 
tuyere  pipe  at  b.  The  outlet  at  /  dis- 
charges the  water  through  an  inverted 
siphon,  carried  high  enough  to  balance 
the  air  pressure. 


635.  AIR  COMPRES- 
SOR.—  Elevation  of  duplex 
type,  showing  connecting 
rod  and  yoke  frame. 

"Clayton''  model. 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


171 


636.  HYDRAULIC  AIR  COMPRESS- 
OR, "Taylor"  system.  The  principles  of 
the  old  Trompe  blower  extended  for  high 
A\  pressures.  A  number  of  air  tubes,  c,  c, 
terminate  at  the  conical  entrance 
of  the  down-flow  pipe,  B,  at  a,  a. 
A  supply  of  water  to  the  cham- 
ber A,  A,  and  its  flow  down  the 
pipe,  draws  air  through  the 
small  pipes,  carrying  it  down  to 
the  separating  tank,  c,  c>  where  it 
is  liberated  at  the  pressure  due 
to  the  hydrostatic  head.  The  air 
is  delivered  through  a  pipe,  as 
shown  in  the  cut,  and  the  water 
rises  through  a  pipe  to  the  tail 
race. 


637.  AIR  COM- 
PRESSOR.—Pat- 
tern of  the  "  Inger- 
soll-Sergeant    Drill 
Co."  Operated  by  a 
Pelton  wheel.   Ver- 
tical section. 

638.  Plan. 


639.  AUTOMATIC  AIR  COMPRES- 
SOR, "Bennet"  model. 
Showing  the  valve  gear  of 
a  simple  lever  connected 
by  link  to  the  eccentric. 


172 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


640.  WATER  JET  AIR  COMPRESSOR. 
—  A  jet  of  water  from  a  nozzle  falling  through 
the  tube  C  draws -in  air  through  a  side  tube 
and  forces  it  into  the  air  chamber,  where  the 
water  and  air  separate  under  pressure.  The 
water  is  siphoned  off  through  the  water  seal  at 
a  height  due  to  the  required  pressure  and  the 
force  of  the  jet. 


641.  AIR  COMPRESSOR.— Driven  by  a  Corliss  engine,  direct 
connected. 


642.  AIR    COMPRESSOR, 

"  Norwalk  "  pattern.  A  steam 
operated  tandem  compound 
with  an  intercooler. 


643.  TRUNK  AIR  COMPRESSOR.— 
Mounted  on  receiver.  Single-acting,  belt  driven. 
A  very  compact  model. 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


'73 


644.  DUPLEX  STEAM  ACTUATED  AIR  COMPRESSOR. 
"  Ingersoll-Sergeant "  model.     The  air  cylinders  are  tandem  to  each 
steam  cylinder  with  steam  and  air  governors. 

645.  Elevation. 


646.  k  COMPOUND   AIR    COMPRESSOR.— Air  is  drawn  in 
through  the  ports  A,  passes  through  the  annular  valve  in  the  large 


piston,  and  is  forced  through  the  valve  D  and  pipe  to  the  high-pressure 
inlet  valve  G;  it  is  further  compressed. and  delivered  through  the  valve 
A',  and  passage  L.  Both  pistons  are  single,  acting  in  opposite  directions. 


174 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


647.  DUPLEX 
AIR  COMPRES- 
SOR, with  parallel 
motion  beams  to 
two  single-acting  air 
cylinders  from  a 
double-acting  steam 
cylinder.  "  N.  Y. 
Air  Brake  "  model. 


648.  TOGGLE-JOINT  DUPLEX  AIR 
COMPRESSOR.— The  crank  moves  the 
common  joint  of  the  long  arms  in  a  hori- 
zontal direction  on  a  slide.  The  straighten- 
ing of  the  toggle  greatly  increases  the  power 
of  the  pistons  during  the  terminal  part  of 
their  stroke,  when  the  air  pressure  is  greatest. 


649.  AIR  COMPRES- 
SOR CYLINDER,  PIS- 
TON AND  VALVES.— 

Pattern  of  the  "  Ingersoll, 
Sergeant  Drill  Co."  Takes 
its  air  through  a  hollow  pis- 
ton rod  at  E  to  the  interior 
of  the  piston.  The  annular  valves,  G,  G,  open  and  close  by  their 
momentum.  H,  H,  discharge  valves  closed  by  springs ;  J,  J,  water 
jacket. 

650.  AIR  COMPRESSING  CYLIN- 
DER, with  vertical  lift  valves, 
water-jacketed  cylinder  and 
heads.  "Ingersoll-Sergeant" 
model. 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


'75 


651.  AIR  COMPRESSOR  GOVERNOR.— 
Controlling  the  speed  by  the  ordinary  action  of 
the  governor  balls,  and  also  reducing  the  com- 
pressor to  minimum  speed  when  the  air  pressure 
becomes  excessive.  The  ball  and  lever  at  the 
right  are  lifted  by  the  air  pressure  in  the  small 
piston,  and  force  the  valve  rod  and  throttle  down 
to  give  the  smallest  motion  to  the  compressor. 
"  Clayton  "  model. 


652.  AIR  COOLING  RECEIVER,  for  cooling  the 
air  from  a  compressor.  A  series  of  tubes  between  headers 
with  water  circulation  cools  the  air  and  condenses  the 
excess  of  moisture.  "  Ingersoll-Sergeant "  model. 


653.  SINGLE    VALVE   AIR   PUMP.— The 

upper  part  of  the  cylinder  is  perforated,  so  that 
the  piston  when  drawn  up  produces  a  partial  vac- 
uum, and  when  past  the  perforation  the  air  or 
gas  rushes  in  to  fill  the  cylinder.  The  one  valve 
=  holds  the.  pressure  in  the  delivery  pipe. 


654.  CRANK  EQUALIZING  ANGLE  in  air  com- 
pression. Cylinders  are  set  at  90°  .  Single  crank  or 
cranks  set  in  one  direction.  "Frick"  and  many  others 


AIR   POWER    APPLIANCES. 


655.  CRANK  EQUALIZING  AN- 
GLE in  air  compression.  The  cylin- 
ders are  set  at  an  angle  of  90°  and  two 
cranks  are  set  at  30°  .  "  Burleigh," 
early  "  Ingersoll,"  and  "  De  Lavergne  " 
system. 


656.  CRANK  EQUALIZ- 
ING ANGLE  in  air  com- 
pression. The  cylinders  are 
set  at  an  angle  of  135° . 
"  Davies  "  system  in  England. 


657.  CRANK  EQUALIZING  AN- 
GLE in  air  compression.  Used  to 
equalize  the  mean  pressure  of  the 
steam  and  air  pistons.  The  cylinders 
are  set  at  an  angle  of  45°  .  "  Waring" 
and  "  Rand  "  system. 


658.  DIRECT  AIR  PRESSURE 
PUMP. — Two  chambers  for  alternating 
the  pumping  action  are  placed  near  the 
water  surface  in  a  well  or  other  water 
supply.  The  chambers  have  suction  and 
force  valves.  A  four-way  switch  cock 
near  the  air  pump  alternates  the  flow  of 
compressed  air  to  and  from  the  pump, 
thus  alternating  the  suction  and  force 
from  the  tanks. 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


177 


\\ 

rr-^f  —    >u~.  <F? 


.  659.  COMPRESSED  AIR  WATER 
ELEVATOR. — A  tank  is  submerged 
in  which  there  is  a  pivoted  float  that, 
by  its  raising  and  falling,  operates  a 
double-ported  air  valve  for  filling  the 
tank,  by  discharging  the  air,  and  for  dis- 
charging the  water  by  the  admission  of 
compressed  air.  A  single-flap  valve 
at  the  bottom  of  the  tank  admits  the 
water.  The  valve  is  thrown  only  at 
the  top  and  bottom  of  the  float  stroke. 

660.  RAISING  SUNKEN  VESSELS 
-  by  compressed  air.  Casks 
|  or  bags  fastened  to  the 
sides  or  placed  inside  of  a 
vessel,  and  inflated  with 
air  under  pressure,  are 
used  for  raising  sunken 
vessels. 


COMPRESSED  AIR  LIFT 
SYSTEM  of  pump- 
ing    water      from 
deep  wells.      The 
pressure  in  the  air 
pipe  must  be  great- 
er than  the  hydrostatic  pressure  of  the  water  at  the 
bottom  of  the  pipe,  and  in  quantities  sufficient  to 
make  the  ascending  column  of  air  and  water  in 
the  flow  pipe  lighter  in  its  total  height  than  the 
weight  of  an  equal  column  of  solid  water  of  the 
depth  of  the  well  from  the  surface  of  the  water 
to  the  bottom  of  the  pipe. 


12 


i78 


AIR   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


662.  COMPRESSED  AIR  POWER  for  automobile  trucks. 
Compressed  air  at  about  4,000  Ibs.  per  square  inch  is  stored  in  steel 
bottles.  Reheated  in  a  coil  over  a  burner  under  reduced  pressure, 
and  made  a  power  factor  in  a  compound  engine.  Controlled  by  link 
valve  gear  and  a  reducing  pressure  valve. 


663.  COMPOUNb  PNEUMATIC  LOCOMOTIVE,  «  Baldwin  " 
type.  Two  high-pressure  air  receivers.  An  intermediate  pressure 
receiver  fed  automatically  from  which  the  high-pressure  cylinders  are 

operated.  The 
low-pressure  cyl- 
inders receive  the 
exhaust  from  the 
high-pressure  cyl- 
inders, and  ex- 
haust  at  almost 
atmospheric  pres- 
sure. 


664.  LOCOMOTIVE  AIR  BRAKE.— i, 
Air  cylinder ;  3,  reducing  valve.  The  piston 
is  directly  connected  by  links  to  the  cam  sec- 
tors, which  press  the  brake  shoes. 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


179 


665.  PNEUMATIC  CAR  SEAT  CLEANER. — 
Compressed  air  is  ejected 
against  the  point  of  the 
inverted  cone,  which  in- 
duces a  strong  current  of 
air  upward  and  from 
under  the  bottom  of  the 

inverted  funnel,  drawing  the  dust  from  the  fabric  and  projecting  it 

through  a  hose  out  of  the  windows. 


666.  AIR  SPRAY  NOZZLE  for  dusting 
with  compressed  air.  A  broad,  thin  nozzle 
from  which  a  blast  of  compressed  air  pene- 
trates fabrics,  clearing  them  of  dust.  A  good 
cleaner  of  plain  and  carved  woodwork. 


667.  PNEUMATIC  PAINT   SPRAYER.— An   ejector   nozzle 

for   compressed   air,   with   a 

f-, p<5t^>j ft-^  side  feed  for  the  paint.     An 

-I »?&# U>— \  inverted  conical  nose-piece  is 

flattened  to  a  thin  opening  to 
project  the  spray  paint  in  a 
thin  sheet. 


668.    PORTABLE   FIRE  EXTINGUISHER.— 

The  tank  is  nearly  filled  with  a  saturated  solution  of 
carbonate  of  soda  and  water.  The  glass  cup  is  filled 
with  acid  and  sealed  by  the  cap.  To  use  it,  turn 
the  tank  quickly,  top  down,  when  the  ball  falls  t  and 
breaks  the  acid  cup,  producing  pressure  by  the  libera- 
tion of  gas. 


i8o 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


669.  FIRE  EXTINGUISHER.— The  tank 

is  filled  with  a  saturated  solution  of  bicarbo- 
nate of  soda  in  water  to  five-sixths  of  its  capac- 
ity. A  small  glass  bottle  filled  with  sulphuric 
acid,  with  a  loose  lead  stopper,  is  placed  in  a 
cage  at  the  top  of  the  tank,  and  the  cover  of 
the  tank  fastened.  To  use,  turn  the  tank  over, 
which  spills  the  acid,  generating  pressure  by  lib- 
erating carbonic  acid  gas. 


670.  COMPRESSED  AIR  LIFT,  «  Clayton  " 
model.  Showing  safety  stop  on  the  piston  rod, 
which  automatically  stops  the  lift  at  any  set  point 
by  closing  the  air  valve. 


671.  DUPLEX  PNEUMATIC  RIVETER. 

—  The  striking  piston,  A,  is  en- 
cased in  a  striking  cylinder,  C, 
so  that  the  tool,  T,  receives  a 
blow  alternately  from  the  ham- 
mer piston,  A,  and  from  the 
cylinder,  C,  on  the  tool  socket,  H.  The  method  of  operation  is  shown 
by  the  differential  piston  areas.  The  hand  is  relieved  from  jar  by 
this  operation. 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


181 


672.  PNEUMATIC  HAM- 
MER.— Constructed  on  simi- 
lar lines  with  No.  673,  with 
the  addition  of  a  counter- 
balance piston,  C,  which,  by 
its  reaction  and  cushion,  re- 
lieves the  body  of  the  tool  and  the  hand  from  excessive  jar. 

673.  PNEUMATIC  HAMMER.— F  is  the  flexible  hose  con- 
nection.    When   T  is   pressed,  compressed   air   enters   through   the 

piston  valve  and  ports 
P0,  into  the  cylinder,  as 
indicated  by  the  arrows  in 
the  cut.  The  piston  will 
first  move  to  the  top.  The 
effective  pressure  is  that 
due  to  the  area  of  the  pis- 
ton. When  P  has  given 
the  blow,  exhaust  takes 
place  through  S  and  E,  and 
the  piston  P  is  brought  back  by  means  of  the  pressure  in  the 
annular  space  B,  acting  only  on  the  collar  at  D. 

674.  "HOTCHKISS"  ATMOSPHERIC 
HAMMER. — The  hammer-head,  A,  is  connected 
directly  with  the  piston  within  the  vibrating  cylin- 
der, by  a  piston  rod.  The  cylinder  is  connected  to 
the  crank  by  an  outside  rod,  vibrating  vertically 
by  the  motion  of  the  crank,  which  also  carries  the 
piston  and  hammer  with  a  cushioned  stroke,  due 
to  compression  of  the  air  within  the  cylinder. 


B 


675.  "  GRIMSHAW  "  COMPRESSED  AIR 
HAMMER. —  A  belt-driven  air  compressor,  D. 
furnishes  compressed  air  to  drive  the  piston,  A, 
and  hammer.  A  variable  friction  pulley  on  the 
belt  shaft,  B,  regulates  the  stroke  of  the  hammer 
by  varying  the  admission  of  compressed  air  to 
either  side  of  the  piston.  The  friction-valve 
driving  pulley  slides  on  the  feathered  shaft  by  the  action  of  the  foot  Jever. 


182 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


676.  COMPRESSED  AIR  SHEEP- 
SHEARING    MACHINE.— A 

small  piston  vibrates  and  oper- 
ates the  cutters  through  a  lever 
with  a  diagonal  slot  in  which  a 
pin  in  the  piston-rod  head  slides. 
An  arm  on  the  piston  rod  oper- 
ates the  valves. 


677.  PORTABLE  RIVETER,  "Allen" 
model.  The  toggle  joint  is  pivoted  to  a  cam 
and  also  within  the  trunk  piston.  By  the 
differential  trunk  form,  the  return  stroke  econ- 
omizes the  compressed  air,  the  large  piston 
area  giving  great  power  to  the  riveting  stroke. 


678.  PNEUMATIC  PORTABLE  RIVETER.— 
Direct  piston  and  toggle-joint  motion  to  the  levers. 
The  machine  is  balanced  on  a  forked  suspender.  The 

piston  draws  the  toggle  joint  in  by  air 

pressure. 


679.  PNEUMATIC  BREAST  DRILL.— 
A  rotary  air  motor  is  fixed  to  the  drill- 
spindle,  in  a  case  to  which  the  handles 
and  breast-plate  are  attached.  Com- 
pressed air  enters  through  the  handle 
with  the  valve  lever  and  is  exhausted 
through  the  opposite  handle. 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


680-681.  PNEUMATIC  MOTOR  DRILL 
STOCK. — Compressed  air  enters  through 
one  of  the  handles  with  its  flow  controlled 
by  a  lever  and  valve.  The 
exhaust  enters  the  case  from 
the  port  in  the  oscillating  cyl- 
inder trunnions.  The  three 
double-acting  pistons  are  di- 
rectly connected  to  cranks  and 
pinions  which  mesh  with  an 
internal  spur  gear,  which  is  fast 
to  the  outer  shell.  The  spider 
which  carries  the  cylinders  and 
pinions  is  fast  on  the  central 
spindle  and  revolves  with  it. 
The  inlet  and  exhaust  ports 

are    shown    in    the    horizontal    section    of   the  top  trunnion  at  A, 

No.  681. 


682.  Is  the  vertical  section, 
showing  the  compressed  air 
valve  and  port  passages  open- 
ing into  a  cavity  in  the  central 
spindle  and  to  the  trunnion 
ports. 


683-684.  PNEUMATIC  MOTOR  DRILL  STOCK. 

': — A  horizontal  rotary  motor,  over  the  centre  of 
the  spindle,  carries  on  one  end  of  its  shaft   a 
bevel  pinion,  which  drives  a  bevel  gear  attached 
by  the  lower  section  of  the 
case  to  the  drill  spindle. 
The  inlet  and  exhaust  ports 
and  valve  are  shown  in  the 
vertical  section,  No.  684. 


184 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


685-686.  PNEUMATIC  MOTOR  DRILL 
STOCK,  operated  by  four  pis- 
tons in  two  cylinders,  double- 
acting.  The  piston  rods  have 
a  jointed  connection  to  cam- 
cranks  on  the  pinion  shafts. 
The  piston  valves  are  oper- 
ated by  levers  pivoted  to  op- 
posite piston  rods,  as  shown  in 
the  horizontal  section,  No.  686. 
The  pistons  act  alternately  in 
the  cylinders  so  that  there  is 
no  dead  centre.  The  large 
spur  wheel  is  attached  to  the 
spindle  and  revolves  with  it. 

687.  Vertical  section. 


688.  AIR  AND  GASOLINE  TORCH.— Air 

is  pumped  into  the  tank  with  the  gasoline,  and 
forms  a  saturated  air  and  vapor  gas,  which  is  carried  to 
the  Bunsen  burner  through  the  vertical  pipe.  The  addi- 
tional air  for  combustion  is  regulated  at  the  burner,  and 
the  vapor  at  the  valve  in  the  pipe  near  the  tank.  A 
gauge  shows  the  pressure. 


689.  TORCH  SOLDERING 
COPPER.— The  conical  tip  is 
made  of  copper,  and  slips  on 
to  the  nozzle  of  a  plumber's 
gasoline  torch.  Used  largely 
for  electric  wire  connections. 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


690.  AIR  AND  GASOLINE  VAPOR  BRA- 
ZER,  double  flame.  The  pressure  of  vapor  to 
the  Bunsen  burners  is  regulated  by  a  valve  near 
the  top  of  the  tank.  The  valve  handles  hanging 
from  the  stems  regulate  each  burner. 


691.  AIR  AND  GASOLINE  BRAZING 
APPARATUS.— A  small    attached  pump 
forces  air  into  a  tank  holding  a  small  quan- 
tity of  gasoline.     A  gauge   shows  the  air 
pressure.     From  the  top  of  the  tank  a  pipe 
extends  to  two  oppositely  placed  Bunsen  burners 
with    valves  for   regulating  the  flame.     Swivels  in 
the  pipe  allow  the  burners  to  be  adjusted  to  the 
proper  distance  from  the  piece  to  be  brazed.     Fire- 
brick flame  plate. 


692.  DOUBLE  CONE  VENTILATOR.— 
The  up-take  enters  between  the  cones.  The 
smoke  has  its  exit  around  the  edge  of  the  lee- 
ward cone. 


693.  SPIRAL  VANE  OR  COWL,  for  a  chimney  top. 
The  wind  catching  in  the  wings  causes  it  to  revolve  and 
increase  the  draught 


i86 


AIR    POWER    APPLIANCES. 


694.  WIND  INSTRUMENTS. 

695.  a,  a' ,  bassoons. 

696.  b,  cors  Anglais. 

697.  c,  oboe,  or  hautbois. 

698.  d,  clarionet. 

699.  e,  flute. 

700.  f,  octave,  or  piccolo. 

701.  g,  musette. 

702.  h,  flageolet. 


Section   IX. 
ELECTRIC    POWER   AND    CONSTRUCTION. 

GENERATORS,     MOTORS,  WIRING,    CONTROLLING    AND    MEAS- 
URING,   LIGHTING,    ELECTRIC    FURNACES,    FANS, 
SEARCHLIGHT,  AND    ELECTRIC 
APPLIANCES. 


ELECTRIC  POWER  AND  CONSTRUCTION. 

GENERATORS,  MOTORS,  WIRING,  CONTROLLING  AND   MEASURING,  LIGHTING, 

ELECTRIC  FURNACES,  FANS,  SEARCHLIGHTS  AND 

ELECTRIC  APPLIANCES. 


703.  SERIES  WOUND  MOTOR 
OR  GENERATOR. — A  motor  if  the 
current  is  supplied  through  the  wires  P 
and  N,  and  a  generator  if  the  armature 
is  rotated,  when  the  current  can  be  taken 
from  the  wires  P  and  N 


704.  ELECTRIC  GENERATOR  CONSTRUC- 
TION.— Series  winding  in  which  the  armature,  field 
winding,  and  external  circuit  are  in  series  or  one  contin- 
uous line.  Best  for  arc  lighting.  A,  armature ;  C,  com- 
mutator ;  b  and  b'  brushes ;  the  coil  showing  the  field 
winding. 


705.  SINGLE-POLE  SHUNT  GENERATOR, 
showing  the  shunt-winding  connec- 
tion with  the  brushes  and  branch 
wiring  to  a  rheostat  controller.  The 
heavy  lines  are  the  main  current 
with  a  switch. 


706.  ELECTRIC  GENERATOR  CONSTRUCTION. 

— Shunt  winding,  in  which  the  field  winding  is  in  parallel 
with  the  armature  winding  and  connected  with  the  circuit 
at  the  brush  holders.  A,  Armature ;  C,  commutator ;  b 
and  b',  brushes ;  a,  c,  field  connections  ;  S,  field  winding. 


190 


ELECTRIC    POWER    AND    CONSTRUCTION. 


707.  FOUR-POLE  RING  ARMATURE, 
showing  intermediate  connections  with  the 
commutator  bars  from  a  continuous  winding 
or  closed  coil. 


708.  RING  ARMATURE.— 

Method  of  continuous 
winding  and  sectional 
connections  with  the 
commutator.  The  dot- 
ted lines  are  the  circuit 
connection  with  the 
brushes. 


709.  TWO-POLE  OR  SHUTTLE-SPOOL 
ARMATURE. — Section  of  spool  with  end  over 
winding ;  usually  made  of  cast  iron. 


710.  SHUTTLE  ARM ATURE,  made 

with  soft  sheet-iron  plates  riveted  to- 
gether. The  strongest  current  armature 
for  small  two-pole  generators. 


711.  MULTIPLE    BRUSH    COM- 
MUTATOR.—The  brushes  are  adjust- 
able on  the  pivots  of  the  handle  bar,  and 
are  given  an  even  pressure  on  the  com- 
mutator by  springs. 

712.  Front  view. 


ELECTRIC    POWER    AND    CONSTRUCTION. 


713.  BIPOLAR  SHUNT  GEN- 
ERATOR, showing  the  shunt  wind- 
ing on  both  fields  and  its  connection 
to  the  brushes,  with  intervening 
rheostat  controller. 


714.  FOUR-POLE  COM- 
POUND  GENERATOR,  show- 
ing shunt  winding  and  rheostat 
connection.  Wiring  is  successive 
on  each  pole  in  the  opposite 
direction  for  both  shunt  and 
current. 


715.  ELECTRIC  GENERATOR  CONSTRUC- 
TION.— Compound  winding,  in  which  a  winding  of 
the  field  magnets  is  in  shunt  with  the  armature,  and 
a  second  winding  of  the  field  magnets  is  in  series  or 
direct  connection  with  the  outer  circuit.  The  shunt 
winding  should  be  small  wire.  S',  Shunt  connected 

with  armature  brush  holders;  S,  large  wire  field  winding  in  main 

circuit 


716.  CONSEQUENT-POLE 
COMPOUND  GENERATOR. 

— The  opposite  field  pieces  are 
wound  in  opposite  directions 
and  have  opposite  polarity  in 
the  same  piece  at  the  centre. 


The  shunt  winding  is  in  the  same  direction  as  the  field  winding  and 
connected  to  the  brushes  with  an  intervening  rheostat. 


192 


ELECTRIC    POWER    AND    CONSTRUCTION. 


717.  TRIPLE-EXPANSION  ENGINE  and 
multipolar  dynamo.  Direct-connected. 
Vertical  types  of  the  General  Electric 
Company. 


718.  DIRECT-CONNECTED  VERTICAL 
COMPOUND  ENGINE  and  multipolar  dy- 
namo. One  of  the  latest  styles  of  this  class  of 
generators  of  electric  power. 


719.    FLEXIBLE    COUPLING 

for  engine  and  generator  direct 
connection. 

720.  Plan.  The  "Zodel"  coup- 
ling. A  flange  on  each  shaft 
with  overhanging  crowns  inter- 
lapping.  A  continuous  belt  over 
the  outside  and  under  the  inside 
crowns  allows  of  considerable  variation  in  alignment  and  longitudinal 
vibration  in  the  shafts.  If  a  rubber  belt  is  used,  very  perfect  insula- 
tion may  be  obtained. 


721.  CAR  TRUCK  MOTORS. 
—  Direct  -  connected  electric 
motors  on  street-car  axles. 


ELECTRIC    POWER    AND    CONSTRUCTION. 


722.  ELECTRIC  FUSIBLE  CUT-OUT.— The 
fuse  wires  or  strips  are  connected  to  the  circuit  on 
insulated  porcelain  blocks.  They  are  made  of  resist- 
ing metal  or  alloy  of  tin  and  lead  of  sufficient  capacity 
for  the  required  current  without  excessive  heat 
Overcurrent  melts  the  wire  or  strips  and  opens  the 
circuit. 


723.  RHEOSTAT  OR  RESISTANCE  COILS, 
with  variable  switch.  Coils  are  made  of  iron,  platinum, 
or  German  silver  wire.  The  switch  connections  are  so 
made  that  the  coils  may  be  made  to  connect  the  line 
with  one  or  any  number  in  series. 


724.  TROLLEY  CAR, 
showing  the  circuit  from  the 
generator  g,  through  the  line 
wire  to  car  and  return  by 
rail  circuit. 


725.   SECTIONAL  FEEDER    SYSTEM  for  electric  railways. 
The  trolley  wire  line  is  divided  into  a  convenient  number  of  sections 

for  feeders  from 
a  long  main  line, 
or  divided  into 
several  feeder 
lines,  as  shown 
in  the  cut. 


194 


ELECTRIC    POWER    AND    CONSTRUCTION. 


726.  STREET  RAILWAY  SINGLE  MOTOR  geared  to  both 
axles.  "  Rae "  system.  The  motor  is  carried  on  a  frame  and  is 
journaled  to  both  axles. 


727.  ELECTRIC  CAR  BRAKE.— An 
electric  solenoid,  operated  directly  from  the 
trolley  current,  is  used  as 
the  power.  Two  iron  cylin- 
ders, connected  by  a  cross- 
head,  form  a  U-shaped  magnet,  which  is  drawn  into  the  solenoids 
when  the  current  is  turned  into  the  coils.  Regulation  is  made  by 
switches  and  rheostat. 


728.  ELECTRIC  STREET-CAR  BRAKE.— A  solenoid,  oper- 
ated  by  the  trolley  current,  pulls  up  the  brake  levers.     The    springs 

around  the  piston 
rods  hold  back  the 
connections,  acting 
as  buffers.  The  pis- 
tons are  divided 
into  three  parts 
each,  to  soften  the 
jerk  when  turning 
on  the  electric  current. 

729.  Section  of  solenoid,  with  the  take-up  pistons. 


ELECTRIC    POWER    AND    CONSTRUCTION. 


'95 


730.  ELECTRIC  IGNITER,  used  on 
explosive  motors.  The  bat- 
teries, B,  B,  B,  in  series ;  a 
sparking  coil,  T  ;  a  braker,  k, 
revolving  on  the  shaft,  the 
insulating  plug,  P,  and  the 
platinum  electrodes,  c,  c,  with 


the  wiring,  are  the  principal  parts  in  this  device. 


731.  SPARKING  DYNAMO,  or  generator 
for  a  marine  gasoline  engine.  Permanent  horse- 
shoe magnets,  with  an  armature  revolved  by  a 
belt  from  the  fly-wheel  of  the  engine.  With  a 
true  rim  on  the  fly-wheel,  the  pulley  of  the  gen- 
erator may  be  covered  with  leather  or  rubber  and 
pressed  lightly  against  the  rim  of  the  fly-wheel. 


732.  MAGNETO-ELECTRIC 
MACHINE.— The  revolution  in 
the  field  of  a  permanent  magnet 
of  an  iron  armature  wound  with 
an  insulated  conductor,  terminat- 
ing in  a  commutator  or  pole- 
changing  device,  from  which  the 
conducting  wires  extend  through 


the  base  of  the  instrument  to  the  posts  and  handles,  H. 


733.  ELECTRIC  THERMOSTAT. 

734.  Two  strips  of  thin  sheet  steel   and 
brass  are  fastened  together  by  soldering  or 
riveting,  and  to  a  base  with  binding-post 
in  an  insulated  frame.    A  cap,  with  binding 
post  and  adjusting  screw  and  index  plate, 
allows   for  electric    contact  of  the  spring 
and  screw  at  any   required   temperature. 
By  making  a  double-wiring,  a  damper  may 
be  made  to  open  or  close  within  a  small 
range  of  temperature. 


196 


ELECTRIC    POWER    AND    CONSTRUCTION. 


735.  TELEPHONE  TRANS- 
MITTER.—A,  A,  thin  iron 
diaphragm  ;  B,  india  rubber  in  con- 
tact with  diaphragm  and  the  ivory 
disc,  C  ;  D,  platinum  foil  between 
the  ivory  disc,  C,  and  the  carbon  disc, 
E ;  G,  disc  and  screw  for  adjust- 
ment of  carbon  contact;  H,  ad- 
justing screw  for  diaphragm  con- 
tact. 


736.  TELEPHONE  RECEIVER.— A  central 
magnet,  with  a  coil  of  fine  insulated  wire  around  the 
end,  next  the  vibrating  plate  or  diaphragm.  The 
variations  in  the  electrical  current  produce  varia- 
tions in  the  intensity  of  the  magnet,  which  set  up 
vibrations  of  sound  in  the  iron  diaphragm. 


737.  ELECTRIC  GAS  LIGHTER.— Turning  on  the 

gas  brings  the  electrodes  in  contact,  and  breaks  the  con- 
tact, which  produces  a  spark  by  closing  and  opening  the 
battery  circuit. 


ELECTRIC    POWER    AND   CONSTRUCTION. 


197 


738.  ELECTRIC  GAS  LIGHTER.— Non- 
short-circuiting.  The  wiping  spring  is  insu- 
lated, and  there  is  no  electric  current  except  at 
the  instant  of  lighting. 


739.  POCKET  ELECTRIC  LIGHT.- A  dry  battery,  with  a  small 
incandescent  lamp  connected  with  it  by  a  break-piece  operated  by  the 

thumb.  A  small  lens  at  the 
front  protects  the  lamp  and  con- 
centrates the  light.  Gives  a 
constant  light  for  several  hours. 
Battery  easily  renewed. 


740.  ARC  LIGHT  AND  REGULATING  GEAR, 

"  Faucault "  model.  The  upper  carbon  runs  down 
by  a  rack  and  gear  governed  by  a  fly,  which  is 
stopped  or  let  go  by  variations  in  the  current 


741.  LUMINOUS  FOUNTAIN.— The  lower  end 
of  the  jet  nozzle  is  fitted  with  a  strong  disc  of  plate 
glass.  A  concave  mirror,  placed  in  the  focus  of  an  arc 
light  just  below  the  glass  disc,  brilliantly  illuminates 
the  water  jet. 


198 


ELECTRIC  POWER  AND  CONSTRUCTION. 


742.  ELECTRIC  HEATER. — Coils  of  German  silver  wire 
wound  around  asbestos  cords  and  rove  over  porcelain  buttons  for 
insulation.  The  buttons  may  be  fastened  to  a  frame  of  any  required 
form. 


<p1 T^         „— p '  \ 

mmrn?^ 
J  -x"^ — L-- — >^     II II      j 


743.  ELECTRIC  SOL- 
DERING COPPER.— 
The  copper  is  wound  with 

a  coil  of  resisting  material ;  platinum  wire  insulated  with  asbestos, 
and  the  coil  covered  with  a  protecting  shell.  Connections  are  insu- 
lated and  pass  through  the  hollow  handle. 


744.  ELECTRIC  SAD  IRON.— The  iron 
is  a  shell  frame  with  a  smooth  face  on  the 
bottom.  A  resistance  coil  made  of  iron, 
German  silver,  or  platinum,  insulated  with  as- 
bestos, is  wound  in  spirals  as  near  the  bot- 
tom plate  as  can  be  made  available  for  the 
greatest  amount  of  heat. 


745.  ELECTRIC  SEARCHLIGHT, 
"Edison"  model.  An  arc  light  in  front  of 
and  in  the  focus  of  a  concave  reflector. 
It  gives  a  beam  of  light  nearly  parallel. 
The  front  of  the  case  has  a  plane  glass 
for  protection.  It  swivels  in  all  direc- 
tions. 


ELECTRIC    POWER    AND    CONSTRUCTION. 


I99 


746.  ELECTRIC  FURNACE,  show- 
ing the  recess  and  flat  crucible.  Elec- 
trodes of  hard  carbon  and  connections. 

747.  OPEN  TOP  ELECTRIC 
FURNACE.— A  cavity  in  a  box  of  re- 
fractory material  with  holes  on  each 
side  through  which  the  insulated  car- 
bon electrodes  are  inserted. 


748.  "SIEMEN'S"  ELECTRIC  GAS 
FURNACE.  —Gas  enters  the 
crucible  through  a  hollow 
carbon  electrode.  The  op- 
posite electrode  is  a  copper 
tube  closed  at  the  end  with 
an  inner  tube  for  circulation 

of  water  to  keep  the  end  of  the  copper  electrode  from  burning.     The 

electrodes  are  adjusted  by  the  rollers. 


r-  749-  "  COWLES  "  ELECTRIC 
J  FURNACE.— A  cylinder,  A,  is 
made  of  silica  or  other  heat-resist- 
rng  material.  A  carbon  plug,  C, 
is  connected  with  the  positive  wire, 
and  a  graphite  crucible,  D,  answers 
as  the  negative  electrode  and  stop- 
per, also  as  an  exit  for  gases  generated  in  the  retort ;  B,  a  bed  of 
insulating  material. 


750.  ELECTRIC  FURNACE,  "Cowles" 
hopper  model.  The  upper  electrode  is  a 
vertical  carbon  tube  fixed  to  the  hopper. 
The  lower  electrode  is  a  larger  carbon  tube 
fixed  to  the  furnace  floor.  The  tubes  are 
banked  with  carbon  and  lime.  The  charge 
is  fed  down  from  the  hopper  by  a  barbed 
rod,  reciprocated  by  a  crank.  The  gases  gen- 
erated are  drawn  off  through  a  condenser. 


200 


ELECTRIC    POWER    AND    CONSTRUCTION. 


i.  ELECTRIC  WELDING  PLANT.— 
The  secondary  coil  is  the  heavy  bar  of 
copper  enclosing  the  primary  coil  to 
which  the  clamps  are  attached.  The 
magnetic  material  is  in  the  form  of  coils 
of  iron  wire  wound  around  the  primary 
coil  and  copper  hoop. 

C,  clamp  arms. 

D,  pieces  to  be  welded. 


752.  ELECTRIC  WELDING  PLANT.— A,  Alternating  dyna- 
mo; F,  resistance  coils  and  switch;  B,  transformer ;  C,  clamping  jaws ; 
D,  rods  or  pieces  to  be  welded ;  E,  switch  in  the  primary  circuit. 


753.  PORTABLE  ELECTRIC  MOTOR 
DRILL  PLANT,  with  a  stow  flexible  shaft. 
A  spool  on  the  motor  winds  up  or  lets  out 
the  electric  wires,  so  that  the  apparatus 
may  be  quickly  moved  from  place  to  place. 


ELECTRIC    POWER    AND    CONSTRUCTION. 


201 


754.  ELECTRIC  PERFORATING  PEN, 
"  Edison  "  model.  Consists  of  a  small  pointed 
tube  with  a  perforating  needle  on  the  inside 
vibrated  by  a  small  electro-magnetic  motor 
fixed  on  top  of  the  pen.  A',  B',  Armature 
coils  on  iron  studs  fixed  to  frame ;  Q,  R,  re- 
volving arm  and  fly-wheel ;  Z,  commutator ; 
N,  M,  O,  spring  current  breaker.  The  pen 
produces  a  stencil  of  fine  perforations  on  a 
glazed  sheet  of  paper  from  which  many  copies 
may  be  made  by  a  brush  and  ink. 


755.  ELECTRIC  HOIST.— The  foot 
lever  is  the  friction  brake.  The  left- 
hand  lever  is  for  release,  the  right-hand 
lever  is  the  starter. 


756.  ELECTRIC  BRAKE. -The 
brake  shoes  are  fixed  to  two  adjust- 
able curved  levers  and  an  operating 
lever  —  a  solenoid  magnet  being  the 
operating  power. 


757.  ELECTRIC  ROCK  DRILL,  "General 
Electric  Co.'s  "  model.  A  series  of  electric  coils  are 
fixed  along  the  cylinder.  The  iron  plunger  traverses 
the  interior  of  the  coils,  which  are  charged  succes- 
sively by  the  electric  current  through  traverse  brushes 
on  a  straight  commutator. 


202 


ELECTRIC    POWER    AND    CONSTRUCTION. 


758.  ELECTRIC  FAN.— The  motor  is 
concealed  in  the  central  chamber,  the  middle 
section  of  which  revolves  with  the  arms. 


759.  ELECTRIC-DRIVEN  FAN,  "Edison" 
model.  Fan  on  same  shaft  with  the  arma- 
ture. Ball  bearings.  Runs  with  four  or- 
dinary batteries. 


Section   X. 
NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 

VESSELS,    SAILS,    ROPE    KNOTS,     PADDLE     WHEELS,    PROPEL- 
LERS,   ROAD    SCRAPERS    AND    ROLLERS,    VEHICLES, 
MOTOR  CARRIAGES,  TRICYCLES,  BICYCLES, 
AND    MOTOR    ADJUNCTS. 


NAVIGATION    AND   ROADS. 

VESSELS,  SAILS,  ROPE  KNOTS,  PADDLE  WHEELS,  PROPELLERS,  ROAD  SCRAPERS 

AND  ROLLERS,  VEHICLES,  MOTOR  CARRIAGES,  TRICYCLES, 

BICYCLES  AND  MOTOR  ADJUNCTS. 


760.  LEG-OF-MUTTON  SAIL.— A  trian- 
gular sail  attached  to  mast  and  boom.  5,  main- 
sail. 


761.  SKIP  JACK. — A  baggy  sail  bent  to 
the  mast  and  extended  by  a  boom  and  gaff. 
The  cat-boat.  5,  mainsail. 


762.  SQUARE  OR  LUG  SAIL,  attached 
to  a  yard.      5,  mainsail. 


763.  LATEEN  RIG. — A  triangular  sail  ex- 
tended by  a  long  yard,  which  is  slung  about  one- 
quarter  its  length  from  the  lower  end,  which  is 
brought  down  to  the  tack.  5,  mainsail. 


764.  SPLIT  LUG  OR  SQUARE  SAIL, 
attached  to  a  yard  and  divided  at  the  mast,  the 
larger  portion  being  bent  to  the  mast.  The 
unequal  division  gives  one  sail  the  effect  of  a  jib. 
2,  jib;  5,  mainsail. 


206 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


765.  TWO-MASTED  OR  DIPPING  LUG. 
— The  sails  are  square,  except  at  the  top,  where 
they  are  bent  to  yards  hanging  obliquely  to  the 
masts.  4,  foresail;  5,  mainsail. 


766.  NEWPORT  CAT-BOAT.— Sail  bent 
to  mast  and  extended  by  boom  and  gaff,  with 
a  fore-stay  to  a  short  bowsprit.  5,  mainsail. 


767.    SLOOP. — A  mainsail  and  jib  with 
fore-  and  back-stays.     2,  jib;    5,  mainsail. 


768.  LATEEN-RIGGED  FELUCCA.— A  two- 
masted  boat  with  lateen  sails  and  a  jib. 
2,  jib;  4,  foresail;  5,  mainsail. 


769.  PIROGUE. — A  two-mast  schooner  rig, 
without  jib  and  furnished  with  a  leeboard. 
4,  foresail;  5,  mainsail. 


770.  THREE-QUARTER  LUG  RIG.— Two 
long  or  lug  sails  with  jib  stayed  to  bowsprit. 
2,  jib;  4,  foresail;  5,  mainsail. 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


207 


771.  "SLIDING  GUNTER,"  or  sliding 
topmast.  A  two-masted  boat,  with  divided 
masts.  The  triangular  sails  are  bent  to  both 
masts,  and  furled  by  lowering  the  upper  mast. 
Mainsail  extended  by  a  boom.  2,  jib ;  4,  fore- 
sail ;  5,  mainsail. 


773- 


772.  SKIFF  YAWL  RIG.— A  mainsail  with 
one  or  two  jibs,  and  a  small  mast  at  the  stern 
with  a  leg-of-mutton  sail,  extended  by  a  boom, 
i,  flying-jib;  2,  jib;  5,  mainsail;  8,  lugsail. 


SLOOP  YAWL. — A  foremast,  schooner-rig,  of 
sheet  and  jib,  with  a  lugsail  and  mast  at  the 
stern.  Lugsail  extended  by  a  boom.  2,  jib ; 
5,  mainsail  ;  8,  jigger. 


774.  JIB-TOPSAIL  SLOOP.— A  mainsail, 
two  jibs  and  jib-topsail.  The  topsail  is  run 
up  the  topmast  and  extended  on  the  gaff. 
Main  jib-stay  from  masthead  to  bow.  Fore 
jib-stay  from  topmast  to  bowsprit.  i,  flying- 
jib  ;  2,  jib  ;  5,  mainsail ;  13,  gaff-topsail. 


775.  THE  CUTTER. — A  mainsail,  5  ;  jib, 
2;  flying-jib,  i,  and  topsail,  9,  are  the  main 
features  of  a  cutter-rig. 


776.  SCHOONER  RIG. — Fore- and  main- 
sail bent  to  the  mast,  boom  and  gaff.  Jib  stayed 
to  bowsprit.  2,  jib;  4,  foresail ;  5,  mainsail. 


208 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


777.  FULL  SCHOONER  RIG.— 
Main-  and  fore-sail,  two  or  three  jibs, 
and  two  topsails,  i,  flying- jib  ;  2,  jib; 
3,  foretop  staysail ;  4,  foresail ;  5,  main- 


sail;    12,   fore  gaff-topsail; 
gaff-topsail. 


13,    mam 


778.  TOPSAIL  SCHOONER.  — The 
same  rig  as  a  schooner,  except  the  foretop, 
which  is  a  square  sail  bent  to  a  yard,  i, 
flying-jib ;  2, jib;  4,  foresail;  5,  mainsail; 
9,  fore-topsail;  13,  main  gaff-topsail. 


779.  CLUB  TOPSAIL  RIG.— In  addition 
to  the  full  schooner  rig,  a  club  topsail  is  bent 
to  a  stay  from  the  main-topmast  head  to  the 
cross-trees  of  the  foremast,  i,  flying-jib;  2, 
jib;  4,  foresail ;  5,  mainsail;  12,  fore  gaff-top- 
sail;  13,  main  gaff-topsail;  14,  main  topmast 
staysail;  31,  jib  topsail. 


780.  HERMAPHRODITE  BRIG.— Mainmast  has  a  fore  and 
aft  sail,  triangular  topsail,  and  a  club  sail  on  a  stay  to  the  foremast. 

Foremast  is  square-rigged,  with  the  ad- 
dition of  a  fore  and  aft  sail — hence  the 
name  half-brig,  half-schooner,  i,  flying- 
jib  ;  2,  jib;  4,  foresail;  5,  mainsail;  9, 
fore-topsail;  13,  main  gaff-topsail;  14, 
Ml 


sail;  25,  fore-royal. 


main  topmast-staysail ;  22,  fore-topgallant 


781.  A  BRIGANTINE.— Foremast 
rigged  with  square  sails  ;  mainmast  with 
fore  and  aft  sail  and  square-topsail,  i, 
flying-gib;  2,  jib;  4,  foresail;  5,  main 
sail;  9,  fore-topsail;  10,  main  topsail; 
22,  fore-topgallant  sail. 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


209 


782.  A  BARKENTINE.  —  Schooner-rigged  main  and  mizzen 
mast,  full  square-rigged  foremast,  with  the  addition  of  a  fore  and  aft 
sail  on  the  foremast.  Club  sails  on  stays  from 
main  to  foremast,  i.  flying-jib;  2,  jib  ;  3,  fore 
topmast  staysail;  4,  foresail;  5,  mainsail;  7, 
spanker;  9, foretopsail ;  13,  main  gaff-topsail ;  14, 
main  topmast-staysail;  22,  fore-topgallant  sail; 
25,  fore  royal ;  32,  fore-trysail ;  33,  staysail ;  34,  gaff-topsail. 


783.  FULL-RIGGED    BRIG.— Square  sails  on 
both  main  and  fore  mast  with  the  addition  of  a  fore 
and  aft  sail  on  the  main  mast.     Two  or  three  jibs. 
i,    flying-jib;    2,    jib ;    3,   foretopmast-staysail ;    4, 
~"  foresail;  5,  mainsail;  7,  spanker;  9,  foretopsail;  10, 
maintopsail;  22,  foretopgallant-sail ;  32,  main-topgallant-sail;  20,  up- 
per maintopsail;  2 5,  fore  royal. 


784.  A  BARK. — Full,  square-rigged  sails  on  fore 
and  main  masts.  Schooner  rig,  mizzen-mast.  i, 
flying-jib;  2,  jib;  3,  foretopmast  staysail;  4, 
foresail;  5,  mainsail;  7,  spanker;  16, lower  fore- 
topsail ;  17,  lower  maintopsail;  19,  upper  fore- 
topsail;  20,  upper  maintopsail;  22,  f  ore -to  pgall  ant-sail ;  23,  main-top- 
gallant-sail ;  25,  fore  royal;  26,  main  royal ;  34,  gaff-topsail. 


785.  FULL-RIGGED  SHIP,  with  double 
topsails  and  staysails.  i,  flying-jib;  2, 
jib;  3,  foretopmast  staysail;  4,  foresail;  5, 
mainsail;  6,  cross- jacksail ;  7,  spanker;  14, 
main-topmast  staysail;  15,  mizzen-topmast 
staysail;  16,  lower  foretopsail;  17,  lower  maintopsail;  18,  lower 
mizzen-topsail ;  19,  upper  foretopsail;  20,  upper  maintopsail;  21, 
upper  mizzen-topsail;  2 2, fore-topgallant-sail;  23,  main-topgallant-sail; 
24,  mizzen-topgallant-sail  ;  25,  fore  royal ;  26,  main  royal  527,  mizzen 
royal ;  28,  main  skysail ;  29,  main- topgallant-staysail ;  30,  mizzen-top- 
gallant-staysail ;  35,  main  royal  staysail. 


210 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


786.  FULL-RIGGED  SHIP.— Square  sails 
on  fore,  main,  and  mizzen  mast,  with  a  fore  and 
aft  sail  on  mizzen  mast.  Three  jibs,  i ,  flying- 
jib;  2,  jib;  3,  f  ore  topmast-staysail ;  4,  foresail; 
5,  mainsail;  6,  cross-jacksail ;  7,  spanker;  9, 
foretopsail;  10,  maintopsail;  u,  mizzentopsail ;  22,  foretopgallant 
sail;  23,  maintopgallant-sail ;  24,  mizzen  topgallant-sail;  25,  fore 
royal:  26,  main  royal-  27  mizzen  royal. 


787.  ICE  BOAT.— A 
sloop-rigged  frame  on  three 
runners,  the  rear  one  be- 
ing the  tiller  runner. 


ROPE    KNOTS    AND    HITCHES. 


788.  CLOVE  HITCH. 


789.  HALF-HITCH. 


790.  TIMBER  HITCH. 


791.  SQUARE  OR  REEF  KNOT. 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


2n 


792.  STEVEDORE  KNOT, 


793.  SLIP  KNOT 


794.  FLEMISH  LOO 


795.  BOWLINE  KNOT. 


796    CARRICK  BEND. 


797.  SHEET     BEND    AND 
TOGGLE. 


798.   SHEET  BEND.     Weaver's  knot. 


799.  OVERHAND  KNOT. 


800.  FIGURE  EIGHT  KNOT. 


801.  BOAT  KNOT. 


212 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


802.  DOUBLE  KNOT. 


803.  BLACKWALL  TACKLE  HITCH. 


804.  FISHERMAN'S  BEND   HITCH. 


805.    ROUND    TURN    AND    HALF 
HITCH. 

806.  CHAIN  STOP  for  a  cable. 


807.    DISENGAGING    HOOK,    held    by    a 
mousing  link. 


808.   SLIP  HOOK.— The  extension  of  the  sus- 
|     pension  link  holds  the  lower  link  in  line,  while  a  pull 
on  the  arm  by  a  lanyard  releases  the  load. 


809.  RELEASING  HOOK.— The  lever  throws  the 
link  off  by  a  pull  of  the  lanyard. 


8 10.  BOAT  DETACHING   HOOK.— The    standard  is 
fastened  to  the  boat.     A  tongue  is  pivoted  to  its  upper  end 
and  passes  through  the  hook  of  the  tackle -block.     A  lever 
with  an  eye  to  catch  the  tongue  is  pivoted  to  the  up- 
right standard,  with  a  lanyard  attached  at  the  bottom. 
A  simultaneous  pulling  of  the  two  lanyards  detaches 
both  ends  of  a  boat  at  once. 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


213 


8n.  SWINGING  OAR  LOCK.— The  hook  C  of  the  oar  lock 

is  swivelled  on  a  post,  D. 
which  is  fastened  to  the 
gunwale  by  a  flange  sta- 
ple and  latch  or  by  extend- 
ing the  swivel  through  the 
gunwale. 


812-813.  PIVOTED  STEPS  for  a  boat- 
landing.  One  edge  of  each  step  is  pivoted  to 
the  lower  stringer,  the  other  edge  to  the  upper 
stringer  by  a  hanger.  On  a  level  the  steps 
form  a  floor,  as  the  end  of  the  ladder  falls  with 
the  tide  the  hangers  lift  the  forward  edge 
of  the  step  to  keep  it  level.  The  shore  posts 
are  fixed  and  vertical.  Stringers  are  pivoted 
to  posts. 


814.  SCREW  ANCHOR  for  buoys.  Is  screwed 
to  the  required  depth  in  the  sand  by  a  long  box 
wrench. 


815.  FLOATING  LIGHTHOUSE.— A  float- 
ing  buoy  filled  with  compressed  gas  (Pintsch 
system).  Supplies  a  constant  light  of  high  power 
in  the  lantern  for  several  days. 


214 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


816.  STONE  DRY-DOCK,  into 
which  vessels  are  floated  and  a  water 
gate  closed,  when,  by  pumping  the  water 
out,  the  vessel  settles  upon  bearing 
blocks,  and  is  shored  from  the  side  walls. 


817.  FLOATING  DRY-DOCK,  in 
which  the  lifting  power  is  derived  from 
the  displacement  of  the  water  in  the 
interior  of  the  dock.  The  displacement 
area  of  the  side  extensions  of  the  dock  is 
sufficient  to  balance  it  when  it  is  sunk,  by 
filling  the  lower  part  with  water  in  order  to  float  a  vessel  into  the  dock. 


818.  FEATHERING  PADDLE  WHEEL 
OR  WATER  MOTOR.— The  paddles  are 
kept  in  a  vertical  position  by  a  planetary  gear. 
The  central  gear  is  fixed.  The  pinions  and 
gear  on  the  arms  keep  the  paddles  in  a  ver- 
tical position  in  the  water. 


819.  VERTICAL  BUCKET  PADDLE  WHEEL. 

- — The  buckets,  a,  a,  a,  a,  are  pivoted  to  the  shaft  arms, 
£,  b.  To  the  pivots  are  attached  cranks,  c,  c,  c,  c 
which  are  pivoted  to  the  arms  of  an  eccentric  ring  re- 
volving  with  the  shaft  on  a  fixed  eccentric,  e.  By  this 
arrangement  the  buckets  are  kept  vertical. 


820.  FEATHERING  PAD- 
DLE WHEEL.— The  buck- 
ets are  hinged  with  back  le- 
vers and  turned  to  their  proper 
position  by  arms  pivoted  ec- 
centric to  the  shaft.  The 
framework  of  the  wheel  is  of 
iron  or  steel. 

821.  Cross  section. 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


2I5 


822.  OUTWARD  THRUST  PROPELLER 
WHEEL. — The  blades  pitch  forward  to  throw  the 
water  outward  as  well  as  backward,  to  increase 
the  thrust  or  power  of  the  wheel. 


823.  SCREW  PROPELLER.    Four  blades.    Or- 
dinary  form  for  heavy  draft  tugs  and  tow-boats. 


824.  SCREW  PROPELLER,  "Griffith" 
model.  The  inclination  of  the  blades  is 
made  adjustable,  and  they  are  attached  to 
a  rim  outside  from  the  hub. 


825.  SCREW  PROPELLER,  "  Hodgson's  "  model. 
The  blades  are  curved  backward  to  prevent  the  cen- 
trifugal direction  of  the  water  when  passing  the  blades. 
Claims  on  fore-and-aft  direction  of  blades  by  inventors, 
are  not  in  harmony  with  the  best  practice  in  propeller 
design. 


826.  SCREW    PROPELLER, 
the  "  Ericsson  "  model.    A  rim  con- 
necting all  the  blades,  supposed  to 
counteract  the  centrifugal  tendency 
of  the  water. 

827.  Side  view. 


2l6 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


828.  SCREW      PROPELLER,    "  Vergne's " 
model.    The  projecting  ribs  from  the  face  of  the 
blades  are  intended  to  neutralize  the   centrifugal 
action  of  the  water. 

829.  Section  of  blade. 


830.  REVERSING  PROPELLER, 
for   launches  and  small  yachts.     The 
blades  are  socketed  on  opposite  sides  of 
the  shaft  and  through  a  boss  fixed  to 
the  driving  shaft. 

831.  Plan.    A  short  crank  extending 
from  the  blade  socket  at  B,  with  an  elon- 
gated hole  at  C,  receives  a  pin  fixed  to 
a  yoke  and  hollow  shaft  to  which  is 

given  a  fore-and-aft  motion  for  changing  the  position  of  the  blades. 

832.  REVERSING  SCREW 
PROPELLER.— The  blades 
are  pivoted  concentrically  on 
the  hub,  with  pinions  fixed  to 
the  shanks  on  the  inside.  The 
hub  is  fixed  to  the  inner  driv- 
ing shaft.  A  sleeve,  with 
gear-cut  end  to  fit  the  pinion 
teeth,  revolves  with  the  shaft.  An  inclined  slot-sleeve  E,  moved  by  a 
yoke  lever,  gives  a  slight  rotary  motion  to  the  geared  sleeve  by  which 
the  four  blades  are  reversed.  833.  Section  of  shaft  and  reversing  lever. 

834.  SCREW  PROPUL- 
SION.— Deep  immersion 
screw  of  the  Britannic.  The 
screw  propeller  is  lowered  be- 
low the  line  of  the  keel  by 
worm  and  rack  gearing.  The 
shaft  is  swivelled  by  a  double 
spherical  joint  and  connected 
with  the  engine  shaft  by  a  universal  joint. 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


217 


835.  REVERSING  SCREW  PROPELLER.  —The  central 
shaft  is  the  driver,  and  has  a  small  longitudinal  motion  by  a  clutch 
and  lever  to  shift  the  position  of  the  blades.  The 
outer-end  sleeve  is  fast  on  the  driving  shaft,  and 
carries  the  blades  in  sockets  on  each  side  of  its 
centre.  A  hollow  short  shaft,  free  on  the  driv- 
ing shaft,  but  fixed  longi- 
tudinally, turns  in  a 
socket  on  the  stern  post. 
A  rack  on  each  side 
meshes  in  a  gear  sector 
attached  to  each  blade  socket,  so  that  the  blades  are  reversed  by  the 
fore-and-aft  movement  of  the  driving  shaft. 


836.  THRUST  BEARING  for  a  pro- 
peller shaft.  The  collar  brasses  are  set  in 
mortices  in  the  frame ;  they  are  made  in 
halves  and  bolted  together. 


837.  "SILVER'S"  MARINE 
GOVERNOR.— The  two  pair 
of  balls  are  pivoted  to  the  re- 
volving shaft  at  the  centre  of 
their  connecting  arms.  Their 
centrifugal  tension  is  held  and 
adjusted  by  the  helical  spring 
I,  and  thumb-screw.  The  open- 
ing of  the  balls  moves  the  sleeve,  D,  for  controlling  the  valve  gear. 


838.  DEEP-SEA    SOUNDING   BALL.— 

The  sounding  line  is  held  by  the  pivoted  horns 
£,  by  which  are  thrown  down  when  the  rod  passing 
through  the  ball  touches  bottom ;  this  releases 
the  wire  sling  d>  that  holds  the  ball,  when  the  rod 
and  line  can  be  easily  drawn  up.  Has  been 
used  in  four-mile  depths  of  the  ocean. 

839.  Release  position. 


2l8 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


840.  SOUNDING  WEIGHT  RELEASE  for  deep- 
sea  sounding.  A  hollow  spindle  attached  to  the  sound- 
ing-line encloses  a  hook  lever,  sprung  out  by  a  spring. 
A  spindle,  with  an  impact  head,  slides  behind  the  lever 
and  releases  the  ball  at  the  moment  the  head  strikes 
the  bottom. 


841.  SAMPLER    SOUND- 
ING WEIGHT.— The  cups  are 
held  open  during  the  descent  by 
a  clip,  which  is  disengaged  when 
the  bob  strikes  the  bottom.  The 
cups  spring  together  by  the  re- 
lease of  the  catch. 

842.  Cups  closed. 


843.  SUBMARINE  LAMP.— A  strong 
iron  case  with  convex  lenses.  An  ordinary 
bright  light  from  a  lamp,  with  two  hose  con- 
nections, sling  and  guide  lanyards.  One 
hose  is  to  supply  fresh  air,  while  the  other 
carries  off  the  gas  of  combustion.  "  Vander 
Weyde  "  model.  A  powerful  electric  arc 
light  is  a  later  model. 


844.  ROAD 
ERS'  LEVEL.  — A  draw 
telescope,  on  a  screw  and 
swivel  base,  with  arm  and 
screw  for  small  adjustment. 
The  bubble  is  directly 
under  and  in  focus  of  the 
eyeglass,  and  is  seen  by 
reflection  from  a  piece  of 
glass  at  45  °  in  the  eyepiece. 


845.  Section  through  reflector  and  level. 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


2I9 


846.  ROAD  MACHINE, 
for  scraping  and  levelling 
common  roads. 


847.  REVERSIBLE  ROAD 
ROLLER. — The  tongue  is  at- 
tached to  the  frame  that  carries 
the  driver's  seat,  and  is  bal- 
anced by  the  weight  on  the 
rear  arm.  By  unlocking  the 
catch  the  horses  wheel  around 
the  roller  with  the  tongue  and 
seat  frame,  and  the  tongue  is 
relocked  on  the  other  side  of  the 
wheel  frame. 


848.  ROAD  ROLLER.— Steam- 
driven.  One  of  the  heavy  class 
now  improving  our  roads. 


U 


849.  SINGLE  ECCENTRIC  RE- 
VERSING GEAR.— Used  on  traction 
engines.  A  is  a  wheel  keyed  on  the 
crank  shaft;  D  is  the  eccentric;  C,  a 
link;  B,  B,  bell  crank,  connected  to 
sleeve  and  eccentric.  The  movement 
of  the  sleeve  E  by  the  lever  throws  the 
eccentric  D  to  the  centre  and  to  the 
opposite  position  for  reversal. 


220 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


850.  ELASTIC    WHEEL, 
spring  tire  with  jointed  spokes. 


Huxley."     A  steel 


851.  SPRING  WHEEL.— Two  forms  of  curved 
spring  spokes  and  spring  rim. 


852.    ELASTIC   WHEEL,    with    steel    tire    and 
spring  spokes. 


853.  APPLICATION  OF  TRACE 
SPRINGS  for  trucks  and  heavy  wag- 
ons. Saves  the  shoulders  of  horses 
from  fatigue  and  abrasion. 


854.  «  SERPOLLET'S  "  STEAM 
TRICYCLE.  — A,  coil  boiler;  B, 
coal  bunker;  C,  water  tank.  The 
coal  shute  enters  the 
furnace  and  feeds  the 
fire  automatically. 
Water  is  fed  to  the 
generator  directly 
from  an  adjustable 
pump  stroke.  See 
Nos.  199,  200,  201. 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


221 


855.  STEAM  FIRE 
ENGINE.  Vertical  tubu- 
lar boiler.  Vertical  steam 
pump,  with  yoke  connec- 
tion to  fly-wheel  crank. 
"  Gould  "  pattern. 


856.  JACKETLESS  GASOLINE  CARRIAGE 
MOTOR,  with  two  cylinders  in 
line  on  two  cranks  at  opposite 
points.  Four-cycle  type.  Explo- 
sion in  cylinders  simultaneously, 
reducing  vibration.  Cylinder 
cooled  by  air  circulation  over  the 
radial  ribs. 


857.  GASOLINE  MOTOR 
CARRIAGE.— Two  full  seats 
and  single  seat  for  driver.  The 
middle  seat  turns  over  to  get 
at  the  motor  and  gear. 


858.  LIGHT  ELECTRIC 
CARRIAGE,  with  single 
seat.  The  motor  is  attached 
to  the  frame  and  geared 
to  a  speed  shaft,  and  by 
sprocket  and  chain  to  the 
wheel  axle. 


222 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


859.  ELECTRIC  PHAETON.— 
The  motors  are  fixed  to  a 
frame  under  the  floor  of  the 
phaeton,  with  their  pinions 
meshing  with  an  inside  spur 
gear  on  each  wheel.  The 
batteries  are  under  the  seat 
and  extension  box  over  the 
driving  wheels. 


860.  ELECTRIC  BROUGHAM. 
The  same  general  arrange- 
ment of  the  motor  as  in 
No.  859,  only  that  the  bat- 
teries are  stored  under  the 
floor. 


86 1.  DIFFERENTIAL  GEAR  for  a  tricycle.  The  bisected 
shaft  is  connected  to  a  pair  of  pinions  by  universal  joints.  The 
pinions  are  pivoted  at  an  angle  of  about  30°  in  a  free-moving  sleeve  box. 


862.  BABY-CARRIER  TRICYCLE, 

— An  extension  of  the  driving  axle  of  an 
ordinary  bicycle,  with  a  supplementary 
wheel  to  balance  and  for  safety,  so  that 
a  convenient  vehicle  is  made  for  carrying 
children  or  packages 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


223 


863.  ELECTRIC  TRICYCLE,  "Bar- 
row "  pattern.  The  single  forward  wheel  is 
swivelled  to  the  vehicle  frame  for  steering 
and  is  also  the  driving  wheel.  It  has  a  spur 
wheel  on  the  inside  of  the  rim  in  which  the 
electric-motor  pinion  meshes.  The  motor 
swings  with  the  steering-wheel  frame,  and 'is 
connected  to  the  battery  under  the  seat  by 
flexible  wiring. 


864.  ICE  BICYCLE.— An  attach- 
ment of  a  runner  and  a  toothed  rim  for 
any  bicycle  ;  making  bicycling  a  winter 
sport  on  the  ice. 


865. 


BICYCLE  GEAR.— Transmission 
by  fore  and  aft  shaft  with  pin- 
tooth  gearing.  "  Sagar  "  model. 

866.     Pin-tooth    wheel    and 
pinion. 


867.  BICYCLE  CRANK.— A  device 
for  shortening  the  up-crank  stroke.    The 
eccentrics  are  fixed  to  the  frame.     The 
cranks  and  eccentric  straps  revolve  on 
ball  bearings,  carrying  by  link  connection 
the  secondary  crank  shaft  and  sprocket 
wheel. 

868.  Horizontal  plan. 

869.    SWINGING      BALL-BEARING 
BICYCLE  PEDAL.— Carries  the  feet  close 
.  to  the  ground. 


324 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROADS. 


A.  F. HAVEN'S"  PLANETARY 
CRANK  GEAR,  adapted 
-  for  bicycles  for  varying  pro- 
portion of  motion.  The  gear 
B  is  fast  on  the  sprocket- 
wheel  shaft.  Gear  C  is  fast 
to  a  block  that  slides  in  the 
longitudinal  slot  of  the  cross 
D.  The  curved  arms  of  the 
cross  are  slotted  on  the  ra- 
dial centre  E,  the  slot  rid- 
ing over  the  sprocket  shaft,  allowing  the  radial  arm  D  to  pass  the 
shaft.  The  crank  A  is  pivoted  to  the  shaft  and  the  sliding  block. 
With  equal  gears,  the  sprocket  wheel  makes  two  revolutions  for  one 
of  the  crank. 

871.  DETACHABLE  LINK  CHAIN 
for  bicycles.     Chain  can  be  taken  apart 
by  turning  the  links  at  right  angles  to 
the  run  of  the  chain. 

872.  DETACHABLE  LINK  CHAIN 
for  bicycles.      The  pin   can  be  slipped 
out  by  drawing  the  links  together.     The 
grooves  in  the  pins  lock  in  the  narrow 
slot  ends  of  the  links. 

873.  Centre  link  pin  and  slip  link. 

874.  DETACHABLE  LINK  BICYCLE 
CHAIN. — The  pins  are  slotted  on  three 
sides  at  G,  G,  are  entered  at  the  centre  of 
the  outside  links  and  turned  so  that  the 
straight  back  will  rest  against  the  end  of 
link  slot. 
875.  Pin  showing  slots. 


876.  BALL-BEARING  PROBLEM,  show- 
ing the  direction  of  load,  direction  of  support, 
and  axis  of  rotation  with  V  bearings  in  which 
the  angular  thrust  is  balanced  in  the  same 
journal. 


NAVIGATION    AND    ROAD 


225 


877.  BALL-BEARING  PROBLEM,  show- 
ing the  direction  of  load,  the  direction  of  sup- 
port, and  the  axis  of  rotation  with  angular 
quarter-curve  bearings  and  angular  thrust. 


878.  ACETYLENE  BICYCLE  LAMP. 

Gas  is  generated  in  the  lower  compartment 
by  admission  of  water  in  small  quantities 
from  the  compartment  B,  through  a  needle 
valve  operated  by  the  handle  K.  L,  gas 
tube  ;  M,  burner.  The  gas  pressure  is  reg- 
ulated by  the  hydrostatic  head  of  water  in 
the  reservoir  B.  If  gas  is  generated  too 
fast,  the  water  is  held  back  by  the  gas 
pressure. 


879.  ACETYLENE    BICYCLE    LAMP.— A 

charge  of  pulverized  calcium  carbide  is  placed  in 
the  lower  chamber.  A  charge  of  water  of  one- 
half  the  weight  of  the  carbide  is  placed  in  the 
tank,  J.  The  wick  G  carries  water  to  the  car- 
bide by  capillary  action  and  pressure  from  grav- 
ity. The  gas  is  aerated  in  the  burner.  The 
valve  at  I  regulates  the  flow  of  water,  which  is 
also  retarded  by  the  gas  pressure  in  the  carbide 
chamber. 


880.  BICYCLE  LAMP.— W,  bull's- 
eye  lens.  Air  enters  at  O,  and  passes 
to  the  flame  between  the  wick  tube 
and  guard,  and  flickering  is  prevented 
by  air's  exit  through  small  passages  in 
the  shell  of  the  lamp.  Z,  reflector  ;  B, 
oil  chamber. 


Section  XL 

GEARING. 

RACKS  AND  PINIONS  ;  SPIRAL,  ELLIPTICAL,  AND  WORM  GEAR; 

DIFFERENTIAL  AND  STOP-MOTION  GEAR;    EPICY- 

CLICAL    AND    PLANETARY    TRAINS; 

"FERGUSON'S"   PARADOX. 


GEARING. 


RACKS  AND  PINIONS;  SPIRAL,  ELLIPTICAL,  AND  WORM  GEAR;  DIFFERENTIAL 

AND  STOP-MOTION  GEAR;  EPICYCLICAL  AND  PLANETARY 

TRAINS;  "FERGUSON'S"  PARADOX. 


88 1.   ORDINARY  RACK  AND  PINION. 

>VUJO      — Reciprocating  motion,  from  circular  or  recti- 
linear motion  as  desired. 


L 


882.  DOUBLING  THE  LENGTH  OF  A 
CRANK  STROKE  by  a  fixed  and  a  movable 
rack.     The  crank  rod  connects  with  a  pinion, 
which  rolls  on  a  fixed  rack,  carrying  a  recipro- 
cating rack  to  double  the  distance  of  the  crank  throw. 


883.  SAWMILL  FEED.— By  the  revolu- 
tion or  rocking  of  the  crank  b>  the  adjustable 
bell-crank  lever  a  is  vibrated,  which  gives  the 
hook  pawl  c  the  desired  motion  to  turn  the 
ratchet  wheel  and  pinion  which,  meshing  in 
the  log  bed-rack,  feeds  the  log  to  the  saw.  The 
rate  of  feed  is  adjusted  by  the  screw  and 
traverse  block  d. 


884.  RACK  MOTION  used  for  air  pumps. 
The  racks  are  directly  connected  with  the  pis- 
tons of  a  single-acting  air  or  other  pump,  and 
operated  by  a  brake  lever. 


885.  AIR-PUMP  MOVEMENT.— Two  racks 
connected  directly  with  the  pistons,  with  guides, 
are*  operated  by  a  pinion  and  lever. 


230 


GEARING. 


886.  CIRCULAR  RACK  and  pinion  gear.    A  vari- 
able thrust  bearing. 


887.  RECTILINEAR  VIBRATING  MOTION 
of  a  spindle  having  an  endless  worm  gear,  moved 
by  a  spur-gear  sector. 


.  VERTICAL  DROP  HAMMER  or  impact 
rod,  in  any  position.  Continual  motion  of  sector  pinion 
lifts  or  draws  back  the  rack-rod  B,  which  quickly  drops 
or  springs  forward  on  the  release  of  the  teeth. 


SECTOR  PINION  AND  DOUBLE 
RACK. —  Rectilinear  reciprocating  motion  from 
the  continual  motion  of  a  sector  pinion. 


890.   RECIPROCATING    MOTIONS    of 

two  pinions,  geared  together  and  to  opposite 
racks,  producing  rectilinear  reciprocating  mo- 
tion to  the  racks,  or  vice  versa. 


891.  CRANK  SUBSTITUTE,  "Parson's" 
patent.  A  reciprocating  double  rack  alternately 
meshing  in  a  pinion.  A  cam  face  plate  running 
in  smooth  ways  in  the  racks  and  fast  to  the  pinion  lifts  the  racks  into 
and  out  of  gear  alternately  at  the  end  of  each  stroke.  The  end  teeth 
keep  the  pinion  in  mesh. 


GEARING. 


23I 


892.  ALTERNATE  CIRCULAR  MOTION 
of  a  spur  pinion  from  rectilinear  motion  of  a 
mutilated  rack  gear. 

893.  CRANK  SUBSTITUTE.  Two  loose 
LJJ  pinions  with  reverse  ratchets  attached  to  shaft, 
with  pawls  on  pinion  ratchets.  Each  rack 
meshes  with  reverse  pinion  for  continual  motion  of  shaft.  Many  vari- 
ations of  this  device  are  in  use. 


894.  QUICK  BACK  MOTION  given  to  a 
rack  slide  by  a  sector  gear  and  slotted  arm ; 
operated  by  a  pin  in  a  revolving  face  plate. 


895.  ALTERNATE  RECTILINEAR  MO- 
TION from  a  swinging  lever  with  sector  and 
rack.  The  lever  has  a  quick  return  motion, 
operated  by  a  wrist  pin  on  a  face  plate,  and 
free  from  backlash  by  the  weight  and  lanyard 
attached  to  end  of  lever. 


896.  RECIPROCATING  RECTILINEAR 
MOTION  of  a  double  rack ;  gives  a  continu- 
ous rotary  motion  to  the  central  crank.     Each 
stroke  of  the  rack  alternates  upon  one  or  the 
other  of  the  sectors.     A  curved  stop  on  the 
centre  gear  is  caught  on  the  pins  in  the  rack, 
to  throw  it  into  mesh  with  the  opposite  sector. 

897.  RECIPROCATING  RECTILINEAR 
MOTION  of  a  bar  carrying  an  endless  rack. 
A  mangle  device.     The  pinion  shaft  moves  up 
and  down  the  slot,  guiding  the  pinion  aroxmd 
the  end  of  the  rack. 


232 


GEARING. 


© 


898.  MANGLE  RACK,  guided  by  rollers 
and  driven  by  a  lantern  half-pinion.  The  long 
teeth  in  the  rack  act  as  guides  to  insure  a 
of 


899.  MANGLE  RACK. — A  reciprocating  mo- 
tion of  a  frame  to  which  is  attached  a  pin-tooth 
rack,  the  pinion  being  guided  by  the  shaft  rid- 
ing in  a  vertical  slot,  not  shown. 


900.  MANGLE  RACK  with  stationary  pinion. 
The  rack  and  slot  frame  are  jointed  to  the  mangle 
box,  riding  in  mesh  with  the  pinion  by  the  slot 
guide,  leaving  the  mangle  box  free  to  ride  and  tip 
on  the  rollers. 


901.  ALTERNATE  CIRCULAR  MOTION 
from  continuous  motion  of  geared  wheels.  A 
grooved  cam  revolving  with  a  geared  wheel  pro- 
duces a  variable  or  alternate  motion  to  a  crank, 
through  a  pin  in  the  groove  connected  to  the 
crank  and  to  a  fixed  point  by  a  connecting  rod. 


902.  MANGLE  WHEEL  with  equal  motion 
forward  and  return.  The  pinion  moves  over  the 
same  teeth  in  both  motions.  The  pinion  moves 
vertical  in  a  guide  slot,  not  shown.  The  end  of 
the  shaft  is  guided  vertically  by  the  groove  keep- 
ing the  pinion  teeth  in  mesh. 


903.  «  MANGLE  WHEEL"  GEAR  in  the  oper- 
ation of  which  the  speed  varies  in  every  part  of 
its  revolution.  The  pinion  shaft  is  guided  by  the 
groove  in  the  face  of  the  wheel  to  keep  the  teeth 
in  mesh,  but  rises  and  falls  vertically  by  travers- 
ing a  slotted  guide,  not  shown. 


GEARING. 


233 


904.  CONTINUOUS    ROTARY    MOTION 
of  a  pinion  producing  reciprocating  motion  of  the 
double-geared  wheel  carrying  drum  of  a  mangle. 
The  slotted  stand  allows  the  pinion  shaft  to  rise 
and  fall,  its  end  guided  by  the  slot  in  the  return- 
gear   wheel   to  give    the  mangle   drum  a  quick 
return. 

905.  MANGLE  WHEEL  with  grooved  guides, 
uniform  motion  through  nearly  a  revolution,  and 
quick  return. 


906.  MANGLE  MACHINE  GEAR.— Large 
wheel  is  toothed  on  both  faces.  The  pinion 
traverses  from  one  side  to  the  other  of  the 
geared  wheel  through  the  open  space. 


907.  WORM  SCREW  RACK.— Continued  motion  of  a 
worm  screw  meshed  in  a  rack  to  produce  motion  in  the  rack 
from  a  fixed  position  of  the  worm,  or  with  a  fixed  rack ;  the 
worm,  sliding  over  a  feather-key  shaft,  will  drive  sliding  nuts 
holding  a  hoisting  car  or  platform. 


908.  ROTARY  MOTION  of  worm  gear  from 
an  ordinary  screw,  or  when  the  screw  has  great 
pitch,  rotary  motion  of  the  screw  may  be  obtained 
from  the  rotation  of  the  worm-gear  wheel. 


909.  ADJUSTABLE  FEED  ROLLS  driven 
by  worm  gear.  The  roll  gears  have  elongated 
teeth  on  their  face  meshing  with  the  screw  on 
each  side,  which  allows  of  considerable  variation 
of  the  d^pth  of  feed. 


234 


GEARING. 


910.  SAW-TOOTH  WORM  GEAR.— By  the 
saw-tooth  form  of  the  teeth  of  both  wheel  and 
worm,  and  the  concave  pitch  lines  of  the  worm,  a 
large  area  of  contact  is  given  to  the  teeth. 


911.  RIGHT-   AND    LEFT-HAND  WORM 
GEAR  for  feed  rolls  or  drums. 


912.  THREE-PART  WORM  SCREW,  for 
operating  three  screw  gears  for  a  chuck,  so  that 
the  jaws  close  in  the  same  direction. 


913.  TRAVERSING  MOTION  from  cir- 
cular motion  of  a  worm  gear.  The  worm 
wheel  and  spur  gear  are  relatively  held  by  the 
lit  frame  />,  and  slide  freely  on  shaft  a  and  guide 
bar  D.  The  feathered  key  on  shaft  a  allows  the  worm  to  turn  with 
the  shaft,  while  the  connecting  rod  c,  by  having  one  end  fixed  to  the 
frame  and  the  other  end  attached  to  a  crank  pin  on  the  spur  gear, 
gives  the  sliding  frame  with  spur  gear  and  worm  a  reciprocating  mo- 
tion equal  to  the  throw  of  the  crank  pin. 


914.  GLOBOID  SPIRAL  GEAR 
WHEELS. — The  revolution  of  the  glo- 
boid  gear  A  gives  a  variety  of  differen- 
tial motions  to  the  spur  gear  B  as  it 
swings  between  the  limits  practicable 
with  the  globoid  teeth. 


GEARING. 


235 


915.  INTERNAL  WORM-GEAR  WHEEL  for 

driving  a  spur-gear  pinion. 


916.  WORM-GEAR  PINION  to  drive  an  inter- 
nal spur-gear  wheel. 


917.  ANTI-FRICTION  WORM  GEAR.— 
The  worm-wheel  bearings  are  on  friction 
rollers  running  on  pins. 


918.  RELEASE  ROTARY  MOTION.— A  worm 
wheel  B,  fast  on  a  shaft  to  which  is  attached  a  loose  arm 
and  weight  D,  that  carries  the  arm  quickly  over  a  half- 
turn,  more  or  less,  as  required.  The  worm  wheel  lifts 
the  arm  and  weight  to  beyond  the  vertical  position  by  a 
pin  in  the  shaft.  See  919. 


919.  RELEASE  ROTARY  MOTION.— A  sector 
weight  E,  moving  loose  on  a  shaft  to  which  is  fixed  a 
worm  wheel  driven  by  a  screw.  The  weighted  sector 
is  lifted  by  a  pin  resting  in  the  half-section  of  the 
hub  of  the  worm  wheel  until  it  reaches  the  point  at 
which  gravity  carries  it  over  a  half-turn,  more  or  less,  as  required. 

920.  RELEASE  CAM.— Uniform  motion  is 
communicated  to  the  gear  wheel,  B,  fixed  on  its 
shaft  with  a  pin  at  C.  The  cam  is  loose  on 
the  shaft,  with  a  stop  section  to  meet  the  pin  at 
C.  The  lever  d  has  a  spring  and  a  roller  on 
the  cam.  The  lever  d  is  raised  by  the  motion 

of  the  cam  until  its  straight  face  reaches  the  roller,  when  the  lever 

falls  suddenly,  throwing  the  cam  forward. 


236 


GEARING. 


o 


921.  HUNTING  TOOTH  WORM  GEAR,  used 
for  planetary  or  clock  motion.  The  double  worm-gear 
wheel  may  have  one  or  more  teeth  in  one  section  than 
in  the  other.  The  motion  of  the  worm  advances  one 
wheel  in  proportion  to  the  difference  in  the  number  of 
teeth.  If  the  difference  is  as  100  to  101,  the  worm  will 
make  10,100  revolutions  for  one  revolution  of  the 
wheel  having  101  teeth,  over  the  wheel  having  100  teeth. 


922.  DIFFERENTIAL  SCREW  AND 
GEAR  MOVEMENT.— The  spur  gear  E  is 
fixed  to  a  screw  hub  or  nut,  revolving  in  the 
head  of  the  short  standard.  The  pinions  F 
and  G  vary  in  size  to  match  the  spur  gears  D 
and  E.  The  revolution  of  the  pinions  and  shaft 
A,  B  produces  a  differential  motion  in  the 
spur  gears  E  and  D.  D  is  fixed  to  the  screw  shaft,  thus  driving 
the  screw  shaft  forward  at  a  very  slow  rate  and  great  power. 


923.  COMPLEX  ALTERNATING  RECIP- 
ROCAL MOTION  from  three  unequal  gears  and 
two  walking-beams  giving  an  endless  variety  of 
motions  to  the  terminal  connecting  rod. 


924.  ALTERNATING  RECIPROCAL  MO- 
TION from  two  crank  gears  and  connecting  rods 
to  a  walking-beam.     When  the  gears  are  equal 
the  motion  of  the  rod  is  uniform  ;  when  the  gears 
are  unequal  the  motion  of  the  rod  is  proportionally 
a  varying  differential  one. 

925.  TWO-TOOTHED  PINION.— Transmis- 
sion of  motion  to  a  wheel  having  a  series  of  teeth 
alternating  on  each  side.     The  form  of  the  pinion 
cam  teeth  locks  the  wheel  teeth  until  the  opposite 
cam  catches  its  wheel  tooth. 


GEARING. 


237 


-  B 


926.  PIN  WHEEL  AND  SLOTTED  PINION, 
by  which  a  change  of  speed  is  obtained  by  shifting 
the  pinion  along  its  shaft. 


927.  VARIABLE  ROTARY  MOTION  from 
cone  gears.  A  toothed  cone  is  matched  to  an 
inverted  cone  with  pin  teeth  to  gear  with  the  vari- 
able pitch  of  the  cone  teeth. 


928.  SCROLL  GEAR. — Increasing  velocity  is  ob- 
tained by  a  geared  scroll  plate  with  a  sliding  pinion  on 
A    a  constant  speed  shaft. 


929.  SPIRAL  HOOP  GEAR  for  special 
and  slow  transmission  of  power  and  motion  to 
a  shaft  at  right  angle.  One  revolution  of 
wheel  A  moves  shaft  B  one  tooth  of  its  gear. 


930.  ACCELERATED  CIRCULAR  MO- 
TION by  a  volute  gear.  The  pinion  P  and 
guide  disc  R  move  along  the  feathered  shaft  C, 
following  the  rail  guide,  and  returns  by  reversal 
of  the  motion  of  the  driving  shaft  C. 

931.  ROLLER-BEARING  GEAR  TEETH. 

— A  double-flanged  wheel  with  roller-bearing 
notches  cut  to  the  pitch  of  the  wheel.  The 
rollers  are  held  in  place  by  straps  bolted  to  an 
inner  circle  of  the  flanges.  The  meshing 
wheel  has  its  teeth  skeletoned  to  make  room 
for  the  roller  teeth. 


GEARING. 


932.  BALL  GEAR  with  traverse  pinions.    Has 
a  very  limited  traverse  of  the  pinions. 


933.  SPIRAL  GEARING.— V  gearing,  in  which 
the  teeth  are  at  a  small  angle  with  the  plane  of  rota- 
tion, makes  a  perfectly  silent  transmission  of  power. 


934.  EXPANDING  PULLEY.— The  sec- 
tional rim  pieces  with  their  arms  have  a  radial 
sliding  joint  on  the  hub  arms,  and  are  moved 
out  or  in  by  pins  projecting  into  the  spiral 
slots  on  the  central  spur-gear  wheel.  The 
movement  of  the  wheel  c,  by  turning  the  ratchet 
pinion  d,  moves  all  the  sections  of  the  pulley 
equally. 


935.  CONCENTRIC  DIFFER- 
ENTIAL SPEED.— B,  high-speed 
shaft  and  eccentric  on  which  the  slow- 
speed  gear  A  revolves  with  a  differ- 
ential motion  by  being  carried  around 
in  mesh  with  the  larger  internal  fixed 
gear  C,  giving  a  slow  motion  to  the 
belt  pulley  B. 


36.  DIFFERENTIAL  MOTIONS  on  concen- 
tric shafts  by  bevel  gear. 


GEARING. 


239 


937.  DIFFERENTIAL  GEAR,  section. 

938.  Plan.      Used     in     differential     pulley 
blocks.     The  cam  and  large  grooved  pulley 
are  fixed  on  the  shaft,  the  revolution  of  which 
swings  the  small  gear  in  mesh  with  the  larger 
internal  gear,  and  rotating  the  large  gear,  shell, 

and  the  chain  lift  pulley,  with  a  speed  due  to  the  difference  in  the 
number  of  teeth  in  the  gears. 

939.  DOUBLING    THE    NUMBER    OF 
REVOLUTIONS  on  one   shaft.     B,  driving 
shaft  and  bevel  wheel ;  G,  bevel  wheel  fast  on 
shaft  F ;  C,  two  bevel  wheels  on  hollow  shaft 
running  on  shaft  F  ;  A,  frame  fast  on  shaft  F, 
and  carrying  bevel  wheel  D;  E,  bevel  wheel  run- 
ning loose  on  shaft  F.  Revolution  of  B  gives  contrary  and  equal  motions 
to  shaft  F  and  double-bevel  wheel  C.     Frame  A  and  its  bevel  wheel  D? 
revolving  in  contrary  direction  to  C,  doubles  the  speed  of  bevel  wheel  E. 

940.  MULTIPLE  GEAR  SPEED  in  line  of  shaft.  Pinion  E 
is  fast  on  small  shaft.  B  and  C  are  fast  together  and  pivoted  on  the 
y  sleeve  which  runs  loose  on  an  extension  of  the  small  shaft  gear ;  D 
is  fast  on  the  large  shaft,  and  gear  A  is  fixed  to  the  bearing.  Speed 
may  thus  be  increased  or  decreased  on  a  continuous  line  of  shafting 

by  the  relative 
number  of  teeth 
in  the  different 
bevel  gears. 
When  the  multi- 
ple of  the  teeth 
in  A  and  C  is 
less  than  the 
multiple  of  the 
teeth  in  B  and 
D,  the  gear  D 
and  the  large 

shaft  will  revolve  forward  or  in  the  same  direction  as  the  pinion  E. 
When  the  multiple  of  A  and  C  is  greater  than  the  multiple  of  the  teeth 
in  B  and  D,  the  gear  D  and  large  shaft  will  revolve  backward  or  in  the 
opposite  direction  from  the  pinion  E.  The  "  Humpage  "  reducing  gear. 


240 


GEARING. 


941.  VARIABLE  THROW  TRAVERSING 
BAR,  used  in  silk  spooling.  The  spur  gear  a,  to 
which  is  affixed  a  crank  and  jointed  guide  rod,  turns 
freely  on  a  pin  fixed  in  the  revolving  disc  b.  The 
pinion  c  is  fixed  on,  a  central  shaft  or  otherwise, 
allowing  the  disc  b  and  its  attached  spur  gear  a  to 
revolve  around  the  pinion  c,  thereby  producing  a 
varying  throw  of  the  guide  rod  for  each  revolution  of  the  disc  b. 


942.  REVOLUTION  OF  A  PINION  around 
its  own  centre  and  also  around  the  common  centre 
of  two  externally  centred  gears,  a,  driving  pulley 
with  cross  band  to  gear  pulley  b,  and  direct  band 
to  gear  pulley  c.  The  differential  motion  revolves  the 
pinion  D  around  its  own  axis  and  around  its  external 
axis  b.  A  planetary  motion. 


943.  DIFFERENTIAL  SPEED  of  two  gears  in 
different  directions  on  the  same  shaft.  A,  driving  pin- 
ion :  B  is  geared  to  the  shaft  pinion  A  and 'to  the  inter- 
nal spur  gear  C,  and  runs  on  a  fixed  journal. 


944.  CAPSTAN  GEAR. — The  central  pinion  is 
fast  to  the  shaft.  The  intermediate  pinions  are  on 
a  frame  free  on  their  own  axes,  but  the  frame  is  fixed 
to  the  winding  drum.  The  gear  ratchet  ring  runs 
free  on  the  shaft,  but  is  stopped  by  a  pawl  on  the 
drum  for  quick  speed  and  by  the  outside  pawls  for 
a  slow  speed  of  the  winding  drum. 


945.  SLOW  FORWARD  AND  QUICK  BACK 
circular  motion  from  the  continuous  circular  mo- 
tion of  a  pinion,  driving  an  internal  sector  pin- 
ion and  an  external  sector  gear. 


GEARING. 


24I 


946.  GEARED  GRIP  TONGS.— The  radial  dis- 
tances of  the  sectors  are  in  proportion  to  the  diameters 
of  the  two  pinions,  which  gives  the  jaws  an  equal  mo- 
tion, closing  them  with  a  strong  grip  by  the  action  of 
the  pinions. 


947.    VARIABLE    CIRCULAR    MOTION 
by  a  pinion  driving  an  eccentric  crown  wheel. 


948.  ELLIPTICAL  SPUR  GEAR  for  variable 
speed,  the  amount  of  which  is  governed  by  the 
relative  lengths  of  the  greater  and  lesser  axes  of 
the  pitch  lines  of  the  elliptical  gears. 


949.  ELLIPTICAL  GEAR  WHEEL  and  pinion 
for  variable  motion  of  a  pinion  from  uniform  speed  of 
an  elliptic  gear.  The  pinion  shaft  is  carried  in  a  box  in 
a  slotted  arm  and  held  in  contact  by  a  spring  or  other 
means. 


950.  IRREGULAR  CIRCULAR  MOTION 
from  a  circular  gear  train.  A,  the  driver,  with  a 
spur  gear  B,  attached  eccentrically ;  C,  a  pinion,  and 
D,  the  driven  wheel.  The  three  pinions  are  connected 
with  pivoted  arms ;  then  the  swinging  of  the  spur 
wheel  B  around  its  eccentric  axis  will  give  a  variable 
motion  to  the  wheel  D. 

951.  VARIABLE  RECIPROCATING 
MOTION  from  a  rotating  spiral  spur 
sector  meshed  in  racks  inclined  to  the 
line  of  motion.  The  pitch  lines  of  the 
racks  are  curved  to  match  the  pitch  line 
of  the  spiral  sector.  The  pins  F  on  the 

sector  mesh  with  the  stop  jaws  J,  K,  on  the  rack  frame,  alternately  at 

each  half  revolution. 


242 


GEARING. 


952.  IRREGULAR  CIRCULAR  MOTION 
from  an  elliptically  eccentric  gear  train.  C  is  the 
elliptic  driving  wheel  turning  with  the  shaft  at  D. 
B  is  the  intermediate  gear  with  a  pinion  follower  to 
the  eccentric  gear  C.  A  and  B  are  attached  by  an 
arm  pivoted  on  their  respective  shafts,  so  that  B 
rises  and  falls  to  keep  the  gear  in  mesh ;  h  and  g 
is  an  elliptical  slot  in  a  plate  attached  to  C,  in  which  the  end  of  the 
shaft  of  B  traverses  to  keep  the  pinion  B  in  gear  with  the  elliptic 
wheel  C. 


953. 


ALTERNATING  RECTILINEAR 
MOTION  by  the  revolution  of  a  sec- 
tor by  which  one  revolution  produces 
both  motions.  The  curved  back  of 
the  sector  just  touches  the  extended 
tooth  of  the  rack  frame  at  d,  while  the  teeth  at  e  and  b  are  partly  in 
mesh  with  the  enlarged  sector  end  teeth,  thus  preventing  back-lash 
or  locking  of  the  teeth. 


954.  INTERMITTENT  MOTION  OF  SPUR 
GEAR. — A  is  the  driver.  The  pin  J  and  the  dog  L 
are  on  the  front  side  of  the  gear ;  the  pin  R  and  dog 
P  are  on  the  back.  This  class  of  gears  may  be  made 
in  varying  proportion  to  suit  the  required  stop  motion 
of  the  gear  B,  A  being  the  driver. 


955.  INTERMITTENT  MOTION  OF  SPUR 
GEAR,  in  which  the  dogs  G  and  F  form  a  part  of  the 
driven  gear  B.  This  form  allows  of  varying  propor- 
tions of  stop  and  speed  motion  in  the  two  gears.  A  is 
the  driving  gear. 


GEARING. 


956.  SPIRAL  STOP-MOTION  GEAR.— In 
this  form  a  variable  motion,  in  addition  to  the  stop,, 
is  given  to  the  driven  wheel  B.  The  dotted  section 
at  G  shows  the  mesh  of  the  spur,  K,  of  the  stop 
wheel.  A  is  the  driving  wheel. 


957.  FAST  AND  SLOW  MOTION  SPUR  GEAR,  or  a  quick 
return  when  operating  a  slide  motion  by  a  crank.  The  driving  gear 
B  is  composed  of  gear  sectors  of  differen- 
tial radius  to  correspond  with  the  sectors  of 
the  driven  gear  A.  The  horns  and  studs 
M,  L  are  back  of  the  face  of  the  gears  and 
make  contact  with  the  studs  N  and  O,  on 
the  sector  wheel  A,  guiding  the  wheels  to  mesh  in  the  other  pair  of 
sectors. 


958.  MITER  INTERMITTENT 
GEARS. — The  driver  makes  one  revolu- 
tion to  one-quarter  of  a  revolution  of  the 
driven  gear.  The  blank  part  of  the  driv- 
ing gear  is  milled  down  to  the  pitch  line, 
and  runs  in  the  corresponding  concave 
of  the  four-part  driven  gear. 


959.  INTERMITTENT  ROTARY  MOTION, 

from  continuous  rotary  motion  of  a  sector-toothed 
wheel.  Part  of  the  pinion  is  cut  out  of  the  same 
curve  as  the  smooth  part  of  the  wheel,  and  acts 
as  a  stop  until  the  pin  on  the  wheel  strikes  the 
arm  on  the  pinion  and  guides  the  contact  of  the  teeth. 


960.  IRREGULAR  VIBRATORY  MOTION 
of  an  arm,  A,  from  the  rotary  motion  of  a  pinion, 
B 


244 


GEARING. 


961.  VARIABLE  VIBRATING  MOTION 
given  to  a  rod,  A,  by  the  rotation  of  a  pinion  on  an 
irregular-toothed  wheel  on  a  fixed  axis ;  the  pinion 
being  carried  by  a  bell-crank  lever,  with  a  variable 
slot  adjustment. 


962.    MOTION   BY  ROLLING  CONTACT  of 

elliptical  half-geared  wheels.     The  fork  serves  as  a 
guide  to  enter  the  teeth  into  mesh. 


963.  VARIABLE  SECTIONAL  MOTION  from 
sector  gears.  The  sectors  are  arranged  on  different 
planes,  so  that  each  pair  shall  be  matched  and  all 
so  adjusted  that  their  teeth  will  mesh  at  their  proper 
periods. 


964.  UNIFORM  SPEED  OF  SECTIONAL 
SPUR  GEAR  during  part  of  revolution.  The 
motions  varying  .suddenly  according  with  the  dif- 
ferential radii  of  the  sectors. 


965.   SCROLL  GEARING.  — For   increasing  or  de- 
creasing the  speed  gradually  during  one  revolution. 


966.  INTERMITTENT  ROTARY  MOTION 
from  eccentric  circular  motion.  C  and  D  are  pins 
concentric  with  wheel  B.  The  shoulder  cam  A 
runs  eccentric  to  the  shaft  of  B,  and  catches  the 
pin  C  or  D  at  every  revolution,  turning  B  a 
half -re  volution,  and  the  reverse  if  B  is  the  driver. 


GEARING. 


245 


967.  STOP  ROLLER  MOTION,  used  in 
wool-combing  machines.  The  heart-shaped  slot 
B,  in  the  driving  disc  D,  carries  a  roller  stud, 
giving  it  a  forward,  backward,  and  stop  motion. 
A  pin  on  the  back  of  the  disc  at  e  lifts  the  pawl 
G  (Fig.  968),  allowing  it  to  pass  over  one  of  the 
spaces  between  the  notches,  and  at  the  next  half- 
revolution  carrying  the  roller  shaft  fonvard  one 
notch.  The  roller  is  attached  to  the  shaft  F,  and 
by  the  action  of  the  heart-shaped  cam  makes  one- 
third  of  a  revolution  backward,  and  two-thirds 
of  a  revolution  forward. 


969.  CHANGE  GEAR  MOTION.  — The  loose 
sleeve  revolving  freely  on  the  concentric  ends  of  the 
shafts  A  and  B  carries  a  diagonal  shaft,  with  bevel 
pinions  fast  on  each  end ;  also  a  spur  wheel,  driven 
by  the  governing  shaft  and  pinion  E.  Any  motion 
given  to  the  spur  wheel  F,  by  the  pinion  E,  varies 
the  speed  of  shaft  B — A  being  the  driving  shaft. 


970.  CHANGE  GEAR  MOTION,  with  spur 
gearing  only.  The  spur  wheel  C  moves  freely  on 
the  disconnected  shafts  A  and  B.  A  short  shaft 
and  two  fast  pinions  have  a  free  motion  near  the 
periphery  of  the  spur  wheel  C.  The  fast  spur  wheel 
on  the  shaft  A  is  the  driver.  Any  motion  of  the 
central  spur  wheel  given  by  the  shaft  and  pinion  E  varies  the  motion  of 
the  shaft  B  greater  or  less  than  the  driving  shaft,  according  to  the 
direction  of  the  governing  motion. 


971.  CHANGE  GEAR  MOTION.— The  shafts 
A  and  B  are  disconnected,  and  carry  a  loose  hub  and 
spur  wheel  in  which  is  pivoted  the  bevel  pinion  T. 
The  bevel  wheel  C  is  fast  on  shaft  A,  and  D  is  fast 
on  shaft  B.  Any  motion  given  to  the  central  spur 
gear  either  way  by  the  pinion  shaft  E  varies  the  speed 
of  the  driven  shaft  B  either  faster  or  slower  than  the 
driving  shaft  A. 


246 


GEARING. 


972.  DIFFERENTIAL  DRIVING  GEAR. 
—  Used  on  the  driving  shaft  of  motor  carriages. 
A,  is  the  driven  gear  from  the  motor ;  B,  a  bevel 
pinion  pivoted  laterally ;  C,  C,  bevel  gears  fast 
on  the  divided  shaft  E,  D.  This  arrangement 
allows  one  wheel  to  advance  in  turning  a  curve, 
and  at  the  same  time  to  receive  an  equal  impulse 
with  the  other  wheel. 


973.  EQUALIZING  PULLEY  for 
rope  transmission.  The  arm  carrying 
the  small  bevel  gears  is  fast  on  the 
shaft.  The  divided  pulley  runs  loose 
on  each  side  of  the  arm  with  its  two 
bevel  gears  meshed  with  the  bevel  pin- 
ions. Any  variation  in  the  over-wound 
rope  by  tension  will  be  compensated 
by  the  pinions. 

974.  EQUALIZING  GEAR.  — When 
driven  by  the  belts  A,  A',  with  equal  speed 
in  opposite  direction,  the  large  spur  wheel 
and  shaft  B  do  not  move.  Any  difference 
in  the  speed  of  the  belt  pulleys  will  revolve 
the  large  spur  wheel  and  shaft  B  forward 
or  backward,  according  to  which  pulley 
runs  fastest.  The  velocity  of  the  large  spur  wheel  will  be  one-half 
the  difference  of  the  pulley  velocities.  If  B  is  the  driving  shaft,  A 
and  A'  may  be  the  wheels  of  a  vehicle. 

975.  DOUBLING  A  REVOLUTION  on  the 
same  shaft,  "Entwistle's"  patent.  The  pulley  at 
A  is  the  driver  on  the  shaft  D.  The  bevel  gear 
at  A  is  fixed.  The  stud  E  is  fast  on  the  shaft. 
The  bevel  wheel  B  revolves  freely  on  the  stud  E. 
The  bevel  wheel  C  and  its  pulley  C'  runs  loose 
on  the  shaft.  The  revolution  of  the  stud  E  with  its  bevel  wheel 
around  the  fixed  bevel  wheel  A  doubles  the  speed  of  the  bevel  wheel 
C  and  pulley  C'. 


GEARING. 


247 


976.  CONTINUOUS  SHAFT  MO- 
TION from  an  alternating  driving  shaft. 
The  ratchets  fixed  to  the  bevel  gears  on 
the  shaft  a  are  operated  by  pawls  fixed 
to  the  shaft,  the  rocking  of  which  re- 
volves the  bevel  gear  and  shaft  B  in  one 
direction. 


977.  ALTERNATING  MOTION  of  a  shaft 
at  right  angles  to  a  driving  shaft  by  three  bevel 
gears  and  double  clutch.  Bevel  gears  on  clutch 
shaft  run  loose.  Clutch  slides  on  a  feather  or 
key,  and  is  operated  by  a  Y-lever  and  groove  in 
clutch. 


ECCENTRIC  WHEEL  TRAIN. 

— The  elliptical  bevel  gear  A  is 
fixed  to  the  crank  shaft  bearing 
at  an  angle  to  allow  the  elliptical 
bevel  wheel  B  to  clear  the  bevel 
wheel  F.  The  arm  C  is  fixed  to 
L  the  crank  shaft ;  B  and  D  are 
fixed  to  the  shaft  H,  giving  to  the  shaft  E  an  irregular  reversed  mo- 
tion from  the  motion  of  the  crank  shaft. 

979.  EPICYCLIC  GEAR.— The  arm  F  G 
is  fast  on  the  shaft  A  A.  The  bevel  wheel  is 
loose  on  the  arm.  The  bevel  wheels  D  and  C 
are  loose  on  the  shaft  A  A.  Differential  mo- 
tions of  the  two  wheels  C  D  will  produce  a  ro- 
tation of  the  arm  F  G,  around  and  with  the 
shaft  A,  or,  by  making  the  arm  loose  on  the  shaft,  a  differential  mo- 
tion may  be  made  by  shaft  and  arm. 

980.  EPICYCLIC  TRAIN.— If  gear  wheel  C 
is  fixed,  and  the  arm  D  moved  around  its  axis  at 
A,  the  gear  wheel  B  will  have  a  retrograde  mo- 
tion, and  the  gear  wheel  A  a  faster  motion  in  the 
direction  of  the  motion  of  the  arm.  If  wheel  A 
is  fixed,  'B  and  C  will  have  unequal  forward 
motions. 


248 


GEARING. 


981.  AUTOMATIC  CLUTCH  MOTION 
FOR  REVERSING.— 
The  bevel  wheels  B,  C  are 
the  drivers  in  contrary  di- 
rection; D  is  a  double 
clutch  on  the  shaft  feather. 
The  revolution  of  the  pin 
on  bevel  wheel  E  moves  the  weighted  ball  F  through  the  action  of 
the  bell-crank  lever  and  connecting  rod  until  the  ball  is  past  the  ver- 
tical centre,  when  it  falls  over,  striking  the  clutch  lever  and  moving 
the  clutch  to  the  opposite  or  reverse  wheel,  and  vice  versa. 

982.  ECCENTRIC  GEAR.— Irregular 
inverse  motion  from  elliptic  speed  gear. 
The  balanced  arm  T  is  fixed  to  the  crank 
shaft  and  turns  with  it. '  The  gear  A  is  el- 
liptical, as  is  also  the  gear  a.  Gear  A  is 
fixed  to  the  frame  with  one  of  its  centres 
coincident  with  the  crank  shaft ;  a,  is  fixed 
in  the  same  manner  to  a  shaft  carrying 
the  gear  F,  multiplying  the  speed  of  the  in- 
dex pointer  P  with  a  differential  velocity,  due  to  the  eccentricity  of 
the  elliptical  gears. 

983.  SUN  AND  PLANET  CRANK  MOTION, 
used  by  James  Watt  on  the  steam  engine.  Gear 
centres  are  held  by  connecting  arm.  B  is  fixed  to 
connecting  rod,  and  does  not  revolve  on  its  own 
centre,  but  moves  around  the  axis  of  the  fly-wheel 
A  with  a  slightly  oscillating  motion.  The  wheel  A  revolves  twice  on 
its  axis  to  one  circuit  of  B,  or  two  strokes  of  the  piston. 


984.  HIGH-SPEED  EPICYCLIC  TRAIN. 
—  Bevel  gear  C  is  the  driver ;  m  p  is  a  fixed 
shaft.  Bevel  pinion  D  and  spur  gear  E  are  fixed 
on  a  hollow  shaft.  Bevel  pinion  A  and  spur  gear 
H  are  fixed  on  a  hollow  shaft,  revolving  on  the 
hollow  shaft  I.  The  arm  m  n  revolves  freely  on 
the  fixed  shaft  m  p.  The  spur  wheels  F,  G  are 
fixed  on  a  hollow  shaft  turning  freely  on  the  stud  n. 


GEARING. 


249 


C  D  985-    SUN    AND    PLANET    WINDING 

GEAR. — A  is  fixed  to  the  frame  ;  B  is  keyed 
to  the  barrel  shaft.     The  crank  is  loose  on  the 
shaft  and  carries  a  stud  on  which  the  diffen 
tial  gear  C,  D  revolves. 


986.  EPICYCLIC  GEAR  TRAIN.— C  is  the 

arm  which  may  revolve  around  its  centre  at  F.  The 
gear  A  is  fixed.  The  pinion  F  is  fast  to  a  spindle.  The 
gear  B  turns  on  its  own  axis  as  it  revolves  around  the 
common  centre.  The  two  pinions  at  D  are  fastened 
together  and  revolve  around  their  own  axis,  and  also 
around  the  common  centre  at  F.  The  centre  spindle 
at  F  revolves  with  increased  speed  by  the  double  gear 

at  D.     A  great  variety  of  motions  may  thus  be  made  to  represent 

planetary  movement 

987.  COMPOUND  EPICYCLIC  TRAIN, 
more  curious  than  useful,  but  illustrating  the 
changed  conditions  of  gear  motion.  Gears  a  and 
h  are  fixed  to  the  crank  shaft.  Gears  g  and  f 
are  fixed  to  a  hollow  shaft  turning  on  the  shaft 
n  m.  Gears  e,  b  are  fixed  on  a  hollow  shaft  and 
turn  on  shaft  n  m.  The  arm  k  I  is  fast  on  and 
supported  by  shaft  n  m.  Gears  e,  d  are  fixed  on  a  hollow  shaft  and 
revolve  on  the  arm  k  /,  carrying  the  arm  in  a  slow  motion  around  the 
shaft  axis  n  m.  A  variety  of  differential  motions  may  be  made  by 
changing  the  relation  of  the  fixed  pairs. 


988.  PLANETARY    MOTION  applied  to  an 
apple-paring  machine.     The  gear  F  is  fixed  to  the 
crank  shaft.  The  internal  spur  gear  A  is  stationary. 
On  turning  the  crank  the  pinion  B  rolls  forward, 
carrying  the  arm  T  at  half  the  velocity  of 
the  crank.     The  bevel  gear  A  revolves  with 
the  crank,  driving  the  spindle  K  with  one- 

half  the  proportional  speed  due  to  the  rela- 

H      tive  diameters  of  gears  A'  and  F'. 


GEARING. 


989.  PLANETARY  GEAR 
TRAIN. — The  arm  T  revolves 
around  the  fixed  gear  A,  on  the 
stand  H.  The  gear  B  and  bevel 
gear  E  are  fixed  on  a  shaft  and 
turn  in  one  direction,  giving  a 
contrary  motion  to  the  bevel  gear  F  and  index  hand  P. 

F/  990.  PLANETARY  GEAR 
TRAIN.  The  arm  T  revolves 
around  the  fixed  gear  A.  The 
small  gear  S  reverses  the  mo- 
tion of  the  gear  F,  to  shaft  of 
which  the  arm  T'  is  fixed.  The 
arm  T'  moves  backward,  carry- 
ing the  pinion  S'  around  the 
bevel  gear  A',  which  is  fixed  to  the  arm  T,  giving  the  bevel  wheel  F'  a 
forward  motion,  or  in  the  same  direction  as  the  arm  T. 

991.  "FERGUSON'S"  MECHANICAL  PARADOX.— The 
arm  C  revolves  around  the  fixed  gear  A,  carrying  the  gear  B  and 
train  of  wheels  with  it.  The  gear  B  revolves  in  the  same  direction  as 

the  arm  and  carries  with 
it  the  gears  I,  G,  E  fixed 
to  its  shaft.  Small  dif- 
ferences  in  the  number 
of  teeth  of  each  pair  of 
gears  gives  a  differential 
reverse  motion  to  the 
gears  K,  H,  F. 


B      N 


992.  "FERGUSON'S"  MECHANICAL 
PARADOX,  a  curious  property  of  an  epicy- 
clic  train.  A  is  a  central  fixed  axle  and  gear 
wheel,  around  which  the  arm  C  D  revolves ; 
M,  a  wide-gear  wheel  loose  on  a  pivot  set  in 

the  arm  CD;  N,  a  pivot  also  set  in  the  arm  and  carrying  three 
gears  with  a  differential  number  of  teeth,  say,  varying  by  one  or  two 
teeth.  On  moving  the  arm  C  D  to  give  motion  to  the  train,  the  three 
wheels  E,  F,  and  G  will  have  a  differential  motion,  which  was  a  para- 
dox to  persons  not  understanding  the  secret/ 


Section  XII. 

MOTION  AND  DEVICES  CONTROLLING 
MOTION. 

RATCHETS    AND  PAWLS,  CAMS,  CRANKS,  INTERMITTENT  AND 

STOP   MOTIONS,  WIPERS,  VOLUTE    CAMS,  VARIABLE 

CRANKS,  UNIVERSAL  SHAFT  COUPLINGS, 

GYROSCOPE,    ETC. 


MOTION  AND  DEVICES  CONTROLLING 
MOTION. 

RATCHETS    AND    PAWLS,    CAMS,     CRANKS,    INTERMITTENT     AND    STOP     MOTIONS, 

WIPERS,   VOLUTE   CAMS,    VARIABLE    CRANKS,    UNIVERSAL   SHAFT 

COUPLINGS,    GYROSCOPE,    ETC. 


993.  RATCHET  BAR  LIFT.— The  vibra- 
tion of  a  double-bell  crank  lever  gives  a  ratchet 
bar  and  attached  rope  great  power  for  lifting 
or  tightening  a  binding  device. 


994.  RATCHET  LIFT. — Vibrating  lever  C, 
operates  two  hooked  pawls  on  the  ratchet  bar  A  and 
lifts  the  bar.  The  slot  serves  as  guide.  The  other 
member  may  be  a  suspension  or  standard  attach- 
ment. Much  used  in  ratchet  jacks  and  stump-pullers. 


995.    RATCHET  GOVERNOR,  for 

water-wheels    or    other    prime    movers. 

The  pin  cam  is  in  constant  revolution. 

The  double-ratchet  rack  B,  held  clear  of 

the  revolving  pin  at  normal  speed,  is 
raised  or  lowered  by  the  action  of  the  governor  on  the  suspender  A. 
The  extension  rods  of  the  ratchet  frame  operate  a  gate  or  valve. 


996.  ROTARY  MOTION,  from  reciprocating 
motion  of  two  racks  alternately  meshing  with  a 
gear  wheel.  Racks  are  pinioned  at  a,  a.  The 
curved  slots  b,  b  guide  the  racks  out  and  into 
gear.  The  bell-crank  lever  c  and  spring  d  serve 
to  disengage  the  rack  at  the  end  of  the  up-stroke. 


254 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


997.  INTERMITTENT  CIRCULAR 
MOTION,  from  a  vibrating  arm  and  pawl  acting 
upon  a  ratchet  wheel. 


998.  INTERMITTENT  ROTARY  MOTION 
of  a  ratchet  wheel  by  lever  and  hook  pawls. 
B,  vibrating  lever. 
A,  ratchet  wheel. 


999.  DOUBLE^PAWL  RATCHET.— The  vibra- 
tion of  the  lever  a,  with  its  pawls  £,  <:,  imparts  a 
nearly  continuous  motion  to  the  ratchet  wheel. 


1000.  CONTINUOUS   FEED  OF  A  RATCHET 

by  the  reciprocating  motion  of  a  rod,  two  pawls 
on  arms,  and  pivoted  by  links  to  the  recipro- 
cating rod. 


1001.  DOUBLE-PAWL  RATCHET 
WHEEL. —  The  lever  lifts  the  pawls,  one  of 
which  moves  the  ratchet  wheel  at  up- stroke  by 
one  pawl,  and  again  at  the  down-stroke  by  the 
other  pawl. 


ioo2.  INTERMITTENT  ROTARY 
MOTION,  from  a  reciprocating  rod  and  two 
pawls,  acting  on  a  ratchet-faced  wheel.  Arms 
C,  C  are  loose  on  shaft  of  wheel  A. 


MOTION   AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


255 


1003.  INTERMITTENT  CIRCULAR 
MOTION. — Reversible  by  throwing  over  the  double 
pawl.  Operated  by  a  reciprocating  rod  attached  to 
the  disc  carrying  the  pawl. 


1 004.  RATCH ET  INTERMITTENT 
MOTION,  by  the  operation  of  treadles.  Pawl 
levers  and  pawls  are  operated  through  con- 
necting rods  to  levers  or  treadles,  the  motion 
of  which  is  made  uniform  by  the  strap  and 
pulley  attachment  C. 


1005.  INTERMITTENT  CIRCULAR 
MOTION — Reversible  by  throwing  over  a 
double  pawl  on  the  vibrating  bell-crank  lever. 
A  feed  motion  for  planing  machines. 


1006.  INTERMITTENT  ROTARY 
MOTION  of  a  wheel  by  vibrating  levers  and 
pawls. 

B,  pin-tooth  wheel. 

A,  vibrating  lever. 


1007.  INTERMITTENT  CIRCULAR  MOTION 

from  a  reciprocating  rod.  Motion  varied  in  the  ratchet 
wheel  A  by  the  number  of  teeth  swept  over  bv  the 
pawl  B. 


1008.  PAWL  LIFT. — By  moving  the  lever 
between  the  pins  in  the  bell-crank  pawl  arm,  the 
pawl  is  lifted  and  moved  to  new  position  with- 
out dragging  over  the  teeth  of  the  ratchet  wheel. 


256 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


1009.  OSCILLATING  MOTION  into  rotary 
motion  by  a  straight  and  crossed  band  running 
on  two  ratchet  pulleys,  the  ratchets  of  which  are 
fast  on  the  shaft.  Each  oscillation  of  the  sector 
lever  gives  a  forward  motion  to  the  shaft. 


1010.  CONTINUOUS  ROTARY  MOTION 

by  stop  ratchet  and  oscillating  beam.  The 
ratchet  wheel  is  fixed  on  the  shaft.  The  pawl 
wheel  runs  free  and  gives  motion  to  the  ratchet 
and  shaft  at  every  other  stroke  of  the  sector 
beam. 


ion.  INTERMITTENT  MOTION  of  a  ratchet 
by  the  oscillation  of  a  knuckled  joint  tappet  arm. 
The  spring  keeps  the  tappet  extended  on  the  for- 
ward stroke,  and  allows  it  to  run  over  the  tooth  of 
the  ratchet  on  its  return. 

1012.  INTERMITTENT  CIRCULAR  MO- 
TION of  a  ratchet  wheel  with  a  check  pawl  by 
the  continuous  circular  motion  of  a  pawl  wheel. 


1013.  WINDLASS  GRIP  PAWL.— A  fric- 
tion pawl  and  rim  grip  piece  are  pivoted  together 
so  that  by  the  vibration  of  the  lever  with  its  con- 
necting rod  the  grip  pawl  drops  and  takes  firm 
hold  of  the  rim  of  the  windlass  wheel  and  turns 
it  with  the  power  due  to  the  distance  of  the  rod 
attachment  from  the  wheel  centre  and  the  lever 
proportions.  The  stop  pawls  act  upon  a  separate  ratchet  wheel. 


1014.  RATCHET  AND  LEVER  PAWL.— The  pawl 
drops  into  the  ratchet  by  gravity  of  the  lever.  Pulling 
the  cord  A  unhooks  the  pawl  by  swinging  the  lever  back. 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


257 


1015.  INTERMITTENT  ROTARY  MO- 
TION by  ratchet  and  springs.  D,  driving  wheel 
with  a  bent  spring  at  B.  A  spring  at  C  acts  as  a 
fixed  pawl.  In  revolving  the  wheel  D,  the  spring 
B  lifts  the  spring  C  from  the  ratchet,  and  is  it- 
self pressed  into  the  teeth  and  carries  the  ratchet 

around  one  tooth>  when  the  shoulder  on  the  spring  B  releases  the 

spring  C  and  allows  it  again  to  lock  the  ratchet. 


1016.  INTERMITTENT  MOTION  of  a  ratchet 
crown  wheel  from  the  reciprocating  motion  of  a 
lever  and  pawl. 


1017.  INTERNAL  MULTIPLE  CAM  for  operat- 
ing several  slides  for  internal  grip,  or  for  expanding 
the  cutters  of  a  die  stock. 


1018. 
pawls. 


RATCHET     HEAD    with    spring 


1019.  INTERMITTENT  CIRCULAR  MO- 
TION from  oscillating  motion  of  a  lever  by  friction 
pawls.  The  crank  E  and  its  cord  connecting  with 
the  pawls  throw  one  or  the  other  pawl  out  of  lock 
for  reversing  the  motion. 


1020.  RECIPROCAL  CIRCULAR  MOTION  from  rec- 
tilinear motion  of  a  nut  on  a  quick  thread.  The  reciprocat- 
ing or  Persian  drill  stock.  The  screw  is  swivelled  in  the 
head  of  the  stock,  allowing  a  free  movement  of  the  drill  by 
the  motion  of  the  nut 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


1 02 1.  BALL  SOCKET  RATCHET.— The 
pawl  is  within  the  arm  socket,  and  by  the  ball 
ratchet  form  allows  the  drill  stock  to  be  used  at 
an  angle. 


1022.  CONTINUOUS  MOTION  RATCHET 
from  an  oscillating  arm.  Three  bevel  gears,  two  of 
which  have  ratchets  with  pawls  on  opposite  sides,  so 
that  there  is  a  forward  motion  to  the  spindle  at  each- 
stroke  of  the  arm. 

1 02  2  a.   Elevation. 


1023.  STOPS  OF  VARIOUS  FORMS  for 
a  ratchet  wheel.  Hook  and  straight  gravity  pawl 
and  a  spring  pawl. 


1024.  STOPS  for  a  spur  gear.     Slip  pawls. 


1025.    STOPS  for  a   lantern   wheel, 
latch  stop,  the  other  a  roller  stop. 


One  a 


1026.  SAFETY  CENTRIFUGAL  HOOKS. 
— Hooks  are  retained  by  springs  until  the  cen- 
trifugal force  of  excessive  speed  throws  them  out 
to  catch  the  pins  in  the  fixed  plate. 


1027.   CRANK  MOTION  for  quick  return  of 
a  lever.     A,  fulcrum  of  lever. 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


259 


1028.  CENTRIFUGAL  SAFETY  CATCH 
for  hoisting  drums.  The  studs  D,  D,  D  are  fixed 
to  the  hoisting  drum  frame.  B  is  a  flange  fast 
to  the  drum  shaft  and  to  which  is  pinioned  the 
safety  hooks.  At  ordinary  speed  of  the  drum 
the  hooks  hang  back  so  as  not  to  touch  the  studs. 
An  unusual  acceleration  of  speed  throws  out  the 
hooks  to  catch  on  the  studs. 


1029.  STOP  MOTION  from  a  wrist  or  crank 
pin.  The  relative  amount  of  stop  and  motion 
depends  upon  the  diameter  of  crank-pin  circle 
and  length  of  the  connecting-rod  slot,  plus  the 
diameter  of  crank  pin.  Used  in  brick  machines. 

1030.  VARIABLE  RECIPROCATING  MOTION 
from  the  circular  motion  of  a  wrist  pin  on  a  disc 
crank.  The  pin  sliding  in  the  slot  makes  a  quick 
return  of  the  bell  crank  and  connecting  rod. 


1031.  IRREGULAR  ROCKING  MOTION 
in  an  arm  having  an  endless  groove  of  any  re- 
quired shape,  with  the  radius  of  the  longitudinal 
axis  equal  to  the  radius  of  the  pin.  Pin  not 
shown. 


1032.  ROCKING  ARM  by  cam  groove. 
A  groove  in  a  face  plate  may  be  so  designed 
as  to  give  a  variety  of  movement  to  a  rock 
shaft,  with  an  arm  and  pin  follower. 


1033.   YOKE    STRAP    and    eccentric    circular 
cam. 


260 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


R 


U 


1034.  TRIANGULAR  CURVED  ECCENTRIC, 
which  by  its  peculiar  form  makes  a  stop  motion  at 
each  half -revolution  of  the  cam,  for  any  portion  of  the 
stroke,  according  to  the  length  of  the  concentric  portion 
of  the  cam. 


1035.  TRIANGULAR  ECCENTRIC  for 
producing  a  stop  motion  at  each  half-revolution 
of  the  face  plate  a,  by  the  proportional  peripheral 
length  of  the  outer  curve  of  the  triangular  cam. 
Used  on  a  French  engine. 


1036.     RECIPROCATING    MOTION    with   four 
stops,  two  of  which  are   of  longer  duration  than  the 
\\  others.    A  pin  on  the  rotating  disc,  sliding  in  a  grooved 
/  yoke,  may  be  made  to  give  a  variety  of  motions  to  the 
rectilinear  slide  by  the  form  of  the  groove. 


1037.  UNIFORM  RECIPROCATING  MO- 
TION from  the  circular  motion  of  a  crank  or  disc 
wrist  pin.  The  endless  groove  in  the  cross  head  is 
made  to  conform  in  shape  to  the  varying  rectilinear 
motion  of  the  wrist  pin. 


1038.  NEEDLE-BAR  SLOT  CAM,  for  sew- 
ing-machines. The  depression  in  the  pin  slot 
gives  the  needle  a  stop  motion  while  the  shuttle 
passes. 


MOTION   AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


26l 


1039.  SLOTTED  YOKE  CRANK  MOTION, 
producing  rectilinear  motion  of  piston  rod  from  a 
crank  dispensing  with  a  connecting  rod. 


1040.  TRAMMEL  GEAR. — The  slotted  cross  moves 
in  a  right  line  astride  the  shaft,  while  the  crank  pin  in  a 
block  moves  in  the  cross  slot 


1041.  SLOTTED  LEVER  MOTION  from  a  crank 
pin.  A  variety  of  motions  and  stop  motions  may  be 
made  with  this  class  of  lever. 


1042.  INTERMITTENT  RECIPROCATING 
MOTION  from  continuous  circular  motion.  The 
curved  slot  in  the  lever  should  be  radial  with  the 
crank  centre  for  a  stop.  Many  forms  of  motion  may 
be  had  by  variation  of  this  device.  A  combination 
much  in  use  for  sewing-machines  and  printing-presses. 


1043.  VARIABLE  CRANK  THROW.— A 
screw  and  tappet  wheel  move  a  nut  on  the 
screw  to  which  is  fixed  a  wrist  pin  sliding  in  the 
cross  slot  of  a  carrier  bar.  Each  revolution  of 
the  face  plate  brings  the  tappet  wheel  in  contact 
with  a  finger,  and  by  turning  the  wheel  and  screw  moves  the  wrist 
pin  to  or  from  the  centre  of  the  wheel.  Used  in  silk-spooling  ma- 
chinery. 


262 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


1044.  VARIABLE  ADJUSTMENT  for  the 
tension  of  a  spring  on  the  motion  of  a  connecting 
rod,  by  varying  the  radii  of  a  rocking  lever. 


1045.  FOUR-BOLT    CAM   PLATE,  used 
for  throwing  safe  bolts  and  for  expanding  dies. 


1046.  EQUALIZING  TENSION  SPRING  AND 
LEVER. — The  bell-crank  lever  equalizes  the  tension  of 
the  spring  by  its  varying  position.  Its  long  arm  is  on  a 
fixed  pivot. 


1047.  ALTERNATING   RECTILINEAR 
MOTION  from  studs  on  a  rotating  disc.    The 
bar  is  carried  forward  by  the  stud  on  the  disc 
striking  the  projection  on  the  bar,  and  the  bar 
returns  by  the  movement  of  the  bell-crank  lever 
and  opposite  stud. 

1048.  TRAVERSE    BAR,   operated    by   a 
slotted  lever.     The  upper  pin  being  fixed  or 
made  adjustable  for  proportion  to  the  move- 
ment of  the  lower  pin,  any  desired  movement 
of  the  traverse  bar  may  be  made. 

1049.  RECTILINEAR   MOTION    by  the 
movement  of  a  slotted  lever  with  one  end  pin- 
ioned.    A  belt  shipper  movement. 


A 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


263 


1056.  INTERMITTENT  ROTARY  MO- 
TION from  a  shaft  at  right  angles.  The  fric- 
tion rollers  on  the  horizontal  shaft  disc  move 
in  grooves  or  on  projections  from  the  wheel 
on  the  vertical  shaft,  producing  a  variety  of 
intermittent  motions,  due  to  the  form  of  grooves 
or  projections. 


105 1.  VIBRATING  TOOTHED  WHEEL. 
—The  rod  is  pressed  against  the  teeth  by  the 
spring.  A  type  of  some  electrical  devices  for 
interrupting  the  circuit 

*r**~    OFTHK 

UNIVERS] 


LIB^ 


1052.  "LAZY  TONGS"  MOVEM1 
— A  system  of  crossed  levers  by  which  the 
amount  of  a  rectilinear  motion  is  increased  by 
the  proportional  number  of  sections  in  the 

tongs.     As  a  hand  device  it  is  in  use  as  a  toy,  but  is  more  useful  as 

a  reducing  apparatus  for  a  steam-engine  indicator. 


1053-  QUADRANGULAR  RECTILINEAR 
MOTION. — Rectilinear  motion  given  to  any  one 
of  the  arms  A,  B,  C,  or  D  gives  a  contrary  motion 
to  its  opposite  arm,  and  a  contrary  motion  to 
each  of  the  side  arms. 


1054.  PARALLEL  MOTION,  in  a  ver- 
tical line,  for  a  swinging  bracket. 


1055.  INTERMITTENT  MOTION  of  a  pin- 
tooth  wheel  by  the  half-revolution  of  a  ring  seg- 
ment. 


264 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


1056.  INTERMITTENT    MOVEMENT    of    a 
pin-wheel  by  the  vibration  of  a  hooked  arm. 


1057.  INTERMITTENT  MOTION  of  a  seg- 
mental-toothed  wheel  by  the  revolution  of  a  seg- 
mental  barrel  or  ring. 


1058.  INTERMITTENT  MOTION  of  a 
pin-tooth  wheel  by  the  revolution  of  an  in- 
dented tooth  on  a  pinion. 


1059.  INTERMITTENT  MOTION  of  a  toothed 
wheel  by  the  revolution  of  a  pinion  with  a  single 
recessed  tooth. 


1060.  ROCKING  ESCAPEMENT.— The 
section  teeth  of  the  wheel  pass  the  eye  in  the 
rocking  cylinder  at  each  quarter,  or  at  each 
half-revolution  when  revolving. 


1 06 1.  ROTARY  AND  LONGITUDINAL 
MOTION  of  a  rod  between  rollers,  with  their 
axes  at  an  angle.  Rollers  run  in  opposite 
directions. 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


1062.  RECIPROCATING  FEED  RATCHET.— 
For  an  intermittent  feed,  one  pair  of  jaws  may  have  a 
reciprocating  motion.  For  continual  feed  motion  both 
pairs  of  jaws  should  have  opposite  reciprocating  motions 


c 


1063.  FRICTION  ROD  FEED  RATCHET.— 
The  jaws,  being  pivoted  in  a  slot  in  a  lever, 
make  a  powerful  and  quick  grip  on  a  feed 
bar  by  the  motion  of  the  lever  bar. 


1064.  FRICTION    HAULING    RATCHET. 

— -A  hole  bored  slanting  through  a  bar  D.    A  slot 
in  the  side  of  the  bar,  for  convenience  of  putting 
Y     on  or  taking  off  the  rod  or  rope  to  be  hauled, 
makes  a  handy  clutching  device. 


1065.  CAM-LEVER  GRIP  for  a  rope 
or  rod  stop.  This  principle  is  used  on  safety 
grips  for  elevators. 


1066.  LEVER  TOGGLE  JOINT,  largely 
used  in  stamping  and  punching  presses.  This 
form  shows  great  pressure  when  the  three  bear- 
ings near  a  linear  direction. 


L 


1067.  SINGLE  TOGGLE  ARM  LETTER- 
PRESS.— The  arms  are  drawn  together  by  a 
right  and  left  screw. 


266 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


1068.  TOGGLE-JOINT  CAM  MOVE- 
MENT for  throwing  out  a  number  of  grips  ai 
once  by  the  local  movement  of  the  jointed 
ring. 


1069.    DOUBLE-SCREW    TOGGLE    PRESS.— 
The  screw  has  a    right-  and  lefi-hand  thread  to  draw 
i~    the  toggle  joints  together. 


1070.  SCREW  STAMPING  PRESS.— Rec- 
tilinear motion  from  the  circular  motion  of  the 
lever  handles.  The  momentum  of  the  balls  gives 
the  final  power  in  this  class  of  presses. 


1071.  MULTIPLE  RETURN  GROOVED 
CYLINDER,  producing  extended  rectilinear 
motion  and  return  by  its  revolution.  The  car- 
rier arm  has  a  pivoted  tracer  to  enable  a 
smooth  passage  of  the  opposite  grooves.  A 
spooling  device. 


1072.  RECIPROCATING  RECTILINEAR 
MOTION  by  the  alternate  opening  and  closing 
of  half  nuts  on  a  right  and  left  screw.  Nuts  and 
arms  are  attached  to  a  shaft  that  is  thrown  over 
by  a  dog  on  a  spooling-frame  shaft,  locking  the 
right-  or  left-threaded  nut  alternately. 


1073.  RECTILINEAR  MOTION  by  a 
right-  and  left-hand  screw  shaft  driven  by  a 
worm  gear.  The  nuts  move  on  the  right  and 
left  screw. 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


267 


1074.  SIX  RADIAL  GROOVED  TRAMMEL 

and  triangular  shaft  arms,  driving  or  being 
driven  by  a  shaft  out  of  line.  The  friction 
rollers  give  freedom  of  motion  to  either  gear. 


1075.  RECTILINEAR  RECIPROCAT- 
ING MOTION  of  a  bar,  from  continuous  cir- 
cular motion  of  a  bent  shaft. 


1076.  ROCKING  MOTION,  from  a  contin- 
uous rotary  motion  of  the  crank  shaft  A. 


1076 a.  PAIR  OF  TOE  LEVERS.— 
Bell-crank  order.  A  and  B,  f  ulcrums  of  the 
levers ;  E,  handle ;  C,  curved  toes.  This 
principle  is  used  as  a  valve  gear. 


1077.  WIPER  CAM  for  stamp  mills.  A,  the  wiper; 
D,  flanged  chock,  allowing  the  hammer  spindle  to  re- 
volve. Also  in  use  on  sewing-machines  for  throwing  the 
needle  bar. 


268 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


LIIP 


1078.  ANGULAR  WIPERS,  for  operating  the 
valves  of  beam  engines.  A,  the  rock  shaft ;  C,  the 
curved  wiper,  lifting  the  angular  toe  and  valve  rod. 


1079.  EQUALIZING  LEVERS  OR 
TOES,  for  variable  rod  movement. 


1080.  VARIABLE  CRANK  MOTION.— An 
eccentric  slot  in  a  stationary  face  plate  guides  a 
slide  block  and  wrist  pin  in  a  slotted  crank.  Con- 
necting rod  drives  the  cutter  bar  of  a  shaping- 
machine. 


1081.    SPIRAL-GROOVED    FACE    PLATE, 

for  feed  motion.  Obsolete  ;  but  useful  for  irregu- 
lar motion,  in  which  the  spiral  grooves  may  be 
wavy  or  zigzag. 


1082.  LEVER,  guided  by  a  volute  face  plate. 


1083.  CAM  SECTORS,  or  sectors  of  log- 
spiral  wheels.  When  laid  out  as  a  log  spiral, 
the  sum  of  each  pair  of  coincident  radii  is 
equal  to  the  distance  of  the  centres,  A,  B. 
As  a  pair  of  pressure  cams,  the  sum  of  the 


radii  varies  to  meet  the  required  throw  of  the  cams. 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


269 


1084.  GEAR-DISENGAGING  CAM 
LEVER.  —  The  eccentric  slot  in  the  lever 
throws  the  slow  driving  gear  out  of  lock  by 
throwing  the  lever  back. 


1085.  OBLIQUE  DISC  MOTION.— A  disc 
fixed  at  an  angle  upon  the  end  of  a  shaft  gives  a 
variable  rectilinear  motion  to  a  rod  and  roller  by 
varying  its  distance  from  the  centre. 


1086.  GROOVED  CYLINDER  CAM.— Used 


— •        to  convert  reciprocating  into  rotary  motion. 


1087.  TRAVERSE  MOTION  of  a  shaft 
by  a  rolling  cam.  The  disc,  rolling  in  the 
groove  of  the  drum,  gives  an  ever-varying 
traverse  motion  to  the  disc  shaft,  according  to 
the  proportions  of  the  size  of  disc  and  cam 
drum. 


1088.  FOUR-MOTION  FEED  of  the  "Wheeler  &  Wilson," 
and  other  sewing-machines.      The  traverse  bar  A  is  forked  and  en- 
A  closes  the  push  bar  B,  pivoted  to  it,  and  is  held 

back  by  the  spring  at  D.     The  revolving  cam  C 
has  its  periphery  cam-shaped,  to  lift  the  push  bar, 
and  its  face,  also  cam-shaped,  to  push  the   bar 
forward,  when  the  teeth  are  in  contact  with  the  goods. 


1089.  RECIPROCATING  RECTILINEAR 
MOTION,  from  the  circular  motion  of  grooved 
cams  ;  may  be  made  uniform  or  intermittent,  by  the 
direction  of  the  groove  on  the  cam. 


270 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


1090.  QUICK  RECIPROCATING  RECTILI- 
NEAR MOTION,  from  a  zigzag-grooved  cam. 
Form  of  cam  groove  is  capable  of  greatly  varying 
the  rectilinear  motions  of  a  bar  or  lever. 


1091.  CYLINDRICAL  CAM,  giving  any  re- 
quired special  motions  through  a  lever,  roller, 
and  connecting  rod,  according  to  the  curves  given 
to  the  cam. 


1092.    CAM-OPERATED  SHEARS.- 
Many  modifications  of  this  device  are  in  use. 


1093.  IRREGULAR  CAM  MOTION  to  valve 
rods.  An  irregular  cam,  acting  between  friction 
rollers  in  a  yoke  frame.  Positive  irregular  rectili- 
near motion.  An  old  steam-engine  valve  gear. 


1094.    VIBRATING    RECTILINEAR   MOTION, 
from  a  revolving  trefoil  cam. 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


271 


1095.  IRREGULAR  VIBRATING  CIRCU- 
LAR MOTION,  from  continuous  circular 
motion  of  a  cam  slot.  Any  form  of  cam  slot  in 
a  face  plate  may  be  made  to  produce  a  vibratory 
motion  on  a  crank  pin,  which  may  be  transmitted  to  circular  or  rec- 
tilinear motion. 


1096.  CLOVER-LEAF  CAM,  for  rectili- 
near motion  by  follower  rollers  on  a  bar.  The 
cam  is  so  designed  that  the  rollers  have  a  bear- 
ing in  all  its  positions. 


1097.  POWER  ESCAPEMENT 
for  heavy  machines.  The  traverse 
bar  may  be  vibrated  by  the  positive 
motion  of  the  cam  arms. 


1098.  ROTARY  MOTION  of  a  three-arm 
wiper  produces  a  reciprocating  rectilinear 
motion  of  the  toothed  frame,  and  vice  versa. 


1099.  IRREGULAR  RECIPROCATING 
MOTION  of  connecting  rods  and  levers,  moved 
by  alternating  oval  cams. 


1 1  oo.  BEVELLED  DISC  CAM,  for  variable 
reciprocating  motion  of  a  bar  at  an  angle  with  the 
shaft. 


272 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


uoi.  GROOVED  HEART  CAM.— The  lay- 
out of  a  grooved  cam  may  be  made  on  the  same 
principles  as  No.  1 103,  only  that  the  centre  of  the 
roller  or  pin  and  the  central  line  of  groove  are 
the  measurements  for  the  amount  of  motion. 


1102.  HEART-SHAPED  GROOVE  in  a  face 
plate,  vibrating  a  lever,  produces  an  irregular  swing- 
ing motion  of  the  lever. 


1103.    LAYING  OUT  A  HEART  CAM.  — A 

circle  is  drawn  on  a  radius  equal  to  the  required  throw, 
plus  the  diameter  of  the  roller.  A  series  of  con- 
centric circles  and  radii  enables  a  measured  layout 
of  the  cam,  which  must  be  as  much  larger  than  the  re- 
quired motion  as  is  equal  to  the  radii  of  the  roller  on  each  radius  of 
the  plan. 


1104.  CAM  MOTION. — Various  appli- 
cations of  cam  followers,  with  direct  and 
oscillating  motion. 


1105.  DOUBLE-CAM  MOTION, 
from  a  sliding  follower.  The  arm  E 
of  the  follower,  slides  freely  in  the 
box,  clamped  to  the  vertical  shaft, 
giving  two  equal  motions  at  right 
angles. 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


273 


1106.  PIVOTED  FOLLOWER.— 

The  square-armed  follower,  pivoted  at 
E  and  F,  is  kept  in  contact  with  the 
cam  by  the  spring  H,  and  so  produce 
dissimilar  motions  in  the  connecting 
rods  B,  J. 


1107.  RECIPROCATING  MOTION,  from 
two  cranks  on  opposite  ends  of  a  shaft. 


1108.  OVOID  CURVE  is  made  by  any 
point  between  the  pivots  of  a  single-crank  con- 
necting ro4,  the  other  end  of  which  is  guided 
by  a  rectilinear  slide. 


1109.  VARIABLE  POWER  TRANSMIT- 
TED from  a  crank   linked  to   a   lever-beam, 
driving  a  second  crank.    In  this  case  there  is  no 
pressure  on  the  driven  crank  when  both  cranks 
are  vertical,  but  greatest  pressure  when  the  cranks  are  horizontal. 


i no.    ELLIPTICAL    CRANK.  — The    arm 

moves  in  a  slot.     The  inner  crank  pin,  making  a 
revolution,  marks  an  ellipse  by  a  pencil  at   the 
outer  end  of  the  arm,  while  the  outer  crank  pin, 
linked  to  the  arm,  makes  a  circle. 


in  i.  CURVILINEAR  MOTION  of  a  treadle 
gives  circular  motion  to  a  crank  or  disc.  The  foot- 
lathe  motion. 


18 


274 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


1 1 12.  SPRING  LATHE-WHEEL    CRANK. 

— The  spring  A  is  intended  to  keep  the  crank  off 
the  dead  centre.  A  counterbalance  weight  is 
also  used  for  the  same  purpose. 


1113.  "BROWNELL"    CRANK    MOTION.--. 

The  wrist  pin  is  fixed  on  a  tangent  slide  held  in  its 
forward  position  by  a  volute  spring  attached  to  the 
face  plate.  The  slide  is  retained  by  pins  in  tra- 
verse slots.  Can  be  arranged  for  either  kind  of 
treadle,  to  keep  the  crank  pin  off  the  center. 


1114.  ORDINARY  CRANK  MOTION 

for  engines  or  other  purposes,  with 
cross  head,  slides,  and  connecting 
rod. 


1115.  ECCENTRIC  and  straps  for  valve  motion, 
also  used  in  place  of  a  crank  for  many  purposes. 


1116.  RECIPROCATING  MOTION  of  a 
connecting  rod  through  a  bell  crank  connected 
directly  with  a  wrist  on  crank  disc.  In  this 
case  the  forward  and  back  motions  are  nearly 
alike  depending  upon  the  proportional  length 
of  the  driving  arm  of  the  bell  crank  and  crank  motion,  as  well  also  to 
the  length  of  the  connecting  rod  between  the  wrist  pin  and  bell  crank. 


1117.  VARIABLE  CIRCULAR  MOTION  from 

two  cranks  on  shafts  parallel,  but  out  of  line,  one 
crank  being  slotted,  the  other  carrying  a  wrist  pin, 
passing  through  the  slot.  Driving  may  be  by  either 
crank. 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


275 


1118.  IRREGULAR  MOTION  of  one  crank 
from  the  regular  motion   of  another  crank.     A 
\    ^uick-and-slow    alternate   motion    of   the    slotted 
/   crank   is   made    by    the    regular   motion    of  the 
/     smaller  crank. 


1119.  VARIABLE  POWER  transmitted 
from  a  slotted  crank  driver  to  a  fixed  driven 
crank  pin  through  a  lever  beam,  the  opposite 
end  of  which  is  held  by  a  swinging  connecting 
rod.  The  pressure  on  the  driven  crank  is 
continuous,  but  greatest  on  and  near  the  central  line  of  the  two  shafts. 


1120.  VIBRATING  MOVEMENT  from  a 

slotted  curved  arm,  gives  a  variable  vibrating 
movement  to  straight  arm. 


1 12 1.  VARIABLE  CRANK  PIN.— A  slotted 
face  plate  backed  by  a  spiral  slotted  plate  by  which 
the  revolution  of  one  plate  upon  the  other  moves  a 
crank  pin  to  or  from  the  centre.  The  same  prin- 
ciple is  used  in  the  universal  lathe  chuck  in  which 
each  slot  carries  a  grip  jaw. 


1 1 22.  VARIABLE    RECTILINEAR  MOTION  of 
shaft  from  a  vibrating,  curved,  slotted  arm. 


1123.  VARIABLE   CRANK  THROW   by  a 

slotted  sector  on  a  face  plate. 


276 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


1124.  VARIABLE  CRANK  THROW  by  a 
movable  pin  block  in  a  slotted  face  plate  and  trans- 
verse screw. 


1125.   VARIABLE    RADIUS    LEVER 

for  reciprocating  motion  of  a  shaft  from  a 
continuous  motion  of  a  crank  pin. 


1126.  VARIABLE  CRANK  THROW. 

—The  jointed  crank  and  radial  screw  give 
a  large  variation  to  the  throw  of  a  crank. 


1127.  COMBINATION 
CRANK-  MOTION 
CURVES. — A  revolving 
crank  A,  D  and  the  vi- 
brating link  B,  E  carry- 
ing an  extended  connect- 
ing arm  with  a  pencil  at 
the  end,  F.  A  great  variety  of  figures  and  curves  may  be  made  by 
different  proportions  of  all  the  parts.  The  figures  on  the  crank  pin 
circle  D  correspond  with  the  figured  diagram. 


1128.    FLEXIBLE    ANGULAR    COUPLING, 

for  light  work.  May  be  a  helical  spring,  round  or 
square,  wire  or  a  tube,  sawed  on  a  spiral.  Used  on 
driving  handles  for  telescopes  and  other  instruments. 


1129.  SLIDING  CONTACT-SHAFT  COUP- 
LING.— A  cross  bar  sliding  in  two  yokes  on 
shafts  in  offset  lines.  Will  also  operate  on  shafts 
somewhat  out  of  line  or  at  an  angle. 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


277 


1130.  RECTILINEAR  MOTION  from 
the  rotation  of  an  angular  crank  pin.  A, 
rotating  shaft  carrying  crank  pin  E ;  D, 
arm  with  sleeve  jointed  to  yoke  and  sliding 
rod  B. 


1131.  ANGULAR  SHAFT  COUPLING 
for  shafts  out  of  line.     The  solid  sleeve  block 
C  is  bored  at  the  same  angle  of  the  shafts, 
and  centres  of  bores  at  a  dis- 
tance apart  equal  to  the  dif- 
ference in  the  plane  of  shaft 
alignment. 


1132.  UNIVERSAL  JOINT,  with  a  single 
cross  link.    Good  for  angles  of  45°  and  under. 

1133.  DOUBLE     LINK     UNIVERSAL 
JOINT,  good  for  larger   angles   than  above. 
The  connecting  link  may  be  made  short  and 
guarded,  with  a  sleeve  to  prevent  kinking. 


1134.  UNIVERSAL  ANGLE  COUPLING, 
"  Hooke's  "  principle.  Each  shell  carries  a  double 
trunnion  ring,  the  connecting  link  being  pivoted 
at  each  end  to  the  rings. 


1135.    "ALMOND"    ANGULAR    SHAFT 


COUPLING.— The  yoke  links  G,  G  are 
pivoted  to  the  sockets  on  the  ends  of  the 
shaft,  and  to  the  right-angled  arms  on  the 
sleeve  which  slides  freely  on  the  fixed  shaft 
D.  The  sockets  at  F,  F  are  ball  joints. 
Angle  of  shafts  may  vary  within  limits. 


278 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


1136.  "HOOKE'S"  ANGULAR  SHAFT 
COUPLING,  the  knuckle  universal  joint.  Shaft 
joints  are  double-pivoted  at  right  angles. 


1137.  ANGULAR    SHAFT  COUPLING. 

— In  this  arrangement  the  shafts  have  cranks 
and  elongated  crank  pins,  on  which  sleeves 
slide  that  are  pivoted  to  the  arms  E,  E  of  the 
sliding  sleeve  on  the  fixed  shaft  D. 


1138.  RACK  AND  PINION  MOVE- 
MENT  for  tracing  spiral  grooves  on  a  cylin- 
der. 


1139.  GYROSCOPE.— The  heavy  disc  C, 
rotating  at  great  speed  in  the  ring  A,  is  suspend- 
ed by  the  point  F,  resting  on  bearing.  The  ro- 
tation of  the  disc  keeps  it  from  falling  and  slowly 
revolves  the  holding  ring  A  around  the  point  F. 
An  illustration  of  the  tendency  of  rotating  bodies 
to  preserve  their  plane  of  rotation. 


1140.  GLOBE  GYROSCOPE.— The  outer  ring  A 
is  fixed  to  a  stand.  The  second  ring  A1  is  pivoted  ver- 
tically to  the  outer  ring ;  the  inner  ring  is  pivoted  at 
right  angles  in  the  second  ring,  and  the  ball  is  pivoted 
at  right  angles  in  the  inner  ring  to  its  pivot  in  the  sec- 
and  ring.  This  gives  the  ball,  rotating  on  its  own  axis, 
a  direction  free  to  move  to  every  point  in  the  sphere.  When  the 
heavy  ball  is  made  to  rotate  rapidly  in  any  direction  of  its  axis,  much 
pressure  must  be  made  to  change  its  direction. 


MOTION    AND    DEVICES    CONTROLLING    MOTION. 


279 


1141.     TENSION       HELI  CO- VOLUTE 
SPRING. 


1142.  DOUBLE  HELICO-VOLUTE   SPRING,  for 
compression. 


1143.  COMPRESSION    HELICAL    SPRING,    square 
rod. 


1144.   SINGLE  VOLUTE  HELIX  SPRING. 


1145.  COMPOUND    DISC    SPRING.— The  discs 
are  dished  and  perforated  for  a  guide  pin. 


Section  XIII. 
HOROLOGICAL. 

CLOCK    AND    WATCH    MOVEMENTS    AND    DEVICES. 


HOROLOGICAL. 

CLOCK  AND  WATCH  MOVEMENTS  AND  DEVICES, 


1146.  CYCLOIDAL  PENDULUM  MOVE- 
MENT.— A  curved  frame,  acting  as  a  stop  to 
a  flexible  pendulum,  gives  the  bob  a  cycloidal 
path. 


--O 


1147.  COMPENSATING  PENDULUM  BOB  or 
weight.  A  glass  jar  of  mercury  is  used  for  the  weight, 
and  is  adjusted  for  length  of  pendulum  by  turning  on  the 
screw  and  locking  in  place  by  the  cross-piece  and  catch. 
The  expansion  of  the  pendulum  downward  is  balanced  by 
the  expansion  of  the  mercury  in  the  fixed  bottle  upward, 
and  vice  versa. 


1148.  COMPOUND  COMPENSATION 
PENDULUM. — The  arms  of  the  pendulum 
carrying  the  weights  W,  W  are  composed  of 
two  metals ;  steel,  which  has  the  least  change 
of  length  by  change  in  temperature,  for  the  top 
section,  and  brass,  which  has  a  longer  range  of 
length,  for  the  lower  section.  Heat,  by  differ- 
ential expansion  of  the  parts,  raises  the  weights  to  compensate  for 
lengthening  of  the  pendulum  rod,  and  vice  versa. 


1149.  CENTRIFUGAL  PENDULUM.— The  weight 
or  ball  is  hung  by  a  thread  or  very  fine  wire  from  an  eye, 
and  is  driven  in  a  circle  by  an  arm  attached  to  a  vertical 
spindle,  rotated  by  the  clock  movement.  Adjustment  is 
made  for  time  of  beat  by  the  vertical  movement  of  the 
suspension  eye  of  the  pendulum. 


284 


HOROLOGICAL. 


1150.  ANTIQUE  CLOCK  ESCAPE- 
MENT. —  The  oscillation  of  the  pendulum 
arbor  and  attached  pallet  stops  and  releases 
the  teeth  of  the  crown  wheel. 


1151.  CROWN  TOOTH  ESCAPEMENT,  with 
ball  balance. 

B,  the  stop  pallet. 
A,  the  impulse  pallet. 


1152.  DOUBLE  RATCHET-WHEEL  ESCAPE- 
MENT  and  pendulum.  The  teeth  in  the  escapement 
wheels  alternate  with  the  pallets  of  the  pendulum. 


1153.  STAR-WHEEL  ESCAPEMENT.— B,  C,  the 

pallets  of  the  escapement  vibrating  on  its  centre  at  A ; 
D,  star  wheel. 


1154.  ANCHOR  ESCAPEMENT  forelocks. 
The  anchor  pallet  H,  L,  K  oscillates  on  its  axis 
a,  by  the  swing  of  the  pendulum.  The  teeth  of 
the  escapement  A  are  radial  on  their  forward 
face,  and  strike  the  curved  faces  of  the  pallet  K  or 
H,  which  are  concentric  with  their  axis  a.  By 
this  form  of  teeth  and  pallets  the  escapement  is 
anchored  or  in  repose  during  the  extreme  parts  of  the  pendulum 
stroke,  and  gives  an  impulse  to  the  pendulum  while  the  teeth  are  in 
contact  with  the  planes  of  the  pallets  <:,  e  and  b,  d. 


HOROLOGICAL. 


1155.  RECOIL  ESCAPEMENT.  —  In  this 
form  the  forward  face  of  the  teeth  of  the  escape- 
ment A  leans  forward  from  the  radial  lines.  The 
front  face  of  each  pallet  is  in  line  with  the  front 
face  of  the  teeth,  so  that  the  extreme  part  of  the 
pendulum  stroke  gives  a  recoil  movement  to  the 
escapement  wheel.  The  points  of  the  escapement 
teeth,  acting  upon  the  planes  of  the  pallets  c,  e  and  />,  d,  give  the  im- 
pulse to  the  pendulum. 


1156.  PENDULUM  ESCAPEMENT.— In  this  form 
the  upper  part  of  the  pendulum  terminates  in  a  ring  around 
the  escapement  wheel,  with  pallets  A,  B  projecting  in- 
ward and  with  a  forward  pitch  to  their  face,  to  give  the 
proper  impulse  to  the  pendulum. 


1157.  STUD  ESCAPEMENT,  used  in 
large  clocks.  Alternate  studs  are  set  on  front 
and  back  of  the  escapement  wheel.  The  pen- 
dulum swings  on  the  axis  of  the  pallet  at  F. 
The  concentric  curve  of  the  stop-faces  of  the 
pallet,  with  its  axis  at  F,  gives  the  escapement 
a  dead-beat  action,  the  incline  planes  of  the 
pallets  giving  the  alternate  impulse. 


1158.  LANTERN-WHEEL  ESCAPEMENT. 
— The  pallet  arm  A  is  attached  directly  to  the  pen- 
dulum, swinging  upon  the  axis  A,  and  receives  its 
impulse  from  the  inclined  faces  of  the  pallets  C,  B. 
Used  for  large  clocks. 


1159.  PIN-WHEEL  ESCAPEMENT,  with  a 
dead-beat  stop  motion.  For  short-beat  pendulum 
clocks. 


286 


HOROLOGICAL. 


1160-1161.  HOOK-TOOTH  ESCAPEMENT. 
—The  teeth  are  arranged  alternately  on  two 
escapement  wheels.  The  oscillation  of  the  semi- 
circular pallet  alternately  releases  and  receives  an 
impulse  from  the  hook  teeth  of  the  escapement 
wheel.  The  curved  outer  face  of  the  teeth  acts 
upon  the  edge  of  the  straight  edge  of  the  disc. 


1162.   SINGLE-PIN    PENDULUM  ESCAPEMENT. 

— The  pin  is  set  in  a  small  face  plate  close  to  the  arbor, 
which  makes  a  half-rotation  at  each  stroke  of  the  pendu- 
lum. The  impulse  is  given  on  the  vertical  faces  of  the 
quarter  sections  in  the  pendulum. 


1163.  THREE-TOOTHED  ESCAPEMENT 
with  long  teeth  and  stops  on  the  pendulum  frame. 
A,  B,  pallets ;  E,  D,  stops.  A  nearly  dead-beat 
movement. 


1164.  DETACHED  PENDULUM  ES- 
CAPEMENT.—In  this  movement  the  pendu- 
lum is  detached  from  the  escapement,  except 
at  the  moment  of  receiving  the  impulse  from 
the  single  pallet  I.  The  bell-crank  lever  un- 
locks the  escapement  tooth  by  contact  with  the 
balanced  click  C  as  the  pendulum  nears  the  middle  of  its  stroke. 


HOROLOGICAL. 


287 


r? 


p\ 


1165.  THREI>TOOTHED  ESCAPE- 
MENT for  a  pendulum.  The  pallets  are  made 
in  a  plate  attached  to  a  pendulum.  The  es- 
capement makes  one  rotation  to  every  three 
beats  of  the  pendulum. 


1166.  MUDGE  GRAVITY  ESCAPEMENT. 
—The  pallets  A,  B  are  on  separate  arbors,  with 
arms  extending  down  to  the  pendulum  contact 
pins  R,  P,  between  which  the  pendulum  swings. 
The  pallets  are  loaded  with  weights.  The  pen- 
dulum lifts  the  pallet  over  the  tooth,  and  the 
weight  gives  the  impulse. 


1 1 67.  TRI-TOOTH  PENDULUM  ESCAPE- 
MENT.— Impulse  is  given  to  the  pendulum  by  con- 
tact of  the  pins  against  the  pallets  A  and  B  alternately. 
The  stops  D  and  E  hold  the  escapement  during  the 
extreme  part  of  the  pendulum  stroke.  The  escapement 
makes  one  rotation  every  third  stroke  of  the  pendu- 
lum. The  fly  softens  the  strike  of  the  pins  upon  the 
pallets. 


1 168.  "HARRISON"  WINDING  DE- 
VICE for  clocks,  and  which  may  also  be 
adapted  to  a  spring  barrel.  G  is  the  driving 
spur  gear.  The  larger  ratchet  has  a  fixed 
check  pawl,  T ;  is  loose  on  the  arbor,  but  at- 
tached to  the  gear  wheel  by  a  curved  spring, 
S,  S'.  The  smaller  ratchet  is  fixed  to  the 
winding  barrel  and  arbor.  The  spring  and 
pawl  R  are  pivoted  to  the  larger  ratchet,  and  stop  the  barrel  against 
the  weight  W.  The  curved  spring  S  is  compressed  and  drives  the 
gear  wheel,  and  by  its  elasticity  continues,  while  winjding,  by  the  check 
pawl  T  falling  into  the  teeth  of  the  large  ratchet. 


288 


HOROLOGICAL. 


1169.  DOUBLE  TRI-TOOTH  PENDU- 
LUM ESCAPEMENT  with  fly  regulator. 
The  alternate  teeth  of  the  escapement  lock  on 
opposite  sides  of  the  pallet  frame.  The  im- 
pulse is  given  by  the  small  triangular  arbor 
striking  the  curved  pallets. 


1170.  "BLOXAM'S"  GRAVITY  ESCAPE- 
MENT.— The  pallets  receive  an  impulse  from  the 
small  toothed  wheel,  the  long  arms  of  which  are 
stopped  by  the  studs  A  and  B  alternately.  The 
studs  at  F  and  E  are  the  fork  pins  which  embrace 
the  pendulum  bar. 


1171.  DEAD-BEAT  CLOCK  ESCAPEMENT.— 
The  face  of  teeth  is  slightly  pitched  forward.  The 
stop-faces  of  the  pallets  A,  B  are  concentric  with  the 
axis,  which  gives  the  dead-beat  stop. 


1172.  ENDLESS  CORD-WINDING  DEVICE 
for  clocks.  The  cord  runs  over  grooved  pullies.  P 
is  the  driving  wheel,  and  p  the  ratchet  winding  ar- 
bor, the  turning  of  which  by  crank,  key,  or  by  pulling 
the  cord  b  raises  the  driving  weight  W,  and  lowers 
the  balance  weight  w.  By  this  device  the  movement 
.of  the  escapement  is  not  suspended  while  winding 
the  clock. 


HOROLOGICAL. 


289 


1173.  CLOCK  TRAIN,  showing  the  method 
of  sustaining  the  movement  of  the  train  dur- 
ing the  time  of  winding.  The  bent  spring 
keeps  a  tension  on  the  large  gear  by  the  lock- 
ing of  the  large  ratchet  to  which  the  bent  spring 
is  attached,  when  the  winding  of  the  barrel  can 
be  made  without  a  back-set  in  the  train. 

See  No.  1168. 


the  weights. 


1174.  COMPENSATION  WATCH  BAL- 
ANCE.— At  the  ends  of  the  balance  bar  are  at- 
tached compound  sector  bars,  the  inner  section 
of  which  is  of  steel,  and  the  outer  section  of  brass. 
The  weights  b,  b  regulate  the  momentum  of  the 
balance  wheel,  while  the  change  in  length  of  the 
arms  is  compensated  by  a  reverse  distance  of 
Adjustment  is  made  by  moving  the  weights  along  the 


compensating  sector. 


1175.  WATCH  REGULATOR.— The  outer 
end  of  the  balance  spring  is  fixed  to  a  stud  at 
R,  and  the  inner  end  to  the  balance  wheel 
arbor.  The  index  hand  carries  two  curb  pins 
at  P,  between  which  the  spring  vibrates,  form- 
ing a  neutral  point  in  its  length  which  limits 
the  arc  of  movement  of  the  balance  wheel,  and 

by  its  change  of  position  (by  moving  the  index  hand)  adjusts  the  time 

beat  of  the  balance  wheel. 


1176.  ANTIQUE  WATCH  ESCAPE- 
MENT.— A  pinion  on  the  balance-wheel  arbor 
meshes  in  a  crown  gear,  on  the  shaft  of  which 
a  mutilated  screw  of  large  pitch  releases  the 
teeth  of  the  escapement  and  gives  an  impulse 
by  the  incline  of  the  screw. 


290 


HOROLOGICAL. 


1177.  VERGE   ESCAPEMENT.— The    arms  of 
the  escapement  are  set  at  an  angle  with  each  other 
and    its    oscillation    allows    a    tooth    of  the  crown 
wheel  to  pass  with  each  oscillation. 


1178.  CYLINDER  ESCAPEMENT,  shows 
the  form  of  the  cylinder,  and  1179  shows  the 
method  of  action.  The  oscillation  of  the  cyl- 
inder allows  the  teeth  of  the  escapement  wheel 
to  pass  under  the  open  hollow  side  and  stop 
against  its  outside.  The  impulse  from  the 
escapement  teeth  is  given  to  the  edge  of  the 
cylindrical  section. 

1 1 80.  DUPLEX  ESCAPEMENT.— A,  the 
balance-wheel  stop;  B,  the  oscillating  pallet 
fixed  to  the  balance-wheel  shaft  and  adjusted  to 
receive  a  strong  impulse  from  the  studs  a,  a,  a 
at  the  moment  the  escapement  tooth  falls  into 
the  notch  in  the  stop  A. 


1181.  JEWELLED  DETACHED  LEVER 
ESCAPEMENT.— D,  E,  jewel  pallets;  J,  roll 
jewel  in  the  arbor  disc  ;  L,  M,  lever  stops :  H, 
balance-wheel  stop. 


1182.  "GUERNSEY"  ESCAPEMENT,  con- 
sisting of  two  balance  wheels  driven  in  opposite 
directions  by  an  inside  and  outside  sector  gear 
on  the  pallet  lever,  with  the  ring  guard  around 
the  escapement  axle.  To  prevent  stopping  of  a 
watch  by  a  jar. 


HOROLOGICAL. 


29I 


1183.  ANCHOR  AND    LEVER   ESCAPE- 
MENT for  watches.     "  Reed's  "  patent. 


1184.  LEVER  ESCAPEMENT.— The 
anchor  pallet  B  is  attached  to  the  lever  C  E, 
at  the  end  E  of  which  is  a  notch  to  receive 
the  pin  in  the  balance-wheel  disc  D.  The  im- 
pulse is  given  to  the  balance  wheel  at  the 
middle  of  its  oscillation  by  the  escape  of  the 
teeth  from  the  stop  surface  to  the  impulse 
planes  of  the  pallets. 


1185.  LEVER  CHRONOMETER  ESCAPE- 
MENT, single-pallet  impulse.  The  lever  pallets 
alternately  lock  the  escapement  by  the  throw  of 
the  lever ;  the  oscillating  pin  on  the  pallet  disc 
drops  into  the  fork  of  the  lever,  throwing  it 
against  the  stop  pins  at  its  other  erid. 


1 186.  <;  ARNOLD  "  CHRONOMETER 
ESCAPEMENT.— The  spindle  of  the  oscillat- 
ing pallet  a  carries  a  small  stud  that  vibrates 
the  light  spring  /,  in  the  hook  k,  of  the  stop 
spring  A.  The  stop  a  catches  and  holds  a  tooth 
of  the  escapement  while  a  reverse  oscillation  of  the  pallet  a  is  made, 
when  the  stop  d  is  lifted  by  the  action  of  the  stud  at  a,  and  an  im- 
pulse given  to  the  balance  wheel  by  the  tooth  //,  striking  the  face  of 
the  notch  at  h  in  the  pallet. 


1187.  FUSEE  CHAIN  AND  SPRING 
DRUM,  used  in  watch  and  clock  move- 
ments. This  device  compensates  for 
the  variation  in  the  force  of  the  spring. 


292 


HOROLOGICAL. 


1 188.  CHRONOMETER  ESCAPEMENT.— 

P,  the  impulse  pallet  on  the  arbor  disc  of  the 
balance  wheel ;  V,  a  release  tooth  on  the  arbor 
which  strikes  the  end  of  the  stop  lever  and  releases 
the  escapement  at  the  moment  that  the  tooth 
A  falls  in  mesh  with  the  pallet  P.  At  the  return 
oscillation  of  the  balance  wheel  the  tooth  V  on 

the  arbor  carries  the  spring  forward,  holding  the  lever   and   catch  in 

lock  against  the  pin  E. 


1189.  "GENEVA  STOP."-- A  winding-up  stop 
used  on  watches.  Winds  as  many  turns  of  the  wheel 
A  as  there  are  notches  in  wheel  B,  less  one.  The 
curve  a  b  is  the  stop. 


1190.  GEARED    WATCH 
the  two  arms  makes  the  stop. 


STOP.— Contact  of 


1191.  WATCH  STOP. — The  number  of  turns  of  the 
ratchet  pinion  is  limited  by  the  number  of  teeth  in  the 
stop.  The  pin  moves  one  tooth  for  each  turn. 


1192.  STEM-WINDING 
MOVEMENT  of  a  watch.  The 
movement  of  the  lever  with  an 
arm  outside  of  the  rim  locks  a 
clutch  on  the  hand  gear.  The 
third  arm  of  the  lever  is  thrown 
beyond  the  rim  to  prevent  clos- 
ing the  case  until  the  clutch  is 
unlocked. 


HOROLOGICAL. 


293 


1193.  PIN-GEARED  WATCH    STOP.  — The 

winding  stops  at  the  convex  tooth  of  the  stop. 


1194.   WATCH  TRAIN. 

a,  key  stem. 

£,  barrel  and  spring. 

t,  e,  h,  /,  pinions. 

d,  h,  spur  wheels. 

/,  /,  pallets  and  escapement. 

/£,  lever  and  balance  wheel 


Section  XIV. 
MINING. 

QUARRYING,   VENTILATION,   HOISTING,  CONVEYING,  PULVER- 
IZING,   SEPARATING,    ROASTING,    EXCAVATING, 
AND    DREDGING. 


MINING. 

QUARRYING,  VENTILATION,  HOISTING,  CONVEYING,  PULVERIZING,  SEPARATING, 
ROASTING,  EXCAVATING,  AND    DREDGING. 


1195.  DIAMOND  PROSPECTING 
DRILL,  operated  by  hand.  The  drill  rod  is 
hollow,  with  a  hose  connection  at  the  top, 
through  which  water  is  forced  to  the  bottom 
and  up  outside  of  the  drill  to  wash  out  the  bor- 
ings. The  drill  point  is  set  with  bort  or  black 
diamonds,  and  is  revolved  quickly  by  the  cranks 
and  bevel  gear. 


1196.  ROCK  DRILL,  "  Ingersoll "  model.  The 
loaded  tripod  gives  stability  to  the  reciprocating 
action  of  the  drill. 


1197.  DIAMOND  WELL-BORING 
MACHINE. — A  small  oscillating  engine 
and  gear  train  drives  the  hollow  boring 
auger  at  great  speed,  and  also  serves  to 
hoist  the  drill  rods  by  the  drum  and  a 
rope  over  the  block  in  the  top  of  the 
derrick  frame.  Water  is  fed  through  the 
hollow  drill  rod  by  a  pump. 


298 


MINING. 


1198.  PORTABLE  DIAMOND  DRILL,  for 
tunnel  work  or  mine  drifting.  A  swivelled  hose 
connection  for  feeding  water  to  the  drill.  Screw- 
jacks  in  the  frame  for  clamping.  Hand-driven  by 
crank  and  speed  gear. 


1199.  ARC  TAPPET  VALVE  MO- 
TION, for  a  rock  drill.  The  valve  is 
moved  on  a  circle  radial  with  the  tappet 
centre,  and  is  thrown  by  the  tappet-arm 
contact  with  the  shoulders  on  the  piston. 
"  Sergeant "  model. 


1200.  TAPPET  VALVE,  for  a 
rock  drill.  The  ports  are  radial, 
and  are  opened  and  closed  by  the 
swing  of  the  valve  on  its  centre. 
The  valve  is  thrown  by  the  shoul- 
ders on  the  piston,  striking  the  valve  arms.  "  Sergeant  "  model. 

120 1.  ROCK  DRILL,  with  balanced    piston    valve,    which    is 
thrown  by  compressed  air  inlet  through  ports  opened  by  the  recipro- 
cal motion  of 
the  piston.    B, 
piston ;  M,  ro- 
tation   device. 
"Ingersoll" 
model. 

1202.  ROCK    DRILL,  with   balanced   piston  valve,  which  is 

thrown  by  a 
ported  sector. 
moved  by  im- 
pact with  the 
recessed  shoul- 
ders on  the  piston.  "  Sergeant  "  model. 


MINING. 


299 


1203.  COAL-CUTTING  MACHINE,  "  Ingersoll-Sergeant " 
model.  The  piston  and  drill  rod  are  automatically  operated  by  the 
alternating  motion  of  two  piston  valves.  Operated  by  compressed 
air,  and  only  has  to  be  held  against  the,  coal  wall  to  under-cut,  when 
the  face  can  be  broken  down. 


1204.  LINK  CHAIN   CUTTER,  used  in 
coal-cutting  machines. 


1205.  DRILL  FOR  CURVED 
HOLES,  used  in  coal  mining.  The 
drill  is  on  the  end  of  a  curved  tube,  and 
is  driven  by  a  flexible  shaft.  The  tube 
is  fed  forward  by  a  pivoted  arm  and 
worm  gear. 


1206.  BOX-WING  BLOWER.— The  dis- 
charge openings  of  the  disc  are  rectangular, 
with  the  sides  enclosed.  Made  of  sheet  metal. 


1207.  MULTIPLEX    BUTTERFLY 
VALVE,  for  ventilating  shafts. 


300 


MINING. 


1208.  STEAM-DRIVEN  VENTI- 
LATING FAN.  —Type  of  those  used  in 
the  coal-mining  districts.  The  fan  wheel 
may  be  encased  in  an  iron  or  wooden  shell. 


1209.  MINER'S  SAFETY  LAMP.— The  flame 
is  surrounded  with  wire  gauze  and  a  double  wire 
gauze  cap.  In  explosive  mine  gases,  the  firing  of 
the  incoming  air  and  gas  takes  place  on  the  inside 
of  the  wire  gauze.  The  flame  does  not  pass 
through  fine  wire  gauze.  The  course  of  air  for 
the  lamp  burner  is  shown  by  the  arrows. 


12 10.  HORSE-POWER  HOIST- 
ING DRUM,  double  speed.  The 
speed  is  changed  by  dropping  one 
or  the  other  driving  gear  by  the  le- 
vers. A  release  for  running  back  is 
made  by  turning  the  crank  which 
disengages  the  gear  clutch. 


121 1.  STEAM  HOISTING  ENGINE, 
with  flat  chain  drum  and  reversing  link. 
The  flat  chain  winds  upon  itself  on  a 
narrow  drum. 


MINING. 


3OI 


12 12.  STRAP  BRAKE,  used  on  hoisting 
drums  and  wheels.  The  strap  is  usually  made  of 
a  steel  band  with  its  ends  jointed  to  a  lever. 


1213.  ELEVATOR  TOWER  with  inclined 
boom.  The  bucket  is  lifted  to  the  trolley  by 
the  double  tackle,  drawn  up  the  incline,  and 
the  load  dumped  automatically  into  a  car. 


1214.  HORIZONTAL  BOOM  TOWER, 
with  traversing  trolley  and  automatic  shovel 
bucket. 


isn 


1215.  MAST  AND  GAFF  HOIST, 
for  unloading  coal  barges  to  an  elevated 
track.  A  portable  boiler  and  steam  hoist 
or  an  electric  motor  hoist,  with  occasionally 
a  horse  pull,  are  the  motive  powers. 


1216.  COAL-LOAD- 
ING TIPPLE  and  sort- 
ing screens  for  loading 
cars.  The  screens  are 
inclined  at  the  sliding 
angle  and  drop  the  slack. 
pea,  nut,  and  lump  into 
separate  cars. 


302 


MINING. 


1217.  "OTIS  STOP"  for  elevator  cars.  B, 
car  frame  sliding  on  the  ratchet  posts  A,  A; 
d,  d  are  the  stop-dogs  operated  by  bell-crank 
levers  to  thrust  the  dogs  into  the  ratchets  on  the 
release  of  the  eye  bar  />,  by  a  break  in  the  rope 
or  hoisting  machine.  The  spring  c  quickens  the 
operation  of  throwing  out  the  dogs. 


1218.  ELEVATOR  DUMPING  HEAD, 

showing   method  of  inverting  the  buckets 
over  a  hopper  spout. 


1219.  ELEVATOR  DUMPING  HEAD.— An 
inverted  sector  frame  guides  the  bucket  chain  under 
the  head  wheel,  which  allows  the  buckets  a  clean 
discharge. 


MINING  BUCKETS 
AND  SKIP. 

1220.  d,  Cornish  kibble. 

122 1.  c,  Hooped  straight 
bucket. 

1222.  b,  Water  bucket. 

1223.  a.  Tram  skip. 


1224.  BELT  CONVEYOR.— A  series 
of  horizontal  and  inclined  rollers  serve  to 
turn  up  the  edges  of  a  belt,  enabling  the 
material  carried  to  be  retained  on  the  belt ; 
the  belt  returning  on  the  horizontal  rollers 
below. 


MINING. 


303 


again  into  position  for  their  next  push. 


1225.  CHAIN  SCRAPER  CON- 
VEYOR.— A  chain  supported  on  rollers 
and  axles  to  which  scrapers  are  fixed 
that  fit  the  conveyor  trough. 


1226.    CABLE     CONVEYOR.— Discs 

fixed   to   a  cable  running  in   a  trough  and 
returning  overhead. 


1227.  DRIVING  MECHANISM  for  a 
coal  or  grain  conveyor.  "  Hunt  "'  model. 
The  heart  cam  is  fixed.  The  face  plate  car- 
rying the  pawls  revolves  with  the  driving 
gear.  The  cam  guides  the  pawls  to  lock 
with  the  pins  in  the  chain  and  lifts  them 


1228.  LOG  CONVEYOR.— A  link  chain 
with  hooks  running  in  a  trough. 


1229.  ROPE  TRAMWAY,  over- 
head  system.       Elevation,    showing 
the  switch  rails  for  transferring  the 
carrier  bucket  around  the  terminal  to 
the  return  rope.    Loading  or  unload- 
ing  of  the   bucket  is    done    at  the 
transfer  switch. 

1230.  Plan  showing  the  crossing 
of  the  switch  rail    over   the  carrier 
rope. 


3°4 


MINING. 


1231.  AUTOMATIC  DUMP- 
ING CAR.  —  The  floor  of  the 
car  slopes  upward  to  the  centre 
at  an  angle  that  will  allow  the 
material  to  slide  out.  A  chock 
at  any  point  desired  for  dump- 
ing trips  the  holding-lever  and 
releases  both  side  doors  at  once. 


1232.  TOGGLE  JOINT,  for  a  *tone  breaker. 


1233.  STONE  CRUSHER.  — The 
power  is  transmitted  from  tne  driving 
shaft  by  a  cam  operating  a  vertical  con- 
necting link  and  toggle  joint.  "  Blake  " 
pattern. 


1234.  "BUCHANAN"  ROCK 
CRUSHER. — An  eccentric  on  the  driving 
shaft  and  toggle  arm  gives  a  powerful 
pressure  to  the  crusher  jaws.  The  adjust- 
ment is  made  by  the  back  screws  and  side 
rods  to  set  up  the  outside  jaw. 


1235.  ROLLER  COAL  CRUSHER. 
— Driven  by  a  direct-connected  steam 
engine  with  screw  gear, 


MINING. 


305 


1236.  EIGHT-STAMP  ORE  MILL, 

for  pulverizing  gold  quartz  or  other  ores. 
Cams  on  a  power-driven  shaft  lift  the 
bars  successively  to  equalize  the  belt 
tension. 


1237.  ROLLING  CRUSHER.— The  "Aras- 
tra."  Rolling  wheels  on  a  cross  arm  of  a  verti- 
cal shaft. 


1238.  "ARASTRA"  ORE  MILL.— 
Two  heavy  rolls  revolving  in  a  circular 
trough,  driven  through  a  central  shaft 
and  overhead  gear. 


1239.  "CHILI"  MILL.— A  three-roller 
ore  mill.  Rollers  carried  around  by  a  shaft 
and  three-armed  crab.  Ore  is  fed  inside 
the  rollers.  The  crushed  ore  washes  into  the 
annular  trough  and  is  carried  to  the  amalga- 
mators. 


1240.  PULVERIZING  BALL  AND  PAN  MILL. 
-The  pan  is  continually  tilted  by  being  swung  around 
the  vertical  centre,  rolling  the  ball  down  the  slope  side 
of  the  pan. 


3°6 


MINING. 


1241.  REVOLVING  PULVER- 
IZING MILL.— The  material  is 
reduced  to  a  fine  powder  by  the 
high-speed  impact  of  the  revolving 
arms,  within  an  iron  casing. 

"  Frisbe-Loucop  "  model. 

1242.  HYDRAULIC 
BALANCED  GIANT 
NOZZLE.— Used  in  hy- 
draulic mining  for  washing 
away  gravel  banks.  The 

nozzle  turns  on  a  movable  joint  at  B  B,  and  also  in  the  vertical  by  the 

socket  at  E. 

1243.    COAL     DUST     PRESS    for 
bituminous  coal.     The  fine  dust  is  fed 
down  from  a  hopper.     The  nozzle  has  a 
slight  taper,  which  gives  the  ram  suffi- 
cient resistance  to  produce  a  solid  cake  at  each  stroke. 

1244.  KLONDIKE  MIN- 
ING MACHINE.— The  gold- 
bearing  gravel  is  shovelled 
into  the  hopper  and  is  fed  to 
the  riffle  pan,  which  is  vibrated 
by  the  pump  handle.  The 
pump  supplies  water  to  the 
riffle  pan,  from  which  it  falls 

into  the   settling  pan  beneath,  and  is  kept  from  freezing  by  a  fire 

underneath.     "  Lancaster  ''  model. 


1245.  GOLD  SEPARATOR;  dry  process. 
A  bellows  furnishes  an  air  blast,  which  separates 
the  fine  sand  and  dust  from  the  gold  on  the  riffle 
screen  and  blows  the  dust  away. 


MINING. 


307 


1246.  CENTRIFUGAL  SEPARATOR.— 
A  central  revolving  shaft  carries  a  set  of  conical 
perforated  plates,  between  which  perforated 
plates  are  fixed  to  the  shell  of  the  machine. 
Grain  or  other  material  is  fed  at  the  top,  and 
an  air  blast  at  the  bottom.  Centrifugal  action 
discharges  the  material  at  the  periphery  of  the 
revolving  plates,  returning  by  gravity  on  the 
fixed  plates. 


1247.  MAGNETIC  ORE  SEP- 
ARATOR, "Buchanan  "type.  Two 
cylinders,  magnetized  by  powerful 
horseshoe  electro-magnets,  are  re- 
volved at  considerable  speed.   The 
pulverized  ore  is  fed  from  hoppers 
on  top  of  the  rolls  ;  the  iron  is  held 
to  the  rolls  and  thrown    off  after 
passing  the  chutes.     The  tailings  drop  directly  into  a  box. 
1247  a.  Front  end  view. 


1248.  IRON  ORE  SEPARA- 
TOR, "  Buchanan  "  model.  The 
pulverized  ore  is  fed  from  a  hop- 
per to  a  revolving  drum,  a  section 
on  each  side  of  which  is  magne- 
tized by  a  fixed  electro-magnet. 
The  magnetic  particles  are  carried 
around  by  the  drum  to  a  part  of 
the  neutral  section  and  discharged. 
An  apron  below,  travelling  over 
magnetic  rollers,  further  separates 
the  ore. 


1249.  RAILWAY  STEAM 
SHOVEL,  the  "  Bucyrus "  model. 
For  railway  or  other  excavating  on 
movable  trucks. 


3o8 


MINING. 


1250.  MAGNETIC  ORE 
SEPARATOR,  "Hoffman" 
type.  The  pulverized  iron 
ore  is  fed  to  a  travelling  ap- 
.  ron,  which  passes  over  a  series 
of  magnets  beneath  the  apron 
and  over  a  drum  where  the 
magnetized  iron  particles  are 
held  to  the  belt  until  they 

pass  the  bottom  side  of  the  drum.     The  unmagnetized  particles  are 

thrown  off,  and  drop  into  a  separate  compartment. 


1251.  MAGNETIC  ORE  SEPARATOR,  "Edison"  type.     A 
series  of  electro-magnets  are  set  behind  a  vertically  moving  apron 

against  which  the 
pulverized  ore  is 
discharged  from  a 
hopper  spout.  The 
concentrates  move 
along  the  line  of 
magnets  by  the  ac- 
tion of  the  apron, 
and  fall  into  buck- 
ets attached  to  the  apron,  and  are  carried  over  the  top,  while  the 
tailings  are  drawn  away  from  the  front  by  an  exhaust  blower. 


1252.  ORE  ROASTING 
FURNACE,  revolving  type. 
The  large  cylinder  takes 
charge  by  the  manholes,  and 
revolves  on  power-driven  rol- 
lers. The  furnace  is  on  a 
truck  to  be  removed  when 
required.  The  heated  gases 
pass  through  the  revolving  cylinder  and  to  a  chimney. 


MINING. 


309 


1253.  RAILWAY  EXCAVATOR, 
the  "  Otis  "  pattern. 


1254.  RAILWAY  STEAM 
SHOVEL,  the  "Victor"  model. 
For  excavating  railway  cuts,  or  gen- 
eral work  on  temporary  rails. 


1255.  CONTINUOUS  DITCHING 
DREDGE.  —  Discharging  overhead 
on  the  banks  by  a  carrier  from  under 
the  bucket  discharge. 


1256.   CLAM-SHELL  BUCKET,  for 

dredging.  Operated  by  a  double  chain. 
One  chain  is  attached  to  the  joint  of  the 
long  arms,  the  other  chain  passes  around 
a  sheave  in  the  joint  of  the  lazy  tongs 
that  opens  the  bucket,  and  is  made  fast  to 
the  first  chain.  The  bucket  is  suspended 
by  the  first-named  chain  to  keep  it  open, 
the  second  chain  is  then  pulled  to  close  the  bucket  on  its  load. 


1257.  REVOLVING  HOISTING 
DREDGE,  balanced  on  railway 
truck.  "  Lancaster  "  pattern,  with 
clam-shell  bucket. 


3io 


MINING. 


1258.  FLOATING  DREDGE, 
"  Osgood  "  pattern.  For  har- 
bor and  channel  dredging. 


1259.  MARINE  DREDGE, 
discharging  on  the  shore 
through  a  long  floating  pipe. 
Pipe  buoyed  by  pontoons. 
For  harbor  work. 


Section   XV. 
MILL  AND    FACTORY  APPLIANCES. 

HANGERS,    SHAFT    BEARINGS,   BALL    BEARINGS,   STEPS,  COUP- 
LINGS,    UNIVERSAL     AND     FLEXIBLE    COUPLINGS, 
CLUTCHES,     SPEED     GEAR,    SHOP    TOOLS, 
SCREW   THREADS,   HOISTS,  MA- 
CHINES, TEXTILE  AP- 
PLIANCES, ETC. 


MILL  AND  FACTORY  APPLIANCES. 


HANGERS,  SHAFT  BEARINGS,  BALL  BEARINGS,  STEPS,  COUPLINGS,  UNIVERSAL 

AND    FLEXIBLE    COUPLINGS,    CLUTCHES,    SPEED    GEARS,    SHOP 

TOOLS,    SCREW    THREADS,    HOISTS,    MACHINES, 

TEXTILE  APPLIANCES,  ETC. 


1260.   ADJUSTABLE  BRACKET 
HANGER. 


1261.  ADJUSTABLE  FLOOR  BEARING 
for  vertical  shaft. 

1262.  Elevation. 


1263.  Section. 


1264.  Plan. 


3*4 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


1265.  ADJUSTABLE  POST  HANGER. 


1266.  ADJUSTABLE  FLOOR  STAND. 

shaft  bearing. 


1267.     CONTINUOUS     TRAVERSING 
ROLLER  or  ball  bearing  for  an  axle. 


1268.  ROLLER  WHEEL  ANTI-FRICTION 
BEARING. 


1269.  BALL  BEARINGS  in  an  adjustable  journal  box.    A  loose  sleeve 

is  inserted  between 
the  balls  and  the  shaft 
to  prevent  wear  of 
shaft,  and  to  prevent 
clogging  if  a  ball 
should  break.  The 
shaft  will  then  turn 
in  the  sleeve. 

1270.  Longitudinal  section. 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


315 


ri 


1271.  ADJUSTABLE  HANGER  for  shafting. 
A,  drop  of  the  hanger.  Jointed  cap  to  allow  of 
removal  of  shaft. 


\ 


1272.  SCREW  TRAVERSING 
BALL  BEARING,  with  balls  returning 
through  outside  passage.  Grooves  re- 
cessed in  shaft. 


1273.  SCREW  TRAVERSING 
BALL  BEARING.  The  balls  returning 
by  a  side  passage.  Ball  grooves  enlarged 
for  full  strength  of  shaft. 


274.  HANGING  SHAFT  on  ball  bearings. 


275.  SUSPENDED  SHAFT  on  ball  bearings. 


1276.  CURVED  STEP  BEARING,  with  oil 
reservoir. 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


1277.  CONICAL  PIVOT  BEARING    and    adjust- 
ing screw. 


1278.  LUBRICATION  OF  A  HANGING 
BEARING  by  hydraulic  pressure.  Oil  is 
forced  into  the  grooves  of  the  bearing  through 
the  small  holes  and  discharges  into  the  cup 
around  the  outside. 


1279.  VERTICAL    SHAFT    STEP.— Made 

adjustable  by  a   movable    bearing   held    by    set 
screws  in  the  foot  block. 


1280.   SHAFT  STEP  ADJUSTMENT  for 
spindles  of  millstones. 


1281.  ADJUSTABLE  STEP  BEARING, 
with  hard  bronze  bush  and  step.     A  mor- 
tise through  the  iron  base  and  a  key  drawn 
with  a  screw  extension  and  nut  are  for  verti- 
}>,  cal  adjustment. 


1282.  COLLAR  BEARING  AND  STEP 
for  a  vertical  shaft.  The  thrust  sleeve  of 
bronze  is  split  and  should  have  a  key  to  pre- 
vent rotation. 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


317 


-I 


1283.  OIL  CIRCULATING  STEP  for  a 
vertical  shaft.  The  foot  of  the  shaft  has  a 
groove  cut  across  its  centre.  The  cast-iron 
bearing  has  a  hole  down  the  centre  to  meet  a 
cross  hole  from  the  oil  well.  The  joint  of  the 
sleeve  and  step  is  packed  oil  tight,  oil  being 
fed  at  the  upper  end  of  the  sleeve. 

1284.  LENTICULAR  BEARING  for  a 
vertical  shaft.  Each  section  is  lubricated 
by  the  pressure  oil  feed  from  beneath, 
through  the  central  hole.  The  concave  discs 
are  of  hard  bronze,  and  the  convex  discs  of 
steel.  The  shaft  terminates  in  a  steel  toe,  c. 
The  cast-iron  step  is  chambered  for  water 
circulation. 


1285.  SPHERICAL  STEP  BEARING.— Two 

semi-spheres,  rolling  on  a  horizontal  shaft,  support 
a  vertical  shaft  having  a  concave  spherical  end. 
The  semi-spheres  roll  in  opposite  directions  in  oil, 
and  by  the  cross  direction  of  the  bearing  surfaces 
preserve  a  perfect  contact. 


1286.  ANGLE  COUPLING  for  shafts.  The 
jointed  rod  on  one  shaft  slides  in  the  bent  crank 
eye  of  the  other  shaft.  For  small  angles  and  light 
work. 

1287.  "OLDHAM"   COUPLING. 

for  shafts  slightly  eccentric 
in  alignment.  The  double- 
splined  disc  B  runs  free 
against  the  grooved  face 
plates  A,  C. 

1 288.  Disc  showing  grooves 
at  right  angles,  front  and  back. 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


r—\  LEATHER  LINK 


1289.  FLEXIBLE  LINK 
COUPLING.— The  end  of  each 
shaft  is  fitted  with  a  four-armed 
hub.  A  series  of  leather  links  is 
inserted  between  the  arms  of  one 
hub  and  those  of  the  other  hub, 
and  secured  with  stud  bolts. 

1290.  Side  view. 


1291.  FLEXIBLE  SHAFT  COUPLING.— A  ball  and  socket 
shaft  ends  with  a  slot  in  the  ball   and  a  mortise  in  the  socket  at  right 

angles,  in  which  the  right- 
angled  cross  piece  has  a  free 
sliding  motion. 

<j-Jl        1292.    The    cross    key  in 
W  perspective  at  the  right. 


1293.  ANGLE    SHAFT    COUPLING, 

"  Robes  "  patent.  The  shaft  heads 
are  slotted,  in  which  cross  bars 
are  pivoted ;  the  ends  of  the  cross 
bars  are  also  pivoted  to  the  arms 
of  the  double  yoke,  giving  a  free 
motion  to  the  driven  shaft  at  any 
angle  greater  than  a  right  angle. 


1294.    UNIVERSAL    JOINT,    for 
shafting.      Ring  gimbal. 


1295.  "HOOKE'S"  UNIVERSAL  JOINT.— 
One  shaft  end  is  keyed  into  a  ball  with  trun- 
nions, which  turn  in  a  ring  with  trunnions  at 
right  angles  with  the  ball  trunnions.  The  ring 
trunnions  turn  in  the  outer  shell  to  which  the 
other  shaft  is  keyed. 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


319 


1296.  "GOUBET'S"  UNIVERSAL 
SHAFT  COUPLING.— A,  A, shafts; 

C,  a  trunnion  ring  recessed  in  a  ball, 

D.  Each  shell  is  alike,  and  in  itself 
a  universal  joint   for  45°  .     Both  to- 
gether equal  to  90°. 


1297.  BALL  SOCKET  UNIVER- 
SAL JOINT. — A  ball  with  grooves 
around  it  at  right  angles  and  bearing 
in  the  spherically  recessed  ends  of  the 
shafts.  Straps  fitted  in  the  grooves, 
and  screwed  in  slots  in  the  shaft,  hold 
the  ball  in  position. 


1298.  BALL  SOCKET  UNIVERSAL  JOINT.— 
A  ball  with  grooves  cut  entirely 
around  it  at  right  angles.  The 
tongued  shaft  ends  have  straps 
extending  entirely  around  the 
ball  to  hold  the  joints  together. 


n 


1299.  RIGHT-ANGLE  SHAFT  COUPLING, 

"  Hobson "    and     other    patents.       Right-angle 
crank  pins  revolve  and  slide  in  holes  in  the__sliaft^ 
couplings.  >^S 

I  UNIVERSITY 


1300.  RIGHT-ANGLE  SHAFT  COUP- 
LING, "  Hobson  "  patent— A  number  of 
right-angle  steel  rods  move  freely  in  per- 
forated guide  flanges  on  the  ends  of  shafts  that  run  at 
right  angles.  The  rods  draw  out  and  in  through  the 
flanges  to  suit  the  conditions  of  revolution  of  the  shafts. 
A  larger  angle  rod  serves  as  a  centre  bearing  over  which 
the  shafts  revolve. 


320 


MILL    AND    FACTORY  APPLIANCES. 


1301.  ECCENTRIC    LINE    COUP- 
LING.— Face  plates,  fixed  to    ends  of 
shafting    considerably    out    of   line   but 
parallel,  may  be  connected  by  four  or 
five  bars  with  offsets  to  clear  each  other 
in  their  revolution  on  the  face  plates. 

1302.  Side  view  of  offset  links. 


1303.  SIMPLE    FRICTION    PULLEY.— The 

self-acting  clutch  arms  act  upon  the  pulley  rim  in 
one  direction  only.  When  shaft  motion  is  reversed, 
the  pulley  is  free. 


1304.  FRICTION  CLUTCH.— A  conical- 
grooved  pulley  and  clutch  rim.  The  clutch 
slides  on  the  shaft  and  feather,  and  is  controlled 
by  a  lever  and  carrier  in  the  grooved  hub. 


1305.  V-GROOVED   FACE  CLUTCH.— 

A   very  effective  clutch   with   teeth    of  small 
angle. 


1306.  CLUTCH  AND  GEAR.— The 
clutch  slides  on  the  feathered  shaft,  and 
throws  the  gear  into  motion  by  the  operation 
of  the  bell-crank  lever  and  runner. 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


1307.  CONE  CLUTCH.— Can  be  made  at 
any  angle  greater  than  will  cause  the  clutch  to 
stick. 


1308.  MULTIPLE  PLATE  FRICTION  CLUTCH.— Several 
plates  of  iron  or  steel  are  fitted  loosely  on  a  three-feather  shaft,  be- 
tween which  plates  of  wood  or  other  hard  material,  sometimes  steel, 

are    placed    and 
keyed  in  an  iron 
l<  pgy )  H i    JK  B    iiii/       s±  housing  or  coup- 

-     -'-1  //  //     /  X> — ->_x  \      V      \ 

ling  to   move 
loosely  on  the 

,cl  \^v  '  '  y^keys.  The  coup- 
ling is  keyed  to 
the  next  shaft  in 

line.  A  follower  sleeve  and  springs  compress  the  plates,  giving  a  very 
large  frictional  surface,  which  is  relieved  by  drawing  the  sleeve  back 
by  a  yoke  lever. 

1309.  Section  showing  stops  in  outer  case  and  keys  on  shaft. 


1310.  FRICTION  CLUTCH, 
outside  view,  with  toggle-joint 
thrust,  sleeve,  and  yoke  lever. 


1311.  Section  of  outside 
bearing,  clutch,  toggle  joint, 
and  sleeve. 


322 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


1312.  PIN  CLUTCH.— The  pin  plate  is 
fast  on  the  shaft.  The  hole  plate  slides  on  a 
feather,  and  is  operated  by  a  bell-crank  Y-lever 
in  a  hub  slot. 


1313.  FRICTION    PIN    CLUTCH.— 

A  or  B  may  be  the  driving  shaft ;  a  is  a 
friction  band  that  slips  to  prevent  shock 
when  the  pins  are  thrown  into  contact 
with  it. 


1314.  FRICTION    CLUTCH. 

— The  two  sections  of  the  friction 
ring  are  pressed  out  by  right  and 
left  screws,  operated  by  a  sliding 
spool  on  the  shaft  and  the  toggle- 
joint  connections,  /,  /'. 

1315.  Longitudinal  section. 


1316.  FRICTION  CLUTCH  BEVEL 
GEAR. — A  A  is  a  driving  shaft  extended 
through  the  gear  hubs  ;  gear  a  is  fast  on 
the  shaft ;  gear  b  is  loose  on  the  shaft,  with 
a  friction  clutch  fixed  in  position  by  a  lever 
extension  not  shown.  Clutch  is  tightened 
by  the  screw  handle/",  when  the  gear  e  c  ro- 
tates to  drive  gear  h.  The  pinions  are 
pivoted  in  the  plane  of  gear  e  c. 


1317.  SPRING  FRICTION 
CLUTCH.— The  lever  handle, 
eccentric,  and  link  are  held  in 
position  by  the  arm  A.  The 
springs  keep  the  cones  closed 
for  driving.  The  throw  of  the 
handle  forward  in  the  direction 
of  the  arrow  pushes  the  inner 
cone  back  and  releases  the 
grip- 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


323 


1318.  DOUBLE  TOGGLE-JOINT 
FRICTION  CLUTCH.  — The  move- 
ment of  the  grooved  sleeve  J  opens  or 
closes  the  grip  A,  upon  the  rim  wheel  C. 
The  lever  H  throws  the  toggle  links  E,  F 
into  line  for  the  grip. 


1319.  ADJUSTABLE  FRICTION 
CLUTCH,  with  double-grip  bearings.  Ad- 
justment tightness  is  made  by  locked  set 
screws  in  the  arm  of  the  bell-crank  levers. 
The  jaws  are  held  open  by  a  ring  spring 
running  around  the  clutch. 


1320.  DOUBLE-CONIC  ROPE 
_____    DRUM. — Used  on  some  forms  of 
winding  engines,  and  as  a  fusee  in 
a  spinning  mule. 


1321.  VARIABLE  SPEED  DE- 
VICE.— Transmission  is  made  by  a 
stiff  belt  running  over  two  coned  spools, 
which  have  their  inside  cone  bearings 
simultaneously  changed  to  meet  require- 
ment for  equal  belt  tension,  by  two 
levers  pivoted  to  nuts  on  a  right-  and 
left-hand  screw,  with  a  fulcrum  central  between  the  shafts.  Both  ex- 
panding spools  slide  on  feathered  shaft  keys. 


324 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


1322.     EXPANDING    PULLEY    or  wheel 
The  rim  sections  screw  into  a  central  hub. 


1323.  VARIABLE  SPEED  DE- 
VICE.— An  internal  driving-cone  pul- 
ley, with  a  smaller  cone  pulley  rolling 
on  its  internal  surface  on  a  shaft 
parallel  with  the  driving  shaft,  but 
drawn  eccentric  to  it  for  higher  speed 
by  an  inclined  slide  operated  by  a  lever,  rock  shaft,  and  crank  con- 
nection. 


1324.    VARIABLE    SPEED  TRANSMITTING  DEVICE.— 
A  thin  disc  is  fast  on  the  counter  shaft.      Two  discs  drive  the  speed 

shaft,  between  which  and 
the  driving  disc  are  two 
rollers  pivoted  to  trans- 
verse spindles.  The  rol- 
lers are  kept  to  their  slow- 
speed  position  between  the 
discs  by  springs.  A  con- 
necting rod  draws  the  rol- 
lers toward  the  high-speed 
position.  Friction  press- 
ure on  the  rollers  is  made 
by  a  spring  pressing  the 
discs  together. 


1325.  BELT  HOLDER,  "Wellington" 
model.  Does  away  with  a  loose  pulley.  The 
belt  is  guided  on  to  a  set  of  rollers  in  a  fixed 
frame  at  the  side  of  the  driving  pulley.  Saves 
time  and  avoids  danger  in  putting  on  belts. 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


325 


1326.  JOINTED    RADIAL  ARM,  for 

drilling    machines,  marble    polishing,    and 
CT*  other  similar  machines.     Elevation. 

1327.  Plan,  showing  joints  and  action. 


1328.  DRILLING  MACHINE  CLAMP.— 
A  handy  tool  about  a  drill  press.  The  shank  is 
pushed  loosely  through  a  hole  in  the  drill-press 
table  until  the  lever  bears  on  the  work,  when  a 
turn  on  the  set- screw  makes  a  tight  grip. 


1329.   SCREW  BENCH  CLAMP,  for  cabinet- 
makers. 


/\ 


1330.  AUTOMATIC  BENCH  CLAMP, 
for  carpenters  and  cabinet-makers.  Used  for 
holding  work  on  the  flat. 


1331.  AUTOMATIC  BENCH  CLAMP 
used  by  carpenters  and  cabinet-makers  for 
holding  work  on  edges  for  planing. 


1332.  WOOD-  BENDING 
CLAMPS  AND    FORMERS.— 
Strips   of    wood    are  thoroughly 
steamed  and  bent  while  hot  over 
the    formers    and    clamped. 

1 33 2 A.  Offset  clamp. 

1333.  Thill  clamp. 

1334.  Bend  clamp. 


326 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


1335.  BOILER     TUBE     EXPANDER.— A 

series  of  sets  surrounding  a  conical  driving  pin. 
"  Prosser  "  percussion  type.  A  guard  ring  fixes 
the  proper  position  of  the  expanding  grooves  of 
the  sectional  sets  to  match  the  tube  head. 

1336.  Longitudinal  section. 


1337.  ROLLER  TUBE 
EXPANDER.— The  rollers 
are  loosely  fitted  in  a  case 
to  hold  them  in  position. 
The  slightly  tapered  mandril  is  pushed  or  driven  within  and  bearing  on 
the  rollers  and  revolved  by  a  bar  in  the  mandril  head,  which  revolves 
the  rollers,  rolling  them  over  the  interior  surface  of  the  boiler  tube. 
"  Dudgeon  "  model. 


1338.  REVOLVING  TOOL  HEAD, 
for  a  Monitor  lathe. 


1339.  COLLAPSING      TAP.— The 
hook  cutters  C,  C,   slide   in   the    taper 
shank  B,  and  are  drawn  up  to  their  full 

JO  diameter  for  cutting  by  turning  the  shank 
handle  in  the  inclined  slot  in  the  shell, 
and  the  reverse  motion  of  the  handle 
for  collapsing  the  tap. 

1340.  Longitudinal  section. 


1341.  WABBLE  SAW,  for  cutting  dovetail  and 
rabbet  grooves. 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


327 


1342.  AUTOMATIC  SCREW- 
CUTTING  DIE.  —  The  outside 
shell  is  movable  on  the 
inner  shell,  which  holds 
the  cutters  in  slots.  By 
throwing  the  handle 
over,  the  cutters  are  re- 
leased from  the  screw. 
The  centre  pin,  nut,  and 
slot  pin  is  the  automatic 
release  by  contact  with 
the  screw,  which  pushes 
back  the  slot  pin  and 
revolves  the  outer  shell.  Adjustment  is  made  by  the  set  rings  at  the 
back  of  the  die.  A  circular  spring  throws  out  the  cutters.  Cross  sec- 
tion. 

1343.  Front  view. 

1344.  Longitudinal  section. 

1345.  Outside  view. 

1346.  UNIVERSAL  CHUCK, 
for  eccentric  turning.  The  divided 
gear  plate  and  chuck- 
ing screw  are  re- 
volved and  held  at 
any  division  by  the 
spring  pawl.  The 
slide  is  given  its  ec- 
centric position  by  a 
screw  with  an  index. 

A  great  variety  of  designs  may  be  made  with  this  simple   chuck. 

Front  view. 

1347.  Side  view. 

1348.  End  view. 

1349.  Nut  and  screw. 


1350.  COMPOUND  LEVER  SHEARS. 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


1351.   DISC    SHEARS.— Two  bevelled  edge 
J —    discs  just  lapping,  and  revolving.     Largely  used 


in  tin  and  cardboard  cutting. 


1352.  GIG  SAW. — The  spring  a  gives  tension  to 
the  saw  running  between  guide  frames,  and  operates 
by  crank  and  connecting  rod. 


1353.  BAND  SAW,  for  sawing  metals. 
The  frame  and  third  wheel  are  set  back  to  give 
room  for  large  plates. 


1354.  jBAND  SAW. — Rectilinear  motion  of 
saw  blade  from  rotary  motion  of  band  pulleys, 
with  a  tilting  saw-table  for  bevel  work. 


1355.  TOGGLE-JOINT  LEVER  PRESS  or 
punch.  A  type  of  toggle-joint  used  in  the  old 
form  of  printing  and  stamping  presses. 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


329 


1356.  POWER  STAMPING  PRESS.  —  Driven 
from  a  pulley  with  crank  or  cam  shaft.  A  miss  im- 
pression is  made  by  a  stop-clutch  operated  by  a  foot 
treadle. 


1357.  HAND  DRILLING  MACHINE,  with 
lever  feed. 


1358.  PORTABLE  DRILL,  rope  trans, 
mission  and  flexible  shaft.  One  continuous 
rope  over  driving  pulley,  two  double  sheaves 
anchored,  and  flexible  shaft  pulley ;  allow- 
ing the  driving  sheave  of  the  flexible  shaft 
to  be  anchored  in  any  position,  and  for 
tightening  the  driving  rope. 


1359.  MULTIPLE  DRILLING  MA- 
CHINE, for  close  drilling  or  perforating 
plates.  Drills  are  operated  close  together 
by  converging  spindles. 


330 


MILL    AND    FACTORY   APPLIANCES. 


1360.  MULTIPLE  DRIL- 
LING MACHINE.— For  drill- 
ing a  number  of  holes  in  flanges 
at  one  time.  The  drill  chucks 
are  adjusted  in  a  spider  for  any 
size  circle  and  connected  to  the 
driving  head  with  jointed  rods. 


1361.  STAMP  MILL  CAM  MOTION.  — The 
revolution  of  two  or  more  cam  wipers  lifts  the  stamp 
hammers  to  drop  by  gravity. 


1362.  BLACKSMITH'S  HELPER,  or 
foot  helve  hammer.  Operated  by  the  foot 
on  the  treadle.  Hammer  held  up  by  the 
spring. 


1363.  REVOLVING  RAPID-BLOW  HAM- 
MER.— The  centrifugal  action  of  the  revolving 
arms  throws  the  hammers  outward. 


1364.  HELVE  TRIP  HAM- 
MER.— An  ancient  device  yet  in 
use.  The  treadle  stops  the  action 
of  the  hammer  by  disengaging  the 
bell-crank  catch  b.  Used  for  small 
work. 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


331 


1365.  FRICTION  DROP  HAMMER.— The  ham- 
mer head  is  attached  to  a  hardwood  board  running  be- 
tween friction  rolls.  One  of  the  rolls  has  an  eccentric 
sleeve  shaft  with  a  lever  and  lanyard  to  throw  the  roll 
out  of  contact  with  the  board  at  the  proper  time  for 
long  or  short  drop.  The  other  roll  and  shaft  carry  the 
driving  pulley  and  are  in  constant  motion. 


1366.  BEAM  TRIP  HAMMER. 
-  The  beam  is  vibrated  by  an  ec- 
centric on  the  driving  shaft.  The 
cushions  intensify  and  regulate  the 
blow  of  the  hammer.  The  treadle 
operates  the  brake  and  controls  the 
blow  of  the  hammer.  "  Bradley " 
pattern. 


1367.  SPRING  HAMMER.— The 
height  of  the  hammer,  to  suit  the  size 
of  the  forging,  is  adjusted  by  chang- 
ing the  length  of  the  connecting  rod. 
The  treadle  controls  the  stroke  by 
operating  a  friction  gear  on  the  driv- 
ing pulley. 


1368.  TIRE  SHRINKER.— A  link 
chain  around  the  tire  terminates  in  a  fixed 
hook,  and  the  hook  on  a  powerful  lever. 


332 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


1369.  COMBINED  TIRE  UPSETTING  AND  PUNCHING 
MACHINE. — The  tire  is  made  fast  by  the  cam  jaws,  and  the  mov- 
able cam  is  set  forward 
by  the  sector  cam  lever 
and  pinion.  A  punch  is 
attached  to  the  movable 
jaw  with  a  punch  die  in 
the  horn  of  the  machine, 
so  that  the  same  opera- 
tion of  upsetting  a  tire 
may  be  used  for  punch- 
ing iron. 

1370.  Vertical  section. 

PLATE    SAWING   MACHINE.— A  slow-running  steel 

saw  blade  lubri- 
cated by  dipping 
in  an  oil  box.  The 
saw  is  automatical- 
ly fed  to  the  plate 
by  a  worm  gear, 
but  has  a  quick 
return  by  the  hand 
wheel. 


1372.  COMBINED  PUNCH 
AND  SHEARS  in  one  frame  and 
driven  from  one  shaft.  Each  con- 
trolled by  a  treadle. 


SUSPENDED  SWING  TREADLE. 
— The  foot  takes  a  circular  motion  ;  no  dead 
centre. 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


333 


1374.  POWER  RUMBLING  MILL, 

for  cleaning  sand  from  castings,  pol- 
ishing metal  articles  by  tumbling  with 
sand,  charcoal,  leather  scrap,  or  any 
polishing  powder. 


1375.  CENTRIFUGAL  SEPARATOR,  for  removing  oil  from 
iron  chips  and  turnings.     The  iron  pan  A  is  fixed  to  the  spindle  and 

pulley.  The  unequal  load- 
ing of  the  pan  is  balanced 
by  the  elastic  swivelled  box 
B,  held  in  a  central  position 
by  springs.  A  cover  with 
felted  edge  closes  the  top  of 
the  pan.  The  friction  stop 
C  acts  as  a  brake  to  stop 
the  motion  of  the  pan. 


1376.  CLOSURE  OF  ROLLERS  by  tra- 
versing the  angular  slots  guiding  the  roller 
bearings.  The  slot  guide  C  is  fixed.  The 
piston-rod  head  D  carries  the  angular  slots 
that  move  the  rollers  forward  and  backward. 


1377.  VIBRATING  LIFT.— The  revolving  drum 
B  lif^s  the  weight  W,  while  the  crank-pin  connecting 
rod  C  gives  the  arm  A  and  sheave  E  a  vibrating  ver- 
tical movement.  With  certain  proportions  between 
the  size  of  the  drum  B,  the  distance  of  the  crank  pin 
and  connecting  arm  at  A,  a  variety  of  motions  to  the 
cord  D  may  be  made. 


1378.    DIFFERENTIAL    PITCH    MOVE- 
MENT. — The  motion  of  a  traversing  stud  by 
the  revolution  of  a  differential  screw  allows  of 
measurement  of  minute  motions  and  distances.    A  micrometer  device. 


I  _  I  "•_ 


334 


M*LL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


1379.  FEED  WHEEL  for  a  planing  machine. 
The  corrugated  upper  wheel  pushes  the  lumber 
to  the  cutter. 


1380.  COMBINED  RATCHET  AND  HAND 
FEED  GEAR. — The  hand  screw  turns  in  the  worm- 
gear  nut,  and  may  be  used  for  quick  adjustment. 


1 
I 

I 

1381.    GEAR      TRAIN, 

g  with  quick  return,  for  a  gear- 
cutting  machine. 


1382.  QUICK  RETURN  MOVEMENT  for 
a  cutter  head.  A  constant  rotation  of  the  cam 
operates  the  bell-crank  sector,  which  is  quickly 
drawn  back  by  the  weight  W  and  pinion  C. 


1383.  REVERSING  GEAR,  from  a 
single  belt  and  cone  pulley.  The  gear 
wheel  a  has  an  outside  and  inside  set  of 
teeth  with  the  pinions  b,  c  meshing  and 
running  in  opposite  directions. 

The  friction  clutches  operated  by  a 
lever  reverse  the  motion  of  the  large 
gear  by  alternately  putting  in  motion  the 
inside  or  outside  pinion. 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


335 


1384.  FLEXIBLE  UNIVERSAL  STEAM 
JOINT.—"  Hampson  "  model.  The  steam  flows 
through  the  thick  arms  of  the  Y's,  which  have 
ground  joints. 


1385.  BYE  PASS  COCK  OR  VALVE. 
— To  allow  of  a  small  delivery  »»rhen  the 
large  valve  is  closed,  or  for  relief  of  press- 
ure against  a  large  valve. 


1386.    SIGHT-FEED     LU  BRI  C  ATO  R.— The 

amount  of  feed  is  seen  by  the  frequency  of  drops  at 
the  sight  hole.  Adjusted  by  a  needle-point  valve  with 
milled  head  and  screw. 


1387.  SCREW  MOVEMENT,  for  the  tail 
stock  of  a  lathe.  The  spindle  moves  in  a  key 
slot  to  prevent  turning.  The  screw  has  a 
collar  and  is  shouldered  on  the  outside  by  the 
wheel  hub.  The  back  end  of  spindle  has  a 
thread  acting  as  a  nut  on  the  driving  screw. 


verses  around  the  shaft  to  be  centered. 
1389.  End  view. 


1388.  CENTERING 
TOOL.  Used  for  scratch- 
ing the  centre  on  round 
shafting  or  rods.  The 
slotted  arm  E  swings  on 
the  spindle  A,  as  it  tra- 


336 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


ft 


JL 


1390.    VERNIER      CALI- 
imnmr   PER?    with    slow-motion    stop 

II  I  fill  I '  I  l°..HTi7'5 

'-*   screw. 


1391.  EXPAN- 
SION BIT.— The 
spring  clip  held  by 
a  screw  clamps  the 
cutter  in  position 
to  bore  any  size  hole  within  its  limits  of  expansion. 


1392.  DOUBL&ACTING 
SCREWDRIVER.  —  The  in- 
side spindle  has  a  left-hand 
screw,  the  outside  hollow  spindle  a  right-hand  screw ;  and  both  with 
nuts  that  can  lock  either  spindle  by  screwing  to  the  thread  on  the 
lower  end  of  each  or  either  spindle. 


1393.  PUMP  DRILL  STOCK.— A  very 
ancient  device,  yet  largely  in  use  at  this  date  in 
the  jewelry  and  other  light  manufacturing  estab- 
lishments.  The  heavy  revolving  disc  keeps  up 
the  momentum  to  rewind  the  band  upon  the 
spindle  in  contrary  direction  for  each  downstroke 
of  the  bar. 


1394.  RECIPRO- 
CATING DRILL 
STOCK.— By  the 
double  groove  and 

follower,  the  drill  turns  the  same  way  at  each  movement  of  the  ring 

and  follower. 


1395.  COMPOUND  LEVER  CUTTING 
PLIERS,  in  which  the  toggle-joint  principle  is 
used  to  give  the  greatest  power  at  the  closure 
of  the  jaws. 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


337 


1396.  BALL  SOCKET,  used  on  surveyor's 
compasses.  The  gland  is  tightened  with 
countersunk  screws. 


1397.  BALL    SOCKET,   with    a    screw 
gland. 


1398.  SCREW  THREADS.— Standard 
V  thread,  sharp  at  top  and  bottom.  Depth 
equals  0.85  of  the  pitch.  Angle  60°. 


U.S.  S.  THREAD 


1399.   SCREW  THREADS.— United 

States  Standard  Thread.  Flat  top  and 
bottom.  Depth  equals  0.65  of  the  pitch. 
Angle  60°. 


WHITWORTH  THREAD     •/ 

AA 


1400.  SCREW  THREADS,  "Whit- 
worth  '  thread.  Rounded  top  and  bot- 
tom. Depth  equals  0.75  of  the  pitch. 
Angle  55°. 


TRAPEZOIDAL     +P* 
THREAD 


1401.  SCREW  THREADS,  Trape- 
zoidal thread.  Angle  90°  face,  45°  back. 
Depth  equals  0.75  of  the  pitch. 


338 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


1402.  SCREW  THREADS,  square 
thread.  Angle  square.  Depth  equals  -[- 
half  pitch.  Width  between  threads  equal 
-\-  half  pitch,  for  clearance. 


1403.  SCREW  THREADS,  "Powell's" 

thread.  Depth  of  thread  equals  -f-  half 
pitch.  Width  of  top  .of  thread,  0.3 7 -of 
pitch.  Wridth  of  bottom,  0.37  -f-  of  pitch. 
Angle  of  side,  n%°. 


,  1404-  CONTINUAL    BARREL    ELEVATOR. 

//T^i  — Sprocket   wheels    and    link    chains    with 


curved  arms  to  hold  the  barrels. 


V    A 

££. 


1405.  TELESCOPIC    HYDRAULIC    ELEVATOR. 

- — The  several  piston  cylinders  take  a  proportional  lift  by 
their  differential  areas  and  balanced  pressure  areas  in  each 
compartment. 


r 


1406.  TRAVELLER  HOIST,  show- 
ing  the  principles  of  the  balanced  coun- 
ter pull  and  the  traverse  tackle. 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


339 


1407.  TRAVELLING  CRANE 
for  shop  and  foundry 
work.  May  be  Oper- 
ated by  rope  transmis- 
sipn,  a  long  shaft,  or 
electric  motor. 

1408.    I-BAR    TRAVELLING    TRAMWAY,    an 

easily  made  shop  device.  The  I  bar  lies  sidewise,  bolted 
to  brackets  from  the  ceiling.  The  double  trolley  can- 
not run  off. 


1409.  SWING 

trolley. 


BRACKET     CRANE,   with 


1410.  ADJUSTABLE  UNIVERSAL  SHEAVE. 
It  can  be  set  in  any  desired  direction  and  canted 
by  the  double-swivel  foot. 


1411.  "HARRINGTON"  CHAIN  HOIST.— A 
worm  gear  operates  a  double -chain  sprocket,  with 
chains  yoked  at  hook. 


1412.  "  YALE"  DUPLEX  HOIST.— A  worm 
F  meshed  in  a  gear  on  the  same  shaft  with  the 
hoisting-chain  sprocket.  A,  Hand-chain  sprocket 
on  worm  shaft  B;  C  is  a  friction  plug  which 
holds  the  worm  from  running  back.  For  self- 
running  down,  the  plug  may  be  reversed,  present- 
ing a  smaller  friction  surface  to  the  worm  shaft 
A  pin  holds  the  plug  from  turning. 


340 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


1413.  SAFETY  TACKLE.— The  horizontal  frame 
is  pivoted  in  the  hook  block  having  a  friction  shoulder. 
A  lanyard  from  the  eye  of  the  horizontal  frame  releases 
the  grip. 


1414.  DIFFERENTIAL  CHAIN-PULLEY 
BLOCK. — The  chain  sprockets,  one  on  each  side  of 
the  gear  drum,  run  in  different  directions,  allowing  the 
surplus  chain  to  hang  between  the  draft  chains.  An 
eccentric  on  the  hand-wheel  shaft  rolls  a  loose  pinion 
around  the  discs,  causing  them  to  move  in  opposite 
directions  by  the  differential  number  of  teeth  on  each 
side  of  the  pinion. 


1415.  DOUBLE    SCREW-GEAR   HOIST.  — A 

right-and-left  screw  turns  the  chain  sprockets  in  mesh 
with  the  lifting  chain.     "  Box  &  Co."  model. 


C 


1416.  TAPER  TUBE  ROLLS.— The  grooves 
— .  are  turned  as  a  taper  screw.  One  rolls  right-hand, 
— I  the  other  left-hand  to  match.  Much  care  and 

3 


management  are  required  in  taper  tube-rolling. 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


341 


1417.  "  YALE-WESTON  "  DIFFERENTIAL  GEAR  HOIST. 

^^^  — The    hand-chain 

|if|  ijJHJKl  Wl  '  ( '    ^A  sprocket  shaft  runs  loose 

i x      '•  .m9u      m  ^^  in  a  sleeve  which  carries 

the  hoist-chain  sprocket. 
A  small  pinion  on  the 
right-hand  end  o  f  t  h  e 
central  shaft  drives  three 
spur  gears  pinioned  on  a 
circular  movable  frame 
attached  to  the  chain  sprockets.  To  each  of  the  three  spur  gears  are 
fixed  a  pinion,  which  meshes  in  an  internal  tooth  gear  fixed  in  the  case. 

1418.  Section,  showing  gear. 


1419.  TUBE-ROLLING  MA- 
CHINE.—The  first  roller  turns  the 
strip  of  metal  to  a  half-circle.  The 
pair  of  vertical  rolls  close  up  the 
tube. 


1420.  SEAMLESS  TUBE  MAK- 
ING. —  Rolling  a  solid  bar  between  a^ 
pair  of  angular-axled  disc  rollers  opens 
a  cavity  within  the  bar  which  is  further 
expanded  by  a  second  pair  of  disc  rollers. 
The  rolling  of  the  tube  between  the  discs 
pushes  the  tubular  bar  over  a  revolving 
conical  mandrill. 


1421.  WIRE-BENDING  MACHINE.— A  marvel   of   complex 

motions.  Hooks  and 
eyes,  and  any  special 
shapes  of  wire-work 
can  be  made  on 
these  machines. 

1422.   Samples  of 
wire  bending. 


342 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


1423.    SEAMLESS    TUBE  MAKING.— The  «  Mannesmann  " 
process.     A,  a,  conical  corrugated  rolls  ;  B,  guide  tube ;  B",  hot  bar 

of  iron  or  steel  being  pushed  through 
the  rolls ;  D,  mandrill  for  widening 
the  inside  of  the  tube,  the  hollow  be- 
ing started  by  the  action  of  the  out- 
side rolls. 


1424.  HOPPER  AND  BELL,  for  a 
blast  or  other  furnace,  for  feeding  coal  and 
ore.  The  hopper  is  filled  with  a  charge, 
when  the  bell  is  quickly  lowered  and  the 
charge  drops  into  the  furnace. 


1425.  "BESSEMER"  STEEL  CONVERTER.— 
A  large  crucible  on  trunnions,  through  which  air  is 
blown  to  passages  in  the  bottom  of  the  shell  and 
through  the  cast  iron,  burning  out  the  excess  of  carbon, 
when  the  crucible  is  turned  over  and  the  cast  iron, 
converted  into  steel,  is  poured  into  moulds. 


1426.  LENS-GRINDING  MACHINE.  — The 
bell-crank  arm  a  is  made  adjustable  in  the  vertical 
shaft,  and  is  pivoted  for  a  free  motion  in  the  grind- 
ing cup  $,  to  give  a  variety  of  motions  to  the  cup 
over  the  lens;  or  the  operation  may  be  reversed 
and  the  lens  given  a  circular  motion  in  the  cup. 


1427.  GRINDING 
MILL  in  section,  show- 
ing the  balancing  of  the 
upper  stone  and  adjust- 
ment of  step,  and  the  cen- 
tering of  the  hopper  and 
feed  gauge. 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


343 


1428.  "BOGARDUS"    MILL. 
- — Grooved    steel    discs  running  ec- 
centric to  each  other.     Largely  used 
for  grinding  paints  and  drugs. 

1429.  Plan  showing  grooves. 


1430.  CIRCULATING  SCREW  PRO- 
PELLER AND  MIXING  TANK.— Is  useJ 
in  various  forms  in  laundries,  soap  crutching. 
and  oil  refining. 


1431.  DOUBLE  CYL- 
INDER  PLANER,   for 

lumber.  Takes  a  rough 
and  finishing  cut  by  once 
passing  the  lumber 
through  the  mill. 


1432.  DOUBLE  TOGGLE-JOINT  SCREW 
PRESS  with  steam-heated  platens  for  vul- 
canizing rubber  or  embossing  by  heat  and 
pressure. 


1433.  STEAM  COTTON  PRESS,  for 
repressing  and  condensing  baled  cotton. 
The  geared  sectors,  driven  by  the  double- 
rack  piston  rod  and  piston,  increase  the 
pressure  immensely  at  the  latter  part  of  the 
stroke  by  the  toggle-joint  action  of  the  con- 
necting rods  as  they  approach  the  radial 
bearing  of  the  sectors. 


344 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


1434.  TOGGLE-BAR  PRESS.— The  rota- 
tion of  the  disc  a  by  the  lever  handle  brings 
the  toggle  bars  to  a  vertical  position,  with  in- 
creasing pressure  upon  the  platen.  The  tog- 
gle bars  have  spherical  ends  fitted  to  spherical 
cups  in  the  top  and  bottom  discs. 


1435.  SECTOR  PRESS. — The  sector  is  rolled 
up  by  the  crank  and  pinion,  driving  the  platen 
up  with  increased  force  until  the  connecting  rod 
reaches  its  vertical  position.  Much  used  on  cot- 
ton presses. 


1436.  BARK  OR  COB  MILL.— A  barbed 
and  corrugated  cone  revolving  within  a 
spider  and  counter  cone,  with  barbed  cones 
and  corrugations. 


1437.  DRAWING  AND  THROSTLE  TWISTING 
ROLLS  AND  BOBBIN  WINDER. -The  front  rolls  run 
faster  than  the  feed  rolls,  and  draw  the  fibre.  The 
throstle  twists  the  thread  which  is  drawn  tightly  upon  the 
spool  that  runs  loose  on  the  spindle,  and  is  held  by  a 
friction  spring  to  give  it  the  winding  tension. 


1438.  COP  WINDER.— The  cop  tube  on  the 
spindle  revolves.  The  arm  with  an  eye.  carries 
the  thread  forward  and  backward  on  the  cop. 


MILL    AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES. 


345 


1439.  BOBBIN  WINDER. — The  flyer  revolves,  while 
the  bobbin  is  moved  up  and  down  the  spindle  for  even 
winding.  Thread  passes  through  the  hollow  spindle 
down  the  arm  and  through  the  eye  of  the  flyer  arm. 


1440.  CLOTH  DRESSER.  —  The  central 
wheel  is  the  teazel  drum.  The  cloth  is  guided  by 
the  rollers  above  and  below. 


1441.  KNITTING  MACHINE,  auto- 
matic rib  knitter,  "  Heginbotham  "  model. 
Vertical  needles  and  two  bobbins. 


1442.  KNITTING    MACHINE, 

seamless  knitter,  "Bellis  & 
Weinanmayer"  model.  Verti- 
cal needles. 


346 


MILL   AND    FACTORY   APPLIANCES. 


1443.  KNITTING    MACHINE. 

— Multiple    thread    knitter,    "  Hep- 
worth  "  model,  for  web  goods. 


Section    XVI. 
CONSTRUCTION    AND    DEVICES. 

MIXING,     TESTING,     STUMP      AND     PILE     PULLING,     TACKLE 

HOOKS,   PILE  DRIVING,  DUMPING  CARS,  STONE  GRIPS, 

DERRICKS,    CONVEYER,     TIMBER     SPLICING, 

ROOF     AND     BRIDGE     TRUSSES, 

SUSPENSION    BRIDGES. 


CONSTRUCTION    AND    DEVICES. 


MIXING,  TESTING,  STUMP  AND  PILE  PULLING,  TACKLE  HOOKS,  PILE  DRIVING, 
DUMPING  CARS,  STONE  GRIPS,  DERRICKS,  CONVEYER,  TIMBER  SPLIC- 
ING, ROOF  AND  BRIDGE  TRUSSES,  SUSPENSION  BRIDGES. 


1444.  POST  AUGER.— Often  made  with  a 
single  turn  to  the  blade.  Used  also  for  prospect 
ing  for  foundations. 


1445.  PUG  MILL,  with  spiral  worm  in  a  conical 
shell,  for  mixing  mortar,  concrete,  or  other  material. 


1446.  CONICAL  PUG  MILL  for  mixing  clays* 
mortar,  concrete,  and  other  material. 


1447.  CONICAL  MIXING  BARREL  for 
mortar,  concrete,  or  other  material. 


1448.  CONCRETE  MIXER.— A  rectan- 
gular box  of  iron  revolves  on  trunnions  at 
opposite  corners.  A  hopper  for  charging 
and  a  dumping  car  to  receive  the  mixed 
charge. 


35° 


CONSTRUCTION    AND    DEVICES. 


1449.  CEMENT-TESTING  MACHINE. 
—The  cement  sample  is  placed 
in  the  jaws  at  H.  The  sector 
B  is  turned  by  the  worm  screw 
until  the  weight  on  the  arm  C 
is  raised  to  the  limit  of  the 
breaking  strain,  where  the  in- 
dex hand  on  the  graduated  arc 
is  caught  by  the  pawl,  when 
the  weight  falls. 


1450.  HYDRAULIC  SAND  EJECTOR — 
A  thin  annular  jet  of  water,  under  high  pressure, 
will  eject  sand  and  water  from  a  sump  and  dis- 
charge at  an  elevation.  The  principle  of  the 
"  Eads"  ejector  dischargings  and  from  the  caissons 
of  the  St.  Louis  Bridge. 


1 45 1.  TOGGLE  STUMP  PULLER. 

— By  pulling  up  the  two  toggle  levers,  the 
chain  and  links  slip  down  a  notch  in  the 
draw  bar  when  the  double  tackle  draws 
the  levers  down.  Also  for  drawing  piles 
and  sheet  piling. 


CONSTRUCTION    AND    DEVICES. 


351 


1452.  RIGHT-  AND  LEFT-HAND 
TURNBUCKLE,  sleeve  and  yoke  pat- 
tern. 


1453.  SWIVEL  SHACKLE. 


1454.    SLIP  HOOK,    for   drop   weights    and 
temporary  pile  hammer. 


1455.  TRIP  HOOK.— A  split  shank  with 
tongue  and  catch  pivoted  between  the  sides  of 
the  shank  as  shown. 


1456.  BALANCED  RIVETING 
MACHINE  on  a  truck.  For  yard 
service,  and  iron  and  steel  structural 
work. 


1457.  RELEASING  GRIP  of  a  pile-driving  ma- 
chine. The  bow  ends  of  the  grip  are  compressed  when 
they  reach  the  slot  B  in  the  frame  and  cast  off  the  ram 
W.  The  springs  between  the  bowed  handles  of  the 
grip  close  the  jaws  to  pick  up  the  ram. 


352 


CONSTRUCTION    AND    DEVICES. 


1458.  AUTOMATIC  DISENGAGING  GRIP  for  a 
pile  driver.  The  arms  of  the  grip  jaws  are  collapsed  by 
contact  with  the  inclined  chocks  above. 


1459.  SWIVELLING  DUMPING 
CAR. —  By  turning  the  box  and  its 
frame,  which  is  pivoted  on  the  truck, 
the  load  can  be  dumped  in  any  direc- 
tion. 


1460.    SQUARE   BOX 
SIDE-DUMPING     CAR. 

— The  side  boards  are  hing- 
ed and  locked  by  a  snap 
lever. 


1461.  LEVER  GRIP-TONGS.— The  pull  on  the 
shackle  connecting  the  links  and  upper  arms  of  the  tongs 
causes  a  strong  grip  on  any  object  to  be  lifted. 


1462.  ADJUSTABLE  GRIP  TONGS,  for  stones 
and  heavy  boxes.  The  link  bars  have  a  series  of 
holes  to  vary  the  opening  of  the  jaws.  A  toggle 

grip- 


CONSTRUCTION    AND    DEVICES. 


353 


1463.    PNEUMATIC  DUMPING  CAR.— A 

small  compressor,  operated  from  the  axle,  pumps 
air  into  a  receiver  under  the  platform.  An  oscil- 
lating cylinder,  with  direct  connection 
with  the  bottom  of  the  car,  lifts  it  to  the 
proper  angle  for  dumping  and  returns  it 
to  the  horizontal  position  by  the  mere 
movement  of  a  valve. 


1464.  LEWIS  WEDGE,  for  lifting  stone.  A 
central  taper  wedge,  with  eye  and  ring  at  the 
small  end.  A  taper  wedge  is  inserted  in  a  re- 
verse position  on  each  side  of  the  double-taper 
wedge,  so  that  the  outside  of  the  combination  is 
parallel  in  the  hole  in  the  stone.  A  pull  on  the 
centre  wedge  pushes  the  outer  wedges  against  the 

side  of  the  hole  with  force  sufficient  to  lift  the  stone  by  the  friction  of 

their  contact  surfaces. 


1465.  STONE  GRINDING  AND  POLISH- 
ING MACHINE.,  The  lap  for  grinding  is 
of  cast  iron  in  a  concentric  series  of  rings, 
through  which  sand  and  water  is  fed.  The 
rod  connecting  the  lap  with  the  driving  shaft 
has  a  universal  joint  at  each  end  and  a  swivel 
handle  for  guiding  the  lap.  The  upper  shaft 
is  balanced,  feathered,  and  moves  freely 
through  the  gear  hub. 


1466.    FOUR-GUY     MAST     DERRICK 

A  pole  or  gin. 

////li  \ 


\ 


354 


CONSTRUCTION    AND    DEVICES. 


1467. 

blocks. 


SHEARS  WITH  WINCH    or   tackle 


1468.  SWING-DERRICK  CRANE, 
with  fixed  guys  and  hand  gear. 


1469.  PORTABLE   STEAM    DERRICK, 

on  swivelled  platform,  balanced  by  boiler. 


1470.  SWING-BOOM  CRANE,  with  a 
travelling  truck  and  trolley  lift.  Boom  re- 
volving on  radial  rollers. 


1471.  CABLE  HOIST  AND  CON- 
VEYER,  for  excavating  canals  and 
trenches.  The  upper  line  is  the  cable, 
middle  line  the  traveller,  and  lower  lines 
operate  the  dumping  device. 


CONSTRUCTION    AND    DEVICES. 


355 


1472.  CANTILEVER  HOISTING  AND  CONVEYING  MA- 
CHINE, "Lancaster"  system.     The  trussed  booms  and   standing 

frame  revolve  on  rollers 
on  the  truck.  The  truck 
moves  on  rails.  The 
buckets  swing  with  the 
truss  booms  for  loading 
and  discharging. 


1473.  TIMBER    SPLICING.— The    straight 
splice  bolted. 


1474.  TIMBER  SPLICING. 
— The  lap  splice  with  iron 
keys  and  bolts. 


I 

—  J 

—       —  ^ 

I 

1475.  TIMBER  SPLICING.— 

The  lap  splice  with  oak  keys 
and  yoke  straps. 


1476.  TIMBER  SPLICING.— A 
scarf  and  butt  joint  with  one  fish  plate, 
bolted. 


1477.  TIMBER  SPLICING.— The  scarf 
and  butt  splice  with  iron  fish  plates,  bolted. 


— ^.  1478.  TIMBER  SPLICING.— A  lap 

§       and  scarf  butt  joint,  keyed  with  oak  and 

=z*=a  locked  with  anchor  fish  plate  and  bolts. 


356 


CONSTRUCTION    AND    DEVICES. 


J-L                 « 

SPLICING, 
iber  fish  plate, 

SPLICING. 
:   with  double 
plates,  bolted. 

^""                   *'       •        "I 

75.        1479-   TIMBER 

'•!    if    i!     .      ..^   —  Butt  joint  with  tin 

dc 

||           ii./                keyed  and  bolted. 

S         'LJ' 
i^          p^ 

1480.  TIMBER 

*•*          I*31.         iPi        JTfc 

i     I*         ! 

||          :|         n          i              —  Butt  joinl 

^    i     1 

I      ^  timber  fish 

1    !           i 

1:           -1:             i              i      | 

A     ^        A     A                       1481.    TIMBER    SPLICING.— 

^  ril  i    i 

.f     Compression  beams  butted  and  held 

1482.  TIMBER  CHORDS  AND  ARCHES. 

?  '  ?     T     T1!    — Splicing  by  breaking  joints 

J      &  •  -ft  '    ti    '  «/  •*    and  bolting. 


1483.  TRUSS  ROOF. 

a,  tie  beam. 

b,  principal  rafter. 

c,  common  rafter. 

d,  king  post. 
£,  strut. 


1484.  QUEEN  POST  ROOF  TRUSS. 

a,  tie  beam  ;  c,  c,  queen  posts ; 

d,  d,  braces ;    e,  truss   beam  ; 

/,  straining  piece ;  g,  g,  prin- 
cipal rafters ;  h,  cambered  beam ;  £,  iron  string  bolt  to  support  tie 
beam. 


1485.  WOODEN  ROAD  BRIDGE 
TRUSS. 


CONSTRUCTION    AND    DEVICES. 


357 


DECK  BRIDGE  TRUSSES. 
1486.   Single  strut  deck  truss  for  short 
spans,  30  to  40  feet. 

1 48  7 .  Double  strut  deck  truss 
for  50  to  70  feet  span. 

1488.  Multi- 
ple strut  deck 
truss  for  100 
feet  span. 

1489.  BRIDGE  TRUSS.— 
Inclined  strut  and  tie  rod  for  each 
panel,with  stiff  compression  upper 
chord.  Vertical  members  are  tie 
rods. 

1490-  BRIDGE  TRUSS.— 
Vertical  struts  except  in  end 
panels,  which  have  vertical  tie 
rods.  Inclined  end  struts  and 
diagonal  tie  rods. 

1491.  ARCHED  DECK    TRUSS 
BRIDGE.— The  arch  takes  the  press- 
ure and  gives  tension  to  the  chord. 
L  Struts  and  tie  rods  give  stability  to 
the  structure. 


1492.  BRIDGE  TRUSSES.— 

The  "Whipple"  truss.  Ver- 
tical and  end  posts  are 
struts;  vertical  tie  rods  from 
end  posts  ;  diagonal  tie  rods 
in  panels. 

1493.  Inclined  posts  and 
vertical  tie  rods.     Baltimore 
model. 

1494.  "Whipple"    truss, 
with  interpanel  tie  rods. 


353 


CONSTRUCTION    AND    DEVICES. 


1495.  ARCH  TRUSS  BRIDGE.— The  entire  load  is  not   sup- 

D  ported  by  the  wood  or  iron  arch 
alone.  The  truss  bracing  is  made 
to  equalize  the  load  by  stiffen- 
ing the  arch  and  so  to  throw 
a  compression  strain  upon  the 
chord,  which'is  thickened  in  the  middle. 


1496.  BRIDGE  TRUSSES.- 
The  "McCallum"  inflexible 
arched  truss.  A  wooden 
bridge. 


1497.  "  Howe"  truss,  with 
inclined  end    posts,   vertical 
struts  and  bi-panel  tie  rods. 

1498.  "  Post  "  truss,  verti- 
cal  end  posts  with   inclined 
struts  from  each  end    meet- 
ing at  the  centre. 


1499.  Modification   of 
the  "  Whipple"  and  "War- 
ren "  systems. 

1500.  Modification     of 
the  "Whipple"  and  "Post" 
systems.     The  "  Warren  " 
bridge. 

1501.  The  "Fink"  system. 
A  railway  deck  bridge. 
No  lower  chord. 

1502.  The  "Bollman  " 
system.  A  girder  suspen- 
sion. The  top  girder  car- 
ries the  compression  load 
due  to  suspension. 


CONSTRUCTION    AND    DEVICES. 


359 


1503.  SWING  BRIDGE, 

"Whipple"  system. 


1504.  SWING  BRIDGE. 
"  Post "  system. 


1505.  CANTILEVER  BRIDGE.— The  ends,  being  anchored, 
balance  all  other  parts  on  the  piers.  This  cut  shows  the  principle  of 
Cantilever  construction. 

1506.  SUSPENSION  BRIDGES— 
The  old  railway  bridge  at. 
Niagara.  Eight  hundred  and 
twenty-one  feet  span. 

1507.  A  four-span  suspen- 
sion bridge.  Allegheny  River, 
at  Pittsburgh. 


1508.     SUSPENSION     BRIDGE.— The    Cincinnati    bridge, 
u  Roebling  "  system.    Ten  hundred  and  fifty-seven  feet  between  piers. 


1509.  SUSPENSION  BRIDGE.— Niagara  upper  bridge,  "Roeb- 
ling "  system.     Twelve  hundred  and  fifty  feet  between  piers. 


36° 


CONSTRUCTION    AND    DEVICES. 


1510.  SUSPENSION  BRIDGE.— The  New  York 
and  Brooklyn  bridge,  "  Roebling  "  system.  Centre  span, 
i, 600  feet;  land  spans,  each  920  feet ;  Brooklyn  approach, 
998  feet;  New  York  approach,  1,562  feet;  total  length 
curb  to  curb,  6,0 1 6  feet;  width,  85  feet;  clearance  above 
high  water,  135  feet;  height  of  towers  above  high  water, 
272  feet;  number  of  cables,  4;  diameter  of  cables,  .15^ 
inches;  length  of  single  wires,  3,579  feet;  total  length  of 
wires  in  four  cables,  14,361  miles;  number  of  wires  in 
each  cable,  5,296;  strength  of  each  cable,  12,200  net 
tons ;  cost  of  bridge,  exclusive  of  land,  $9,000,000 ;  total 
cost,  $15,552,878.  Commenced  1870;  thirteen  years  in 
building. 


Section   XVII. 

DRAUGHTING    DEVICES. 

PARALLEL  RULES,  CURVE  DELINEATORS,    TRAMMELS,  ELLIP- 
SOGRAPHS,   PANTOGRAPHS,    ETC 


DRAUGHTING    DEVICES. 

PARALLEL  RULES.  CURVE  DELINEATORS,  TRAMMELS,  ELLIPSOGRAPHS, 
PANTOGRAPHS,  ETC. 


1511.  PROPORTIONAL   COMPASSES  for  re- 
ducing the  scale  of  drawings. 


1512.    ROLLER    PARALLEL     RULER 
—The  two  fluted  rollers  of  exactly  equal  size, 
on  an  arbor,  project  slightly  below  the  under 
surface  of  the  ruler. 


-i  1513.  PARALLEL  RULER,  formed  of 
two  bars  pivoted  to  two  pieces  of  metal  of 
exactly  equal  lengths  between  pivot  centres 
and  at  equal  distances  on  the  bars. 


1514.    SLOTTED    PARALLEL    RULER 

that  traverses  in  line.  A,  cross  bars  movable 
on  a  central  pivot ;  each  bar  being  pivoted  at 
one  end  to  the  ruler  bars,  the  other  ends 


sliding  in  slots  in  the  bars. 


1515.  THREE  PART  PARALLEL 
RULER. — All  connecting  arms  of  equal 
length.  Pivots  are  at  equal  distances  on  each 
of  the  blades. 


364 


DRAUGHTING    DEVICES. 


1516.      SPRING      CYCLOGRAPH.  —  A 

spring  of  elastic  material  is  made  thicker  in 
its  central  part  so  that  in  bending  its  outer 
edge  will  take  the  form  of  a  circular  arc.  By 

clamping  the  ends  of  the  spring  to  the  bar,  the  screw  will  bend  the 

spring  to  the  desired  curve. 


1517.  FLEXIBLE  CURVE   SCRIBER.— 

A  spring  of  any  suitable  material  may  be  fixed 
in  a  ruler  and  drawn  by  a  string  to  the  desired 
curve.  There  are  many  forms  of  this  device, 
such  as  the  string  fastened  to  both  ends  of  the 
spring  and  flexible  rubber  strips  with  heavy 
weights  to  hold  it  to  any  form  of  curve  desired. 

1518.  HELICOGRAPH. — The   traversing 
of  the  disc  by  moving  the  screw  arm  around 
a  fixed  centre  describes  a  helical  curve. 


1519.  GREAT  CURVE  DELINEA- 
TOR. —  Thin-edged 
=^  discs  of  different  di 
ameters  are  attached 
to  a  bar  or  tube  at  a 
distance  apart,so  that 
their  relative  diam- 

ters  and  distance  will  correspond  to  the  required  radius,  which  may 
be  computed  by  the  difference  in  diameter  multiplied  by  the  distance 
of  the  wheels  apart.  C  is  a  loose  sleeve  to  roll  the  rod  freely ;  D  is 
an  offset  from  the  inside  rod  to  allow  the  pencil  to  press  on  the  paper. 


1520.  CONCHOID  DELINEATOR, 
of  Nicomedes.  A  slotted  head  T-piece, 
A,  B ;  a  slotted  arm,  G  H,  with  traverse 
pin  at  F.  Distance  between  F,  H,  and 
pin  at  E  may  be  variable  to  suit  the 
required  condition  of  curve.  Pencil  at 
H  delineates  a  conchoidal  curve,  used 
in  architectural  drawings  for  the  lines 
of  columns. 


DRAUGHTING    DEVICES. 


365 


1521.  CYCLOGRAPH,  for  drawing  circu- 
lar arcs  with  an  inaccessible  centre.  Three 
straight  rules  clamped  together  so  that  when 
the  outer  edge  of  the  rules  are  against  the  pins 
B,  C,  representing  the  chord  of  the  arc,  the  pencil  at  A  will  be  at  the 
vertex  of  the  versed  sine  of  the  arc,  when  by  moving  the  rules  against 
the  pins  the  pencil  will  describe  a  circular  arc. 

1522.  TRAMMEL  FOR  DRAWING  ELLIPSES, 

— Grooves  at  right  angles  direct  two  studs  on  a 
ncil  bar  for  the  elliptical  motion  of  the  pencil. 
Also  called  an  ellipsograph. 


1523.  ELLIPSOGRAPH.  —  A  is  a  fixed 
centre  ;  B,  traversed  in  a  straight  line,  will 
make  the  pencil  at  C  trace  an  elliptical  curve. 


1524.  PARABOLA  SCRIBER.— The  longi- 
J  tudinal  focal  distance  from  the  apex  being  fixed 
with  a  pin.  A  straight-edge  may  be  fixed  just 
beyond  the  apex  and  traversed  by  a  square.  A 
looped  string  on  the  pin  with  the  other  end  fast- 
ened to  the  longer  leg  of  the  square  with  sufficient 
sag  to  allow  a  pencil  point  to  rest  in  the  bight 
of  the  string  at  the  apex  of  the  parabola,  when  the  square  is  on 
the  axial  line,  will  describe  an  arc  of  a  parabola  by  moving  the  pencil 
Against  the  square. 


1525.  GEARED  ELLIPSOGRAPH.— A  spur 
gear  A  is  fixed  to  the  pedestal.  An  arm  carrying 
an  idle  gear,  B,  and  a  gear  C,  one-half  the  diam- 
eter  of  the  fixed  gear.  The  pencil  arm  makes 
two  revolutions  to  one  revolution  of  the  arm. 

The   distance   A'  equals  the  difference  between  the  major  and  minor 

axes  of  the  ellipse. 


366 


DRAUGHTING    DEVICES. 


1526.  HYPERBOLA  SCRIBER.  — The 
foci  of  the  opposite  hyperbolas  may  be  drawn 
on  their  longitudinal  axis  and  pins  set  therein. 
A  straight  edge  moving  on  focal  point  of  the 
opposite  hyperbola,  and  a  looped  string  on  the 
pin  of  the  required  arc,  with  the  other  end 
attached  at  the  end  of  the  straight  edge,  with 
enough  sag  to  allow  the  pencil  to  touch  the 
apex  of  the  curve,  will,  on  moving  the  pencil  in  the  bight  of  the  string 
and  close  to  the  rule,  describe  an  arc  of  a  hyperbola. 


1527.  GEARED  ELLIPSOGRAPH.— The  arm  and  horizontal 
shaft  slide  through  the  frame  and  second  bevel  gear.     The  bevel  gear 

A   is  fixed  to  the   standard. 
The  proportion  of  the  gears 
should  be  such  that  the  pen- 
cil spindle  should  make  two 
revolutions  to  one  revolution 
of  the   arm.      Then  the  dis- 
tance A1  equals  the  difference  between  the  major  and  minor  axes  of 
the  ellipse. 


1528.  PANTOGRAPH. -For  perfect  pro- 
portions the  points  A,  B,  C  must  always  be  in 
line.  With  the  point  B  fixed,  the  pencil  at  A 
will  produce  an  exact  copy  of  tracing  from 
point  C.  By  changing  places  for  the  fixed 
point  a  double  or  half-size  tracing  may  be  made. 


1529.  LAZY-TONGS  PANTOGRAPH, 

for  reducing  or  enlarging  copies  of  draw- 
ings, c  or  d may  be  the  fixed  points.  Either 
one  being  fixed,  the  other  should  be  the 
tracer.  The  pencil  at  a  should  be  exactly 
in  line  with  c,  d,  for  accurate  delineation. 


DRAUGHTING    DEVICES. 


367 


1530.  PERSPECTIVE  CENTRO- 
LINEAD. — The  edges  of  legs  on  the  sides  a, 
b>  and  c  must  be  in  line  with  their  common 
axis,  with  clamp  screws  to  hold  the  movable 
legs  in  their  set  position.  The  directing  pins  b  and  c  should 
be  set  on  the  radial  lines  of  the  back  point  of  the  perspective, 
when  the  long  leg  will  be  radial  from  that  point  in  all  directions. 


1531.  SPHEROMETER. — For  meas- 
uring the  curves  of  spherical  surfaces  or 
of  templates  of  lenses  by  means  of  a 
graduated  follower  at  the  centre  between 
two  bearings.  The  scale  and  nonius  are 


computed  for  the  versed  sine  of  a 
chord  length. 


fixed 


Section   XVIII. 
MISCELLANEOUS  DEVICES. 

ANIMAL  POWER,  SHEEP  SHEARS,   MOVEMENTS  AND    DEVICES, 
ELEVATORS,  CRANES,  SEWING,  TYPE-WRITING,  AND  PRINT- 
ING MACHINES,  RAILWAY  DEVICES,  TRUCKS,   BRAKES, 
TURNTABLES,  LOCOMOTIVES,  GAS,  GAS  FURNACES, 
ACETYLENE    GENERATORS,   GASOLINE    MAN- 
TLE   LAMP,    FIREARMS,    ETC. 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 

ANIMAL    POWER,    SHEEP  SHEARS,   MOVEMENTS    AND    DEVICES,   ELEVATORS. 
CRANES,  SEWING,  TYPE-WRITING,  AND  PRINTING  MACHINES,  RAIL- 
WAY DEVICES,    TRUCKS,  BRAKES,   TURNTABLES,  LOCOMO- 
TIVES,   GAS,   GAS  FURNACES,  ACETYLENE  GEN- 
ERATORS,    GASOLINE     MANTLE     LAMP, 
FIREARMS,    ETC. 


1532.  HUMAN  TREADMILL.— Still  used 
in  Eastern  countries  for  raising  water. 


1533.  HORSE-POWER  TREAD  WHEEL. 
— One  of  the  many  designs  for  stationary  ani- 
mal power. 


1534.  HORSE-POWER  MACHINE.— An    endless  chain  and 

rollers,  with  a  slat- 
ted platform,  roll 
over  a  sprocket- 
wheel  drivingshaft. 
The  walking  plat- 
form is  elevated  to 
an  angle  of  about 


372 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


1535.  DOG-POWER  MACHINE. 
—The  plane  of  the  track  wheel  is  set 
at  an  angle  of  about  20°,  with  its 
under  edge  bearing  upon  a  friction 
pulley.  Shaft  and  fly-wheel,  with 
crank  for  operating  churn. 


1536.  GEARED  HORSE-POWER. 
— The  sweep  carries  the  pinion  and  spur 
gear  on  the  second  shaft  around  the 
stationary  spur  gear,  rotating  the  central 
shaft  and  pulley  at  high  speed. 


1537- 


MULTIPLE  BLADED 
SHEEP  SHEARS,— 
Opened  by  a  spring  handle, 
and  closed  by  hand  grip. 


1538.  HORSE  CLIPPER.  — A 
sharp  comb-tooth  cutter  is  made  to 
vibrate  across  a  fixed  cutter  by  vibrat- 
ing the  handles. 


ible  shaft  from    another    source    of  power, 
blade  with  guard  finger  plates. 


1539.  MACHINE 
SHEEP  SHEARS. 
— The  large  gear  is 
driven  by  the  hand 
on  a  crank,  not 
shown,  or  by  a  flex- 
A  revolving  serrated 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


373 


1540. 


ALMOND'S 


FLEXIBLE  METALLIC 
TUBE. — A  coil  of  round  wire, 
open  wound,  with  a  coil  of 
triangular  wire  wound  tightly 
over  it.  Bending  of  the  coil 
tube  allows  the  triangular  sec- 
tions to  draw  in  on  the  outside  of  the  bend  and  to  push  out  on  the 
inside,  keeping  the  points  of  contact  tight. 

1541.  EVO- 
LUTION OF 
A  WOOD 
SCREW.- 
S  tages  of 
manufacture  of 

the  modern  wood  screw.     "American    Screw   Company's"  process. 

The  thread  is  made  by  the  roller  process. 


1542.  ARTIFICIAL  LEG  AND  FOOT.— Most 
ingenious  combinations  of  movements  are  made  in 
producing  artificial  limbs,  not  easily  explained  with- 
out a  model. 


1543.  MEAN  TIME  SUNDIAL.— The 
length  of  the  stile  is  made  to  just  cover  the 
entire  range  of  the  sun's  altitude  at  the  dis- 
tance of  the  scale  on  the  hour  circle.  Its 
shape  and  size  to  be  proportionate  to  the  sun's 
equation  of  time  as  marked  on  the  scale. 
When  the  sun  is  fast  the  reading  should  be  on 
the  left-hand  side  of  the  shadow,  and  when 
slow  on  the  right  side. 


374 


MISCELLANEOUS    JJEVICES. 


1544.  DOOR  PUSH  CHECK. — The  spring  closes  the 
door.     The  piston  in  the  cylinder  has  a  valve  to  allow  quick 
inlet  of  air  when  opening  a  door,  and  a 
small  hole  adjustable  at  the  bottom  of  the 
cylinder  for  slowly  discharging  the  air. 


1545.  FOLDING  LADDER.— The  rounds  are 
pivoted  to  the  side  pieces,  which  are  recessed  to 
enclose  the  rounds  when  the  ladder  is  shut. 


1546.  SIMPLE  COMBINATION  LOCK. 

—A  number  of  discs  arranged  on  a  spindle 
having  a  feather  key.  The  discs  are  notched 
to  match  the  notches  in  the  key  so  that  they 
readily  turn  to  be  set  to  the  register  number  to 
release  the  spindle. 


1547.  TRIPOD. — The  legs  are  pivoted  on  a 
triangular  prism,  which  allows  the  legs  to  be  folded 
into  a  cylindrical  staff. 


1548.  DOUBLE  SPHERICAL  SOCKET, 
used  mostly  on  surveying  instruments.  The 
socket  is  clamped  by  drawing  the  plates  to- 
gether with  thumb-screw. 


1549.  DISC  SLICER,  with  hopper,  for  cutting 
roots,  etc.  Each  slot  in  the  disc  has  a  knife  slightly 
projecting. 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


375 


1550.   MICROMETER  SCREW  ADJUSTMENT.— 

The  tangent  arm  is  made  fast  or  loose  on  the  shaft  by 
the  spring  clip  and  screw.  Used  mostly  on  theodo- 
lites and  transit  instruments. 


1551.    CORRECT    PRINCIPLE 

setting  a  hot-water  house  boiler. 


in 


H,  E,  circulating  pipes. 

B,  water-back  or  coil. 

K,  draw-off. 

D,  cold-water  supply,  extending  down 
on  inside  of  boiler. 

G,  hot-water  supply  taken  from  top  of 
boiler. 


1552.  UNDER-FEED  HEAT- 
ING FURNACE,"Colton-Smead" 
model.  A  smokeless  furnace  for 
house  heating  with  bituminous  coal. 
A  plunger  is  operated  by  a  lever 
sector  and  rack  to  push  the  coal 
beneath  the  fire. 


HARVESTER  OR  MOW- 
ING   MACHINE.— 

Application  of  a  corru- 
gated or  cam  disc  for 
attaining  the  motion 
of  the  cutters. 


376 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


1554.     BELL    CLAPPER     MOVEMENT.— 

The  outside  stroke  is  the  best  to  prevent  crack- 
ing in  large  bells. 


I555..PIANO  KEY  AND  ACTION.^ 
A  study  of  complex  movement. 


1556.  LAPIDARY  OR  LITHOLOGICAL 
LATHE  for  amateur  work.  A  vertical  spindle 
with  disc  lap  of  lead,  driven  by  a  bevel  gear  and 
cranks,  through  a  vertical  shaft  pulley  and  belt. 
A  splitting  disc  and  spindle  are  also  driven  from 
the  main  pulley. 


1557 


,    WIRE-DRAWING  MACHINE, 

a,  the  reel. 

£,  draw  plate. 

c,  power  drum,  operated  by  gear 
beneath  the  bench.  When  the  wire 
is  all  wound  on  the  drum  it  is 
changed  to  the  reel  and  drawn  in 
a  reverse  direction. 


1558.  WIRE-COVERING  MACHINE. 
— The  wire  is  passed  through  a  hollow  re- 
volving spindle  a,  having  a  small  longitu- 
dinal motion  from  a  vibrating  cam  to  lap 
the  threads.  The  face  plate  revolving  with 
the  spindle  carries  two  or  more  spools,  <r,  c, 
with  guide  eyes,  d,  d,  vibrating  with  the 
spindle. 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


377 


^1559.  STIRRING  MACHINE,  for 
grain  mash  or  other  material  in  water. 
One  arm  carries  a  vertical  set  of  arms 
with  bottom  scrapers.  The  other  arm, 
a  revolving  shaft  and  arms  for  vertical 
stirring. 


1560.  SECTOR  WHEEL  BALING  PRESS.— The  large  sectors 
are  operated  by  the  long  shaft  and  worm  gears.  The  double  toggle 
joints  and  small  sector  gears  extend  the  toggle  bars  with  increasing 
power. 

1561.  WOOD  COMPRESSION 
CARVING  MACHINE.-The  carved 
patterns  are  iron  rings  placed  on  a  hol- 
low iron  cylinder  which  is  heated  by 
steam  through  the  trunnion.  The  wood 
is  steamed  and  passes  under  the  roller 
with  great  pressure. 

1562.  BELT-DRIVEN  ELEVATOR.— Worm  gear  and  friction 

stop.  The  belt  is  shifted 
by  a  cam  driven  by  the  link 
chain  from  the  drum  shaft 
The  end  of  the  drum  shaft 
has  a  screw  with  two  clamp 
nuts,  one  on  each  side  of 
the  chain  wheel,  the  hub 
of  which  acts  as  a  nut  to 
carry  the  wheel  against  the 
clamp  nut  when  it  revolves 
and  throws  over  the  cam 
shipper. 


378 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


I 

sector 


563.  SAFETY  CATCH  FOR  ELEVATORS.— The  eccentric 
levers  are  connected  at  their  pivots  to  friction   slides  behind 

the  guide  rails  by  links.  The 
front  slides  are  ratchet  bars  on 
the  face  of  the  guide  rails. 
The  balance  weight  intensifies 
the  action  of  the  grips  when 
the  rope  breaks.  Springs  are 
also  used  instead  of  the  balance 
weights. 

1 564.   Shows  the  grip  closed. 


1565.  ELEVATOR  SAFETY  GEAR. 
— When  the  cage  is  lifted  the  pivoted  arm 
pulls  the  pawl  clear  of  the  rack.  A  break- 
age of  the  rope  lets  go  the  pawl  arm,  and 
the  spring  throws  the  pawl  into  the  rack. 


CAGE 


1566.   SAFETY  CATCH  FOR  ELEVATORS.— A  lever  pawl 
pivoted  to  each  side  of  the  elevator  cage  is  kept  clear  from  the  rack 

guides  by  the  upward  pull  of 
the  cable.  When  the  cable 
breaks  or  gives  way,  the  bal- 
ance weight  or  a  spring  inten- 
sifies the  action  of  the  pawls 
in  closing  with  the  rack  guide 


rails. 

1567.    Normal 
the  pawls. 


position    of 


1568.   SWING  DERRICK,  with  fixed  boom. 
Steam  hoist. 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


379 


1569.  PACKAGE  ELEVATOR,  for  con- 
tinuous  service  up  or  down  without  reversing. 
May  be  arranged  for  self-dumping  both  ways. 


1570.  POST  CRANE.— Driven  by  hy- 
draulic lift  under  the  platform.  The  boom 
swings  on  the  post.  The  rope  is  carried  up 
the  hollow  post. 


•1571.  WHARF  CRANE,  with 
trussed  arch  jib.  Pivoted  to  turn  in 
any  direction.  Power  shaft  turns  in 
crane  pivot. 


38o 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


15172.  AUTOMATIC  BALANCE  CRANE. 
|  — The  rocking  base  shifts  the  centre  of  gravity 
of  load  and  balance  weight.     The  crane  and 
platform  revolve  on  radial  rollers. 


1573.  SEWING-MACHINE 
SHUTTLE.— The  thread  is  rove 
in  the  holes  in  the  tension  spring, 
which  is  made  adjustable  by  the 
notch  cam  d. 


1574.  SEWING-MACHINE 
FEED  BAR,  «  Wheeler  cSc  Wil- 
son "  model.  The  toothed  feed- 
rack  26  is  fixed  to  the  frame  7, 
which  is  lifted,  moved  forward, 

and  dropped  by  the  cam  39,  and  is  drawn  back  by  the  spring  38. 

The  cam  stop  27  regulates  the  length  of  the  stitch. 


1575.  SEWING-MACHINE 
HOOK  AND    BOBBIN, 

"Wheeler  &  Wilson"  model. 
A,  the  hook ;  C,  bobbin  ;  D, 
case ;  B,  spindle  and  carrier 
hook. 


1576.  HOOK  OF  THE  "WHEELER 
&  WILSON  "  SEWING-MACHINE.— The 
hook  is  rotated  by  the  shaft,  catches  the 
needle  loop,  and  carries  the  thread  around  a 
disc  bobbin. 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


1577.  SEWING-MACHINE 
"  Wilcox  &  Gibbs  "  model,  show 
ing  the  designation  of  parts. 


1578.  SPRING  MOTOR,  for  sewing-machine.     A  strong  coiled 

spring  and  a  gear 
crain,  like  a  clock 
train  on  a  larger  scale, 
geared  to  the  driving 
shaft.  The  pedal  is 
changed  and  arrang- 
ed as  a  friction  stop 
and  speed  regulator. 

1579.   End  view. 

1580.  TINPLATE  LAC- 
QUERING MACHINK- 
The  roller  is  elastic.  The 
lacquer  is  fed  to  the  roller  by 
small  rollers  and  equalized 
by  scrapers. 


1581.  SINGLE -CYLINDER 
PRINTING  PRESS.— A  type  of 
the  use  of  cams,  levers,  shafts, 
gearing,  etc.,  in  combination  with 
rotary  and  rectilinear  motion. 


382 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


1582.  TYPEWRITING 
MACHINE,  "Smith"  Premier 
model.  Eighty-four  characters. 


1583.  TYPEWRITING 
MACHINE,  "  Remington  " 
model.  Eighty-four  charac- 
ters. 


1584.  "GORDON"  PRINTING 
PRESS. — Single  cylinder,  for  bill  and 
letter  press-work. 


1585.  RACK  AND  PAWL  wheel    lifting-jack 
Lower  pawl  is  operated  by  a  lever  or  crank. 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


1586.  BALL-BEARING  SCREW  JACK.— 
The  balls  run  in  grooves  between  the  bearing 
plates. 


1587.  HYDRAULIC  .  TRANSFER 
JACK. — For  lifting  cars  or  transferring 
over  temporary  rails.  The  extension  of 
the  truck  axles  allows  for  adjustment  to 
any  gauge  railroad. 


1588.  RAIL-CUTTING  SAW.— The  saw  is 
driven  by  a  trundle  pinnion  meshing  in  the  teeth 
of  the  saw  and  geared  up  to  the  crank.  The 
saw  is  fed  by  a  screw  moving  the  gear  frame 
down  on  the  rail. 


1589.  PROUTY-NOBLE  AUTO- 
MATIC, OR  SELF-WINDING 
BRAKE.— The  central  chain  spool  3 
runs  loose  on  the  car  axle  and  between 
two  friction  flanges,  one  of  which  is 
fast  to  the  axle  and  the  other  slides 
on  a  feather.  The  contact  of  the 
inside  cones  of  the  brake  spool  4  with  the  outside  cones  of  the 
friction  flanges  i  and  2  causes  the  chain  spool  to  wind  up  the  brake 
chain  and  hold  it  by  friction. 


384 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


1590.  STREET-CAR  SAND  BOX. 
—  The  operation  of  the  lever,  pawl,  and 
rachet  wheel  turns  the  twisted  carrier  and 
at  the  same  time  revolves  the  toothed  feed 
wheel. 


\ 


1591.  FRICTION  BRAKE  for 
street-railway  cars.  A  leather  washer 
between  the  flange  of  the  brake  spool 
and  axle  flange  is  the  friction  sur- 
face. The  spool  is  held  by  a  short 
wind  of  the  chain  either  way.  The 
diagonally  cut  sleeve  is  elongated  by 
a  pull  on  the  connecting  rods,  which 
compresses  the  friction  surfaces. 


1592.  CAR  TRUCK 
for  street  railways.  Sub- 
frame  and  compound 
system  of  springs. 


1593.  STREET-CAR  TRUCK 
with  spring  frame  and  brake 
connections. 


1594.  CAR  TRUCK 
for  street  railway.  "  Peck- 
ham  "  model.  Compound 
system  of  springs. 


1595.  TROLLEY  CAR  TRUCK.— 

The  larger  wheel  is  geared  to  the 
motor.  The  small  wheel  is  the 
trailer. 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


1596.  FREIGHT-CAR  TRUCK, 

fonvard  half,  with  brake,  beam, 
and  safety  chain;  spring  and 
bearing  bar. 


1597.  CABLE  RAILWAY  GRIP.— 

Friction  sheaves  are  drawn  tightly  on  the 
cable  by  a  vertical  bar  in  the  frame  plate. 
Friction  is  increased  by  further  tightening 
the  grip  wheel. 

1598.  Showing  wheel  connection  with 
grip. 


1599.  CABLE  GRIP  FOR 
STREET  RAILWAYS.— rt, 

£,  grip  jaws  and  blocks ;  r, 
pull-up  to  throw  the  cable  out 
of  the  jaws ;  d,  d,  frame 
plates ;  e,  grip  plate  connected 
to  b,  and  operated  by  the  bell 
crank  levers  g,g;f,  /,  pull-up 
attached  to  frame  and  dis- 
engaging pieces  c,  c. 

1600.  End  view  of  grip. 


1 60 1.  LINKED  HINGES  for  reversing  car 
seat  backs. 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


1602.  ENDLESS  CABLE 
GRIP  CAR.— A  stationary  jaw 
under  the  cable.  A  movable  jaw 
on  top  operated  by  a  grip  lever 
above.  Used  for  towing  min- 
ing cars. 

1603.  STREET  RAIL- 
WAY SWEEPING 
CAR. —  The  cylin- 
drical sweeper  is 
driven  from  the  axle 
by  bevel  gear. 


1604.  EQUALIZ- 
ING LEVER  for  dis- 
tributing the  load  on 
car  springs. 

1605.  NOVEL    CAR   BRAKE. — The   connecting  bar  between 
the  brakes  is  adjustable  for  a  small  movement  of  the  brake  lever  to 

bring  the  brakes  into  opera- 
tion. When  the  brake  is 
put  on  from  the  front  plat- 
form, with  the  car  running 
either  way,  the  motion  of 
the  front  wheel  tightens  the 
brake  by  its  friction  on  the  brake  shoe,  lessening  the  labor  of  han- 
dling the  brake. 


1606.  WOODEN  FRAME    TURN-TABLE,   showing  method 
of  framing. 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


1607.  IRON  FRAME  TURN-TABLE,  showing  design  of  cast 
iron  panels.     Wrought-iron  top  chord. 


1608.    SINGLE-CYLIN- 
DER LOCOMOTIVE.— 

-?rfk    Centre    crank,    for   narrow- 
gauge  roads. 

i6o8#.  End  view. 


1609.  MODERN  LOCOMOTIVE  and  tender. 


1610.  PASSENGER  LOCOMOTIVE.— Eight-wheel  model. 


388 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


1611.    TEN-WHEEL   FREIGHT    LOCOMOTIVE.— Recent  type. 


1612.  FREIGHT  LOCOMOTIVE.— Consolidation  type. 


1613.  CENTRE  VALVE,  for  a  gas    house,      A 
four-part  valve  for  a  purifier.      Arranged  to  cut  out 
any  one  of  four  purifier  pans. 

1614.  Plan  showing  position  of  valve. 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


339 


1615.  DISC  VALVE,  for  large  gas  pipes.  The 
disc  is  revolved  by  a  pinion  meshed  in  a  sector  gear 
on  the  disc. 


1616.   CENTRE  GUIDE  GAS  HOLDER.— 

A,  the  holder. 
b,  centre  guide. 

a,  tube  sliding  on  centre  guide. 

B,  tank. 


1617.  COUNTER-WEIGHTED  GAS 
HOLDER. 

A,  the  holder. 

B,  the  water  seal. 

C,  the  counter  weights. 


1618.  EXPANDING  PIPE  STOPPER.  -  A 
rubber  ring  compressed  between  two  flanges  by  a 
bolt  and  thumb  screw. 


1619.  LANTERN  BELLOWS  DRY  GAS 
METER. — The  two  pair  of  bellow  chambers,  A, 
A,  are  alternately  filled  with  gas  under  the  service 
pressure,  by  which  the  movement  of  the  central 
diaphragm  (to  which  are  attached  pivots  that  move 
the  arms  of  a  rock  shaft  for  each  pair  of  bellows) 
is  made.  From  the  top  of  the  rock  shaft  an  arm 
revolves  a  spindle  that  operates  the  valve  by  sliding  it  over  the  dif- 
ferent ports  to  the  two  pairs  of  bellows,  and  also  revolves  the  gear 
train  of  the  dials. 


39° 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


1620.  WET  GAS  METER.  —  Gas  enters 
through  the  hollow  axis  of  the  four  compartments 
of  the  drum  in  a  pipe,  which  turns  up  just  above 
the  water  level  and  fills  each  compartment  suc- 
cessively, and  by  its  pressure  causes  the  drum  to 
revolve  in  the  direction  of  the  arrow  and  registers 

on  a  set  of  dials.     The  motion  is  transmitted  through  a  counter  train 

adapted  to  separate  dial  readings. 


1621.  DRY  GAS  METER  and  regis- 
tering train.  Two  vertical  rock  shafts,  C, 
D,  are  vibrated  alternately  by  the  bellows 
B,  through  the  connecting  arm  W.  By 
this  movement  the  toggle  arm  pivoted  to 
the  rock-shaft  cranks  is  made  to  swing 
the  arm  of  the  vertical  screw-gear  shaft, 
and  to  set  the  dial  train  in  motion. 


1622.  GAS  PRESSURE  REGULATOR, 
"  Powers  "  patent.  The  small  annular  recepticle 
around  the  end  of  the  inlet  pipe  E  is  partly  filled 
with  mercury,  over  which  the  inverted  cup  valve 
is  suspended  to  a  lever,  the  other  end  of  which  is 
attached  to  a  larger  inverted  cup  sealed  in  an 
annular  trough  of  mercury.  F  is  the  outlet  to  the 
lighting  pipes.  Any  excess  of  pressure  in  the  lighting  system  raises 
the  large  float  and,  through  the  lever,  closes  the  cup  valve  to  regulate 
the  flow  of  gas  from  the  service  pipe. 


1623.  GAS  PRESSURE  REGULATOR. 

— An  elastic  diaphragm  is  fastened  between 
dished  discs  and  connected  to  a  conical 
valve  disc  by  a  light  adjustable  spindle. 
The  pressure  for  the  burners  is  regulated  by 
ring  weights  at  H,  and  the  proper  position 
of  the  valve  by  the  nuts  on  the  long  screw 
at  the  top  of  the  spindle.  The  screw  cap 
K  may  be  placed  on  either  inlet  as  con- 
venient. 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


391 


1624.  GAS  PRESSURE  REGU- 
LATOR.—The  gas  flows  in  at  the  bot- 
tom and  out  at  the  side.  The  inverted 
float  or  basin  is  sealed  in  an  annular 
cavity  by  mercury  and  free  to  rise  under 
excessive  pressure  and  partially  to  close 
the  valve  in  the  inlet. 


1625.  FUEL  GAS  BURNER,  for  stoves.     Made  to  push  into 

a   cook  stove   through 

,.  the  side  door.    The  fuel 

Jk&fcln  ^-^vi.xa      or    natural    gas   enters 

the  Bunsen  tube  at  the 
right  and  is  further 
mixed  with  air  under 
the  caps,  which  are  also  revolving  dampers  for  shuting  off  the  gas 
from  one  or  two  of  the  three  burners. 

1626.  GAS    FURNACE.— The    air 
injector  draws  the  gas  into  an  annular 
nozzle   and  mixes  with    it,    forcing   the 
mixed  gas  and  air  through  the  tube  to 
the  furnace. 

1627.  GAS-HEATED  INCUBATOR. 
-i  ,A  hot-water  tank  heated  by    a  small 
Bunsen  burner  or  lamp.     /;,  c,  d,  Circulat- 
ing pipes ;   /,    regulating    cock ;    e,    ex- 
pansion cup. 

1628.  Thermostat  regulator.     ^Ther- 
mostat, consisting  of  a  corrugated  metal 
diaphragm  between  two    cupped    plates 

and  connected  to  the  lever  of  the  wick  gear  or  gas  cock  with  a  spring 
to  balance  the  pressure  of  a  volatile  fluid  on  the  opposite  side  of  the 
diaphragm,  which  may  be  ether,  which  boils  at  1000  F. 


392 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


1629.  ACETYLENE  GA«S  GENERATOR,  "  Troubetzkoy " 
model.  Has  a  water  flow  governed  by  the  rise  in  the  holder.  J,  Bal- 
anced gas  holder ;  G, 
water  seal  tank ;  B,  B, 
generators,  two  or  four ; 
A,  small  water  tank  ;  a, 
pipe  to  convey  water-to 
generators ;  b,  govern- 
ing valve,  operated  by 
the  rise  and  fall  of  the 
gas  holder. 

1630.  Section  of  gen- 
erator. The  water  en- 
ters the  generators  successively  through  the  inverted  siphon  ;  g,  g,  g, 
pans  of  carbide  sealed  by  the  cap  h  in  the  annular  water  tank. 


1631.  ACETYLENE  GAS  GEN- 
ERATOR.—  A  gas  holder  and  four 
carbide  holders.  The  holders  are  con- 
nected to  a  vertical  pipe  at  varying 
heights,  so  that  only  one  at  a  time  is 
fed  with  water.  The  water-flow  is  reg- 
ulated by  the  rise  and  fall  of  the  gas 
holder. 


1632.  AUTOMATIC  GASOLINE  AND 
MANTLE     LAMP.— The   gasoline    flows 
from  the  reservoir  to  the  D-shaped  vapor- 
izer,   regulated   by   a   needle   valve.     The' 
vaporizer  over  the  lamp  chimney  generates 
a  vapor  pressure.     The  gas  vapor  is  jetted 
into  the  opposite  tube,  mixing  with  air  and 
producing  an  air  vapor  gas,  which  flows  to 
the  mantle  burner  below. 

1633.  Mantle  and  chimney. 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


393 


1634.  ACETYLENE  GENER- 
ATOR AND  GAS  HOLDER. 
— The  carbide  is  charged  into  the 
small  vessel  suspended  from  the 
cross  pipe,  with  a  stopcock  above. 
A  connection  for  a  second  carbide 
vessel  is  also  seen.  Water  from 
the  holder  runs  through  a  jointed 
pipe  and  drips  into  the  sealed  fun- 
nel. The  water  nozzle  is  lifted  by 
the  rise  of  the  holder  and  stops  the 
flow  of  water.  The  small  vessel 


at  the  bottom  is  a  sealed  washer  and  drip  catch. 


1635.  ACETYLENE  BURNER,  made  of 
lava.  The  burner  holes  are  at  an  angle  of 
90°  on  inner  face  of  the  arms.  The  air-mix- 
ing holes  are  on  each  side  of  the  arms.  Ger- 
man. Gleason  Manufacturing  Company. 


1636,  ACETYLENE  BURNER.— A  double 
flame  burner  at  right  angles.  The  small  holes 
in  the  sides  of  the  tips  allow  air  to  enter  and 
mingle  with  the  acetylene  gas  before  it  is 
ignited,  thus  making  a  mixture  of  gas, and  air 
that  makes  a  clear  flame  and  a  safe  burner. 


1637.  BAYONET  JOINT.— The  pin  fixed  in  the  part  A 
slips  into  the  L-shaped  slot  of  the  piece  B,  and  by  turning  is 
locked. 


394 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


1638.  GUN  LOCK.— i,  lock  plate; 
2,  hammer;  3,  mainspring;  4,  tum- 
bler; 5,  sear  or  trigger  lever;  6,  sear 
spring. 


1639.  COLT  CYLINDER  REVOLVING 
DEVICE  for  firearms.  a,  the  pawl  that 
catches  the  circular  ratchet  b ;  c,  a  spring  that 
pushes  the  pawl  into  the  teeth  of  the  ratchet ; 
D,  the  hammer  butt  to  which  is  pinioned  the 
pawl  and  the  spring  K. 


1640.  MAGAZINE  RIFLE, 

"  Lee  -  Metford  "      model. 
Magazine  in  the  barrel  stock. 


MARTINI-HENRY  "  RIFLE.— 
The  breech  block  is  pivoted 
at  the  rear  end  and  is  thrown 
up  or  down  by  the  lever  at 
the  rear  of  the  trigger  guard. 
A  spring  plunger  in  the 
breech  block,  let  go  by  the 
trigger,  explodes  the  charge. 


1642.  CHASSEPOT  GUN.— A  needle  gun.  The  cartridge 
is  inserted  by  hand ;  the  plunger  runs  forward  and  is  locked  by  turn- 
ing into  a  notch.  Centre  fire. 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


395 


1643.  REMINGTON 


RIFLE. — A  breech  block,  operated  by  a 
handle,  is  pulled  back  to 
allow  the  cartridge  to  be 
charged  by  hand,  when  the 
breech  and  the  block  are 
locked.  The  hammer  strikes 
a  firing  pin  within  the  breech 
block. 

REMINGTON"  MAGAZINE 
GUN.  —  The  magazine  is 
placed  in  the  stock  under  the 
barrel.  The  cartridge  is  lifted 
by  a  pivoted  carrier  and 
pushed  f  orward  by  the  breech 


block.     Central  spring  plunger  hammer. 


1645.  "HOTCHKISS"  MAGAZINE 
GUN. — The  reserve  cartridges 
are  carried  in  the  gun  stock 
and  f  orwarded  by  a  light  spring. 
The  breech  bolt  draws  back  by 
the  handle,  when  the  cartridge 
is  raised  and  pushed  forward 


into  the  barrel.     Centre  pin  spring  hammer. 


1646. 


"  LEBEL  "  RIFLE.— 
Magazine  under  the 
barrel  in  the  extension 
of  the  stock.  A  sliding 
breech  block  and  pis- 
ton hammer. 


1647  "MAUSER"  RIFLE.— 
Magazine  in  the 
forestock.  The  slid- 
ing breech  block 
encloses  the  firing 
spring  plunger  and 
raises  the  cartridge 
lever  A. 


MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 


1648.   "WINCHESTER"  MAGAZINE  RIFLE.— 

The  breech  lock  slides 
in  line  with  the  barrel 
by  a  toggle  link,  oper- 
ated by  the  breech  le- 
ver, which  also  operates 
the  cartridge  lever,  rais- 
ing the  cartridge  to  its 

position  for  charging.     Drawing  back  of  the  breech  block  carries  the 

hammer  back  to  its  firing  position. 


1649.  DISAPPEARING  GUN} 

"  Moncrief  "  model.  The  cycloidal 
curved  rack  arm  E  is  counter- 
weighted,  which  balances  the  re- 
coil of  the  gun  by  its  increased 
leverage.  The  small  connecting 
rod,  rack,  and  pinion  adjust  the 
gun's  alignment. 


INDEX. 


ACCUMULATOR,  hydraulic,  153 
Acetylene  burners,  393 

generators,  392,  393 
Air  power  appliances,  165-185 

brake,  178 

compressing  cylinders,  174 

compressor  governor,  175 

compressors,  170-174 

pump,  175,  176 
Anchor  ferry,  151 

screw,  213 

Aneroid  barometer,  165 
Angular  couplings,  276-278    317-319 
Arastras,  305 
Aspirator,  vacuum,  162 
Atomizer,  161 
Auger,  sand,  160 
Automatic  flush  tank,  161 


B 

BALL  bearings,  314,  3 15,  383 

joints,  157,  158,  337 

nozzle,  161 

Barometer,  aneroid,  165 
Bearing,  step,  315-317 

thrust,  217 
Bellows,  1 68 
Belt  holder,  324 

lacing,  32,  33 

transmission,  34-37 

twist,  33,  34 
Belting,  32-37 
Belts,  cone,  34,  35 
Bicycle  gear,  223-225 

lamps,  225 
Bicycles,  ice,  223 
Blacksmith's  helper,  330 
Blowers,  fan,  168,  299,  300 

rotary,  169 
Blowpipes,  gasoline  and  air,  184, 185 


Boat-landing  steps,  213 
Bobbin  winders,  344,  345 
Boiler  cleaner,  1 1 1 

feed  water  heater,  in 

tube  expanders,  326 
Boilers,  57-63 
Box  kite,  165 
Brake,  "prony,"  47 

straps,  301 

Brakes,  railway,  383,  384,  386 
Breakers,  coal  and  rock,  304 
Bridge,  suspension,  359,  360 

trusses,  356-359 
Buckets  and  skip,  302 

dredge,  309 

Buoy,  floating  light,  213 
Burner,  petroleum,  66 
Bye-pass,  335 


CABLE  grips,  385,  386 

hoists,  354 
Calipers,  336 

Cam  motion,  259,  260,  267-274 
Cantilever,  355,  359 
Capstan  windlass,  29 
Car,  sweeping,  386 

trucks,  384,  385 
Carburetter,  124 
Carriages,  horseless,  220-223 
Cars,  dumping,  304,  352,  353 
Carving  machine,  377 
Centrifugal  separator,  333 
Chain  stop,  212 
Chinese  shaft  derrick,  25 

wheel,  22 

windlass,  25 
Chuck,  universal,  327 
Clamp,  wood-bending,  325 
Clamps,  325 

Clock  escapements,  283-288 
Cloth  dresser,  345 


INDEX. 


Clutches,  friction,  320-323 
Coal  crushers,  304 

cutters,  299 
Coal-cutting  machines,  299 

loading  towers,  301 
Collapsing  taps  and  dies,  326,  327 
Compensating  pendulums,  283 
Compressed  air,  170-185 

air  hammers,  181 

air  tools,  182-184 
Compressors,  170-176 
Concrete  mixer,  349 
Condenser  ejector,  109,  no 

vacuum  jet,  145 
Cone  pulleys,  34,  35 
Connecting  rods  and  ends,  125-127 
Construction,  349-360 
Conveyers,  302,  303,  354 
Cotton  press,  343 
Counters,  53,  54 
Couplings,  angle,  317-319 
Cranes,  378-380 

travelling   338,  339,  3^ 
Crank  equalizing  angle,  175,  176 

motions,  267,  268 

pin  lubrication,  90 

trammel,  89 

transmission,  40 
Cross-head,  slotted,  89 
Curve  delineators,  364-368 


DERRICKS,  353,  354 
Diamond  drills,  297,  298 
Differential  gear,  222 
Draughting  devices,  363-367 
Dredge  buckets,  309 
Dredges,  309,  310 
Drills,  multiple,  329,  330 

portable,  329,  336 

rock,  297,  298 
Drop  hammer,  331 
Dry-docks,  214 
Dumping  cars,  304,  352,  353 
Dynamometers,  47-49 
Dynamos,  189-192 


ECCENTRICS,  78,  219 
Ejectors,  148,  350 
Electric  brake,  194,  201 

carriages,  221,  222 

cut-out,  193 

drill,  200 

fans,  202 

furnaces,  199 

gas  lighter,  196,  197 

generators,  189-192 

heater,  198 

igniters,  195 

light,  197,  198 

machine,  -195 

pen,  20 i 

power  and  cons-   uction,  189-202 

rheostat,  193 

rock  drill,  201 

telephone,  196 

thermostat,  195 

tricycle,  223 

trolley  cars,  193,  194 

welding,  200 

Elevators,  30 1,  302,  338,  377~379 
Ellipsographs,  365,  366 
Elliptical  crank  motion,  273,  275 
Engines,  gas,  117,  120 

piston  rotary,  94,  95 

rotary,  90-100 

steam,  67—100 

turbine,  99,  100 

vibrating,  96-98 
Escapement,  power,  271 
Escapements,  284,  291 
Exhaust  condenser,  108,  109 

heads,  114 


FANS,  300 
Feed  gear,  334 
Ferguson's  paradox,  250 
Filtering  cisterns,  155 
Filters,  111,154-157 
Firearms,  394-396 
Fire  extinguishers,  179,  180 
Flexible  coupling,  192 


INDEX. 


399 


Flexible  pipe  joints,  157,  158 

tube,  373 

Fountain,  Hero,  162 
Friction  brake,  383,  384 

clutches,  320-323 

gear,  37-39 

machine,  49 
Furnaces,  electric,  199 

underfed,  65,  375 


GAS  engine  carburetter,  124 

engine  lubricators,  125 

engine  motorcar,  121 

engine  piston  rods,  125 

engine  valve  gear,  121-124 

engines,  117-120,  221 
Gas  furnace  and  burner,  391 

holders,  389 

meters,  389,  390 

regulators,  390,  391 

valves,  388,  389 
Gasoline  mantle  lamp,  392 

motor,  221 

motor  carriage,  221 
Gauge,  pressure,  50,  51 
Gearing,  40-43,  229-250 

ball,  238 

bevel,  42 

change  motion,  245 

crown,  42 

differential,  238-241,  246 

eccentric,  248,  249 

elastic,  41 

elliptic,  43 

epicyclic,  247,  249 

equalizin      246 

feed,  334 

Ferguson's  paradox,  250 

fnction,  37,  39 

Humpage,  239 

intermittent,  243,  244 

internal  spur,  42 

mangle,  232,  233 

mutilated,  43 

oblique,  43 

oblique  tooth,  41 


Gearing,  planetary  motion,  248-250 

rack,  229-232,  278 

release,  235 

reversing,  334 

skew,  43 

spiral,  42,  238 

split,  41 

star  wheel,  41 

step,  ^o 

stop,  242,  243 

trains,  43,  334 

variable  motion,  236,  237,  242 

V-tooth,  41 

worm,  233,  235 
Giant,  hydraulic,  306 
Gold-mining  machines,  306 
Governors,  83-88 

air  compressor,  175 

fly-wheel,  88,  89 

marine,  217 
Grates,  shaking,  63,  64 
Grinding  machines,  342,  343,  353 
Guns,  394,  396 
Gyroscope,  278 


H 


HAMMERS,  181,  330,  331 

helve,  330,  331 
Hangers,  shaft,  313,  314 
Hay  press,  377 
Heaters,  electric,  198 

feed-water,  in 
Hitches  and  knots,  210-212 
Hoists,  300^  301,  339 
Hook,  releasing,  212 
Horological,  282-293 
Horseless  carriages,  220-223 
Horse-powers,  371,  372 
Hydraulic  air  compressors,  1 70-1 72 

intensifier,  153 

jack,  383 

lifts  and  elevators,  154,  162 

power  and  devices,  131-162 

presses,  152,  153 

ram,  149,  150 

tools,  153 

transmission,  147 


4oo 


INDEX. 


ICE  boat,  210 
Idler  pulleys,  35,  37 
Inclined  plane,  21 
Indicators,  speed,  52 
Incubator,  391 
Injectors,  103-108 

Intermittent  rotary  motion,  254-257, 
263,  264 

J 

JACKS,  383 
Jet  nozzle,  161,  162 
Joints,  expansion,  113 
flexible,  113 


Mills,  grinding,  342-344 
mixing,  349,  377 

Pug>  349 

Mining  appliances,  297-310 
Miscellaneous  devices,  370-396 
Motion  and  its  devices,  279 

cam,  259,  260,  268-274 

elliptical  crank,  273,  275 

ratchet  circular,  254-258 

reciprocating,  259-261 

rectilinear,  277 

stops,  258,  259 
Motive  power,  117-127 
Motor  cars,  121 

weight,  25 
Multiple  drilling  machines,  329,  330 


K 

KITE,  box,  165 

Knitting  machines,  345,  346 

Knots  and  hitches,  210-212 


NAVIGATION  and  roads,  205-225 


LAMP,  safety,  300 
Level,  road  builders,  218 
Lever  and  its  power,  19,  20 

compound,  20 

paradox,  19 

revolving,  21 

rope  twist,  25 
Lewis,  353 

Lighthouse,  floating,  213 
Links,  connecting,  127 
Locomotive  types,  387,  388 
Lubricators,  125,  335, 

• 

M 

MAGNETIC  ore  separators,  307,  308 
Measurement  of  powers,  47-54 
Measurer,  tire,  54 
Mechanical  powers,  17-26 

stokers,  64-66 
Meters,  water,    50,  151, 1 60 
Mill  and  factory  appliances,  346 


OARLOCK,  swinging,  213 
Ore  mills,  305 

roaster,  308 

separators,  307,  308 


PADDLE  wheels,  feathering,  214 
Pantographs,  366 
Paradox,  Ferguson's,  250 

lever,  19 

Parallel  motion,  51,  79-82,  143 
Pendulums,  283 
Petroleum  burner,  66 
Pile  driving,  351,  352 
Pipe  joints,  157,  158 
Planimeter,  51 
Planer,  343 
Pneumatic  cleaning,  179 

locomotive,  178 

paint  sprayer,  179 

tools,  180-184 
Power  measurement,  47-54 
Press,  coal  dust,  306 


INDEX. 


401 


Presses,  325,  328,  343,  344,  377 
Pressure  gauges,  50,  51 

reducing  valves,  no,  151,  152 
Printing  machine,  381,  382 
Prony  brake,  47 
Propellers,  215,  216 

reversing,  216,  217 
Pulleys  as  levers,  21 

friction,  37-39 

grooved,  30 

speed,  36,  37 
Pump,  centrifugal,  144 

condenser,  109 

connection's,  140 

rotary,  144-14? 

screw,  144 

steam,  1 08,  139,  140 

valve  gear,  108,  109 

valves,  158,  159 
Pumping  engine,  139 
Pumps,  lift  and  force,  140-143 
Punching  presses,  332 


K 


RAM,  hydrauhc,  149,  150 

Ratchet  bars,  253 

Ratchet,  circular  motions,  254-258 

Ratchets,  253-258,  382 

Reciprocating   motion,  259-263,  265, 

266 

Reducing  valves,  no,  151 
Resolution  of  forces,  17-19 

of  suspension,  17,  1 8 

of  thrust,  18,  19 
Rifles,  394-396 
Rivetting  machines,  332 
Road-builders'  level,  218 
Road  machine,  :ig 

roller,  eccentric,  219 

rollers,  219 

Rock-drill  valve  motion,  298,  299 
Rolls,  tube,  340-342 
Roof  trusses,  356 
Rope  ends,  hook  and  clip,  26 
Rope  transmission,  29-31 
Rumbling  mill,  333 

26 


SAFETY  catch,  258,  259 

lamp,  300 

valves,  66,  67 
Sails  and  vessels,  205-210 
Sand  box,  384 

ejector,  350 
Saws,  band,  328 

rail,  383 

wabble,  327 
Scales,  weighing  and  measuring,  52, 

53 
Screw  power,  22 

movement,  335 

propellers,  215,  216 

hreads,  337,  338,  373 
Separator,  333 
Sewing-machines,  380,  381 
Shaft  ball  bearings,  314,  315 

couplings,  277,  278,  3i7-3J9 

hangers,  313,  314 
Shears,  327,  328 
Sheep  shears,  372 
Siphons,  147,  148 
Slip  hooks,  351 
Sounding  balls,  217,  218 
Spanish  windlass,  26 
Speed  indicator,  52 

pulleys,  36,  37 
Spiral  motion,  268 
Spring  motor,  381 
Springs,  279 

trace,  220 

Sprinkler,  automatic,  149 
Sprocket  and  chain,  40 
Stamp  mills,  305,  330 
Static  force,  17 
Steam  air  compressors,  171,  174 

appliances,  103-114 

fire  engine,  221 

pumps,  1 08,  139,  140 

power,  57-100 

separators,  1 1 1 

traps,  112,  113 

tricycle,  220 

universal  joint,  335 
Steam-engines,  67-100 

link  motion,  74-78 


402 


INDEX. 


Steam-engines,  piston  rotary,  94,  95 

rotary,  90-100 

turbine,  99,  100 

valve  gear,  71-78 

vibrating,  96,  98 
Steering  gear,  29 
Step  bearings,  315 

gear,  40 

Stirring  machines,  349,  377 
Stokers,  mechanical,  64-66 
Stop  motion,  258,  259 
Stump  puller,  350 
Submarine  lamp,  218 
Sun  and  planet  motion,  248 
Sun  dial,  373 
Swing  treadle,  332 


TACKLE  blocks,  22-25,  34°,  341 
Tension  carriage,  31 

machine,  50 
Testing  cement,  350 
Thrust  bearing,  217 
Timber  splicing,  355,  356 
Tire  shrinker,  331,  332 
Tongs,  grip,  351,  352 
Tool,  centering,  335 
Towers,  unloading,  301 
Trace  springs,  220 
Tramways,  303,  339 
Trap,  return,  1 12 

steam,  112,  113 
Treadles,  332 
Tread  mills,  371 
Tricycles,  222,  223 
Trip  hammers,  330,  331 

hooks,  351 
Trucks,  car,  384,  385 
Trusses,  356-359 
Tube  rolling,  341,  342 
Turbines,  135-137 
Turn-tables,  386,  387 
Typewriting,  382 


U 
UNIVERSAL  couplings,  318,  319 

joints,  277-335 
Upsetting  tires,  331,  332 

V 

VACUUM  pump,  162 
Valves,  check,  114 

double  beat,  158,  159 

gas,  388,  389 

globe,  114 

reducing,  1 10 

relief,  1 14 

gear,  gas  engine,  121-124 

gear,  steam  engine,  71-78 
Variable  crank  throw,  275,  276 

speed  devices,  323,  324 
Velocity  registers,  151 
Ventilators,  185,  299,  300 
Vernier  calipers,  336 
Vessels,  raising,  by  compressed  air,  177 

W 
WATCH  escapements,  289-292 

stops,  292 
Water  lift,  compressed  air,  177 

ejectors,  148 

meters,  150,  151 

power,  138,  139 

pressure  reducers,  151,  152 
Water-wheels,  131-135 

governors,  137,  138 

impact,  138 
Wedge,  22 
Weight  motor,  25 
Well  boring,  297 

driven,  160 

pump,  compressed  air,  176,  177 
Wheels,  elastic,  221 
Wind  instruments,  186 

mills,  165-167 
Windlass,  Spanish,  26 
Wire  drawing  and  covering,  376 
Wood-bending  clamps,  325 
Worm  gear,  22-43 


Rain 


i  • 


w  *  * 
Packing. 


Thousands 
of 

Imitators. 
No  EauaL 
Wni  Hold 
Highest 
Pressure, 


Don't  have 

to  use  wire 

and  cloth 

to  hold 

Eainbow, 

Can't  blow  it 

out, 


THE    COLOR    OF    RAINBOW    PACKING    IS   RED. 


Three  Rows  of  Diamonds  extend  throughout  the  entire 
length  of  each  and  every  roll  of  Rainbow  Packing.  .*  .j*  <£ 

March  15,  1899. 
PEERLESS  RUBBER  COMPANY. 

Gentlemen :  Your  circular  to  hand  and  noted.     Would  say 
that  I  have  used  your  Rainbow  Packing  Rubber  and  Gaskets  for  several 
years  and  they  have  given  perfect  satisfaction.    I  would  not  think  of  chang- 
ing to  any  other  brand.     Hoping  you  will  always  remain  the  same,  with 
your  rubber  and  gaskets.     I  have  had  the  least  trouble  with  your  goods  of 
any  I  ha, ve  ever  used,  as  I  do  not  have  to  follow  Rainbow  up.     I  used  one 
gasket  on  my  boiler  fourteen  months,  and  my  boiler  was  opened  every 
four  weeks.    So  I  can  claim  it  is  the  best  I  have  ever  seen  or  used. 
Wishing  you  continued  success,  I  remain, 
Yours  respectfully, 

JOHN  D.  WHITEHEAD,  Engineer, 

No.  204  Twentieth  St.,  Detroit,  Mich. 


Patented  and  Manufactured 
Exclusively  by 


THE  PEERLESS 


16.  CO., 


16  Warren  St.,  New  York. 

These  Goods  can  be  Obtained  at  all  First-Class   Dealers. 


JUST    PUBLISHED. 

Second  Edition,  Revised  and  Much  Enlarged. 

Gas,  Gasoline  AND  Oil  Engines. 

By  Gardner  D.  Hiscox,  M.  JS. 

LARGE  OCTAVO.  384  PAGES.  PRICE,  $2.50- 


The  only  American  Book  on  the  subject. 

A  book  designed  for  the  general  information  of  every  one  inter, 
ested  in  this  new  and  po;  ular  motive  power,  and  its  adaptation  to  the 
increasing  demand  for  a  cheap  and  easily  managed  motor  requiring 
no  licensed  engineer. 

The  book  treats  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  Gas,  Gasoline,  and 
Oil  Engines,  as  designed  and  manufactured  in  the  United  States.  It 
also  Contains  chapters  on  Horseless  Vehicles,  Electric-Lighting, 
Marine  Propulsion,  etc. 

Second  Edition.    Illustrated  by  270  Engravings.    Revised  and  Enlarged. 


A  FEW  EXTRACTS  OF   NOTICES   FROM  THE   PRESS. 

This  book  is  written  in  a  plain,  concise  style,  which  will  commend  it  to  practical  men- 
—  Colliei-y  Engineer. 

It  is  a  very  c  'mprehensive  and  thoroughly  up-to-date  work. — American  Machinist. 

Mr.  Tliscox's  wor';,  d.'vot^d  to  A-nerican  practice,  is  practical, y  unique  in  subject, 
and  this  fact  superadded  to  it-  merits,  and  the  authuiitv  of  the  widely  known  engineer 'who 
writes  it,  gives  it  a  value  all  its  own.  .s  u-ndfic  /!//,«  ii:a  . 

The  subjects  treated  in  this  book  are  timely  and  interesting,  as  there  is  no  doubt  a*  to 
the  increasing  use  of  Gas  Gasoline,  and  Oil  Kngines,  particularly  for  small  powers  I  gives 
such  general  information  on  th  •  construction,  operation  and  care  of  these  eng;:ies.  that 
should  prove  valuaole  to  any  one  in  need  of -such  motors,  as  well  as  those  already  having 
them  in  use. — Machinery. 

The  author  has  signallv  succeeded  in  his  task.  This  work  is  one  of  the  most  valuable 
contributions  to  engineering  literature  that  has  come  into  existence  for  years. 

Every  detail  of  the  subject  is  considered,  and  the  construction  of  nearly  every  known 
gas  and  oil  motor  on  the  American  market  is  given.— Scientific  Machinist. 


NORMAN  W.  HENLEY  &  CO.,  Publishers, 

NASSAU  STREET,  NEW  YORK. 


»»»Copies  of  above  book  prepaid  to  any  address  on  receipt  of  price. 


JUST  PUBLISHED. 


The  Modern  flachinist, 

By  JOHN  T.  USHER,   Machinist. 


PRICE,          -         -  $2.50. 


Specially  Adapted  to  the  Use  of  Machinists,   Apprentices, 
Designers,  Engineers  and  Constructors. 


A  practical  treatise  embracing  the  most  approved  methods  of  modern  machine-shop  practice, 
embracing  the  applications  of  recent  improved  appliances,  tools,  and  devices  for  facilitating,  duplicating, 
and  expediting  the  construction  of  machines  and  their  parts. 

A  NEW  BOOK  FROn  COVER  TO  COVER. 

Every  illustration  in  this  book  represents  a  new  device  in  machine-shop 
practice,  and  the  engravings  have  been  made  specially  for  it. 


8vo.      32%   Pages.     257   Illustrations.      Price,    $2.50. 


What  is  said  of  "The  Modern  Machinist" 

This  is  anew  work  of  merit.  It  is  on  "  Modern  Machine  Shop  Methods,"  as  its  name  implies. 
It  is  thoroughly  up  to  date,  was  written  by  one  of  the  best-known  an  J  progressive  machinists  of  the  day, 
is  the  modern  exponent  of  the  science,  and  all  its  subjects  are  treated  according  to  latest  developments. 
In  short,  the  book  is  new  from  cover  to  to  cover,  and  is  one  that  every  machinist,  apprentice,  designer, 
engineer,  or  constructor  should  possess. — SCIENTIFIC  MACHINIST,  JCLV  15th,  1895. 

This  book  is  the  most  complete  treatise  of  its  kind  that  has  yet  come  under  our  observation,  and 
contains  all  that  is  mo*t  modern  and  approved  and  of  the  highest  efficiency  in  machine-shop  practice, 
etc.,  etc.— AGK  o»  STEM,,  JUNK,  1895. 

There  is  nothing  experimental  or  visionary  about  this  book,  all  devices  being  in  actual  use  and 
giving  good  results.  It  might  perhaps  be  called  a  compendium  of  shop  methods,  shoving  a  variety  of 
special  tools  and  appliances  which  will  give  new  ideas  to  many  mechanics,  from  the  superintendent  to 
the  man  at  the  bench.  It  will  be  found  a  valuable  addition  to  any  library,  and  will  be  consulted 
Whenever  a  new  or  difficult  job  is  to  be  done.— MACHINKBY,  JULY,  1895. 


NORMAN  W.  HENLEY  &  CO.. 
132  NASSAU  STREET,  NEW 

***  Copies  of  the  above  sent  prepaid  on  receipt  of  price. 


A  Complete  Electrical  Library 

By  Prof.  T.  O'CONOR  SLOANE. 

THE  BEST  ELECTRICAL  BOOKS.  EACH  ONE  SOLD  SEPARATELY, 

How  to  Become  a  Successful  Electrician  ! 

Illustrated.    $1.00. 

It  is  the  ambition  of  thousands  of  young  and  old  to  become  electrical  engineers.  Not  er^ry 
one  is  prepared  to  spend  several  thousand  dollars  upon  a  college  course,  even  if  the  three  or 
four  years  requisite  are  at  their  disposal.  It  is  possible  to  become  an  electrical  engineer 
•without  this  sacrifice,  and  this  work  is  designed  to  tell  "  How  to  Become  a  Successful  Electri- 
cian "  without  the  outlay  usually  spent  in  acquiring  the  profession. 

Electricity  Simplified. 

Third  Edition.    Illustrated.    $1.00. 

This  work  is  the  simplest  ever  published  on  the  subject  of  Electricity,  and  does  something 
not  hitherto  accomplished.  Electricity  is  in  many  respects  unexplained  by  the  scientist  ;  to 
the  ordinary  man  it  is  all  a  mystery.  The  object  of  "  Electricity  Simplified  "  is  to  make  the 
subject  as  plain  as  possible. 

Dynamo  Building  and  Electric-Motor  Construction, 

Very  Fully  Illustrated-   $1.00. 

This  work  treats  of  the  making  at  home  of  Electrical  Toys,  Electrical  Apparatus,  Motors 
Dynamos  and  Instruments  in  general,  and  is  designed  to  bring  within  the  res'^i  of  young 
and  old  the  manufacture  of  genuine  and  useful  electrical  appliances. 
The  work  is  specially  designed  for  amateurs  and  young  folks. 


Arithmetic  of  Electricity. 


Fourth  Edition.    Illustrated.    SI.CO. 

A  Practical  Treatise  on  Electrical  Calculations  of  all  kinds,  reduced  to  a  series  of  rules,  ail 
of  the  simplest  forms,  and  involving  only  ordinary  arithmetic  ;  each  rule  illustrated  by  one 
or  more  practical  problems,  with  detailed  solutisn  of  each  one.  Followed  by  an  extensive 
series  of  Tables. 

We  can  recommend  the  work.—  ELECTRICAL  ENGINKKB. 


Standard  Electrical  Dictionary. 


624  Pages.    35O  Illustrations.    Cloth,  8vo,    $3.00. 

The  work  is  absolutely  indispensable  to  all  in  any  way  interested  in  "  Electrical  Science," 
from  the  higher  electrical  expert  to  the  every-day  electrical  workman.  In  fact,  it  should  he 
in  the  possession  of  all  who  desire  to  keep  abreast  with  the  progress  of  the  greatest  science 
of  the  times. 

The  dictionary  gives  evidence  of  a  large  amount  of  painstaking  work  on  the  part  of 
the  author,  and  possesses  features  which  must  be  commended.  Among  these,  the  author, 
wherever  occasion  required  it,  has  furnished  the  synonyms  of  terms,  and  the  book  is  given 
an  additional  value  by  an  alphabetical  index,  which  enables  it  to  be  consulted  for  terms  both 
collectively  and  individually.  The  work  will  prove  of  value  to  the  reader,  whether  pro- 
fessional or  non-professional.  The  definitions  are  put  tersely  and  concisely,  so  that  the 
inquiring  reader  can  carry  away  a  defined,  net  impression  as  to  what  is  meant.  Any  stu- 
dent who  will  spend  his  leisure  hours  over  the  volume  will  be  amply  repaid  for  his  time 
and  trouble.  The  book  is  very  clearly  printed  in  bold  type  on  good  paper,  and  is  well  bound. 
— ELECTRICAL  ENGINEER. 

.  apecial  circular,  fully  describing  the  above,  also  our  catalogues  of  books  for  Electricians, 

Machinists,  Engineers,  and  all  other  practical  trades, 

sent  free  to  any  address,  on  request. 

NORMAN  W.  HENLEY  &  CO., 

132  NASSAU  STREET,  NEW  YORK. 


STAMPED  BELOW 


AN  INITIAL  FINE  OF  25  CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  SO  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.OO  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE. 


FEO    4    1941 

OCT    14  1944 

I 

MAR  07  1989 

•ww%/ 

AitTfi  ntcr    FFft  9  *\  1989 

s 

r 

'"  "* 

toj/Jf* 

*lf* 

I 

\        o/Vr^TVU^ 

> 

REC'D  LD 

UPS  i    1957 

nr.v  * 

ftPRiTia^^e 

^ 

;,.JR  2  0  1970 

' 


wiyfe-  5^' 

r/^w          ^> 

•  .• 


U.C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


.      JM^.^  ^JsttFpX'     $>-<j& 

w&Sffilfy 

1 

• 

ul 

^f  •' 

X^/f  ^ 

^^MlfeS?^**     "^ 

^^-  F^fe 


n 
> 


xA»        v- 

%¥. 


•J^rtt*?   i  A. 

r^ 


SU  J&L  "  \~V" 


^J 


,- 


